UNIVERSITY OF LATVIAProgramme of academic studies

for getting a Master’s of Science academic degreeEducation programme of Master of Physics (code 46441)

PHYSICProgramme’s director

Dr. habil. phys., prof. Edvīns Šilters

APPROVEDIn the meeting of the Council of Physics education programmes 30.03.2000.Record N 14Head of the Council________________/Edvīns Šilters/

APPROVEDIn the meeting of the Council of the faculty of Physics and Mathematics 10.04.2000.Record N 2/2000Head of the Council________________/Edvīns Šilters/

APPROVEDIn the meeting of the Education Council of the University of Latvia 23.03.94Record N 3-7Head of the Council________________/ /

APPROVEDIn the meeting of the Senate of the University of Latvia

Record NHead of the Senate________________/ /

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I ABSTRACT 2II PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION 2

1. Motivation 22. Organisation and capacity 23. Abstracts of subprograms 3

III REGULATIONS OF ENROLMENT 5IV SCHEDULES OF GRADUATE STUDIES IN PHYSICS 6

Structure of graduate studies curricula in physics 6A Mandatory courses 6B Optional courses 7

Material and Solid state physics 7Astronomy and Astrophysics 7Laser physics, spectroscopy and technology 8Theoretical physics 8Chemical physics 9Didactics of physics 9Physical oceanography 10Solid mechanics 10Physics of conteneous media 10Biomedical optics 11Physics and technology for sustainable development 11

V IMPLEMENTATION OF CURRICULA 121. Teaching staff and technical personnel 122. Material and technical basis 123. Financing 13

VI THE PROGRAM IN CONTEXT OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE AND 15 PHYSICS EDUCATION

Characteristics of physical science 15International links of curricula of the UL department of physics 15Self-evaluation of the graduate studies program in physics 18Appraisal of physics courses by the audience 20

VII CV’S OF TEACHING STAFF 21VIII MASTER STUDY COURSE DESCRIPTION 22

2

I ABSTRACT

1.1. The program of graduate studies in physics offers a higher education degree in one of fundamental sciences. According to classification of education of the Republic of Latvia the program corresponds to code 46.

1.2. The program includes experimental, theoretical, and physical engineering studies and mastering of the skills related to academic and applied research. The program is oriented to prospective branches of science represented at the centres of fundamental and applied research of the University of Latvia.

1.3. The program offers a wide spectrum of options in competitive subdivisions traditional to physical science in Latvia (solid state physics and material science, laser physics, laser technology, spectroscopy, mechanics of rigid bodies, continuum physics a.o.), as well as in new prospective specialities (oceanography and shoreline research, biomedical optics, sustainable technologies a.o.).

1.4. Subdivisions of the program provide a basis to postgraduate studies in physics and related fields, independent research, academic carrier in the Latvian institutions for higher education of the corresponding profile.

II PROGRAM SPECIFICATION

1. MotivationThe program is designed with account for the following circumstances:

1.1 The program is the only two-year program of academic studies in Latvia representing the higher university education in physics.

1.2 The program is hereditary of the former five-year curriculum of university physics, which was consistent with specific characteristics of science and economy of Latvia established during the previous decades and functioned until 1990-ies. The basis of the laboratory and research equipment, development of a graduate studies programme competitive at the international level, to a considerable extent, are still determined by the inheritance.

1.3 The program is oriented to predictable prospects of development of science and economy in Latvia, mainly in branches of high intellectual capacity requiring comprehensively educated personnel familiar with modern science technologies.

2. Organisation and capacity

2.1. The graduate studies program in physics is divided in subprograms curricula of which are executed autonomously. Subdivisions of the physics studies program correspond to internationally recognised fields of science and applied research developed in the country and at the University of Latvia and are represented by the 3 boards for promotion of postgraduate studies in physics.

2.2 Not all the accredited subprograms may be available at the annual enrolment for graduate studies in physics. In some of the subprograms the studies may be organised according to individual schedules suggested by the supervisor of the subprogram and approved by the Program Board.

3Subprograms and supervisors.1. Solid state physics and material science. Dr. hab. phys. Andris Krūmiņš2. Astronomy and astrophysics, Dr. Phys. Juris Žagars3. Laser physics, laser technology and spectroscopy, Dr. hab. phys. Mārcis Auziņš4. Theoretical physics, Dr. hab. phys Andrejs Cēbers5. Chemical physics, Dr. hab. phys. Boriss Zapols6. Physics didactics, Dr. phys. Andris Broks7. Physical oceanography and shoreline research, Dr. phys. Andris Jakovičs8. Mechanics of solids, Dr. hab. phys. Vitauts Tamužs9. Continuum physics, Dr. hab. phys Gunārs Sermons10. Biomedical optics, Dr. hab. pys Jānis Spīgulis11. Physics and technologies for sustainable development, Dr phys. Arnolds Ūbelis

2.3. Of the 80 credits of the UL standard program of physics 30 credits are granted for the individual MSc. theses the student writes in the second year of studies. The thesis is a mandatory theoretical or applied research at the level of publishable report. Exception may be a MSc. thesis in didactics of physics for which a practically methodical quality is acceptable.

3. Abstracts of subprograms

3.1. Solid state physics and material science.The program is oriented to studies of structure and properties of solids with emphasis on correlation between structure and properties. Theoretical basis of the program comprises the research of crystals, disordered structures, glass, and ceramics developed at the Institute of Solid State Physics of the UL.

3.2. Astronomy and astrophysicsThe program is a program of individual studies in astronomy or in astrophysics and didactics of astronomy related to astronomical and cosmological concepts of comprehensive education curricula. Enrolment for the subprogram is determined by demands of the Institute of Astronomy of the UL and the Ventspils Centre for Space Research.

3.3. Laser physics, laser technology and spectroscopyThe program is related to laser physics and applications of its techniques to chemistry, biology, medicine, environmental science, optoelectronics, communication, and holography. The program offers studies in laser spectroscopy, low-temperature plasma physics, classical atomic and molecular physics, and in holography.

3.4. Theoretical physicsThe program offers studies in theoretical hydrodynamics and nonlinear phenomena in dissipative systems, kinetics of phase transitions. The emphasis is put on application of numerical methods and mathematical modelling techniques in theoretical research. Individual studies in quantum physics are possible.

3.5. Chemical physicsTheoretical studies in quantum chemistry, methods of quantum chemistry, physical and chemical kinetics. Experimental methods in studies of atomic and molecular structure of condensed matter. Selected topics of solid state theory, statistics of Coulomb systems.

3.6. Physics didacticsStudies of didactic methods for BS graduates in physics or practising schoolteachers with higher professional education. The mandatory courses provide a comprehensive academic education. Optional courses are designed to train teaching of physics and organisation of education.

43.7. Physical oceanography and shoreline research

Theoretically applied studies on the basis of research developed in the laboratory for Modelling of Environmental and technological processes at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics. The basic curriculum includes courses of Atmospheric and ocean physics, Electrodynamics, Hydrodynamics, and Numerical modelling of hydrometeorological processes. It is oriented to physical and mathematical methods of studies of the Baltic sea basin and hydrological resources of Latvia.

3.8. Mechanics of solidsStudies are oriented to reliability and integrity of solids, primarily the composite materials. The basis of research is provided by laboratories of the Institute of Polymer Mechanics of the UL. The basic curriculum includes courses: Break-down of engineering materials, Experimental and theoretical study of material properties, Physics of plates and shells. The graduate subprogram extends the undergraduate curriculum of engineering physics studies.

3.9. Continuum physicsThe subprogram represents the theoretical research developed at the division of Electrodynamics and Continuum Mechanics, mainly continuum electrodynamics, hydrodynamics, and physics of thermal processes. The graduate studies subprogram extends the undergraduate curriculum of engineering physics.

3.10. Biomedical opticsThe subprogram of graduate studies is oriented to application of optical techniques in medical treatment, diagnostics, and prophylactics. The basic curriculum concerns the use of laser radiation and optical fibres in clinical practice, design and physical parameters of instruments. The students are recommended to have a background in biology and/or medical disciplines of human physiology and anatomy. With respect to that the subprogram offers interdisciplinary studies.

3.11. Physics and technologies for sustainable developmentThe basic curriculum of the subprogram of interdisciplinary graduate studies concerns global change, concepts of sustainability, and specific disciplines of environmental pollution, energy consumption, renewable resources, and ecology.

5

III REGULATIONS OF ENROLMENT

1.1. Enrolment to graduate studies in physics is organised in accordance to the Regulations of enrolment and enrolment procedure of the UL (Resolution of the UL Senate Nr.195 of February 23, 1998).

1.2. Special requirements for enrolment to graduate studies in Physics

1.2.1. Requirements for basic education:

Higher academic education (certificate of BSc. degree)

UL BSc. in physics, mathematics, computer science, optometry, other natural sciences the listing of which is selected by the Commission for assessment of graduate studies in physics;

Accomplished at least 3 years of undergraduate studies in Latvia or other country equivalent to the mandatory part of the UL undergraduate program in physics.

Higher 5-year professional education (certificate) complying with the mandatory part of the UL undergraduate program in physics.

Higher education (certificate/diploma of higher education) complying with the mandatory part of the UL undergraduate program in physics.

1.2.2. Applicants complying with criteria of 1.2.1 are eligible for certificate/diploma

contest;

applicants not complying with criteria 1.2.1 are either subject to general contest of enrolment examination in capacity of BSc. test of the undergraduate studies program in physics, or required to present enrolment paper;

Commission of graduate examinations in physics is in charge to establish the general procedure of contest and judge the compliance of basic education of applicants for graduate studies subprograms according to criteria 1.2.1

6

IV SCHEDULES OF GRADUATE STUDIES IN PHYSICS

Structure of graduate studies curricula in physics

The 80 credits of 4 semesters of graduate studies are structured in groups A and B and include personal MSc theses according to its evaluation.

Courses of the A group are mandatory for students of all subprograms. Group B comprises optional courses offered by subprograms:

1. mandatory studies of group A: 10 credits2. optional studies of group B: 40 credits3. MSc. theses: 30 credits.Option of B courses and evaluation of MSc theses in a particular semester in the schedules is

merely a recommendation. Diversity in individual distribution of credits approved by the subprogram supervisor is allowed.

All the available courses of group B of each of the subprograms are listed in the schedules.The students choose part of the courses to earn the necessary credits.

The graduate studies program in physics

A Mandatory Courses

Nr.p.k.

Title Lecturer Credits Assessment Semester

1. Problems of modern physics

profesor Andrejs Cēbers 2 examination 9

2. Basics of material science profesor Andris Krūmiņš 3 examination 93. Problems of modern

quantum physicsprofesors Mārcis Auziņš 2 examination 10

4. Physics of science and technology

profesors Ivars Tāle 3 examination 10

7

B Optional courses

Material and Solid state physics

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Solid state theory 32. Physics of optical glasses 33. Structural methods in solid state analysis 34. Semiconductor Physics and Materials 35. Thin films physics and applications. 36. Point defects in solids 37. Physics of polar dielectrics and applications 38. Solid-State Chemistry 39. Magnetic resonance spectroscopy 310. Solid state ionics and sensors 311. Surface physics 312. Seminar 2 2 213. Master thesis 30

Astronomy and Astrophysics

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Fundamentals of geophysics 42. Stellar astronomy 23. Introduction to radio astronomy 44. Instruments and methods of radio astronomy 45. Stellar spectroscopy 46. Physics of interstellar medium 37. Stellar structure and evolution 48. Physics of the Sun 39. Methodology of teaching of astronomy 210. Numerical methods 411. Astronomy of ephemeris 212. Solar system dynamics 413. Basics of space flight dynamics 214. Physics of planets 315. Motion of Earth’s satellites 316. Fundamentals of gravimetry 317. Introduction to celestial mechanics 318. Master thesis 30

8

Laser physics, spectroscopy and technology

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Atomic spectroscopy 42. Molecular spectroscopy 43. Optical quantum generators and amplifiers 44. Conventional radiation sources 45. Structure of substance and symmetry of molecules 26. Fourier optics 27. Magnetic resonance spectroscopy 38. Laser spectroscopy 49. Physical principles of holography 210. Applied holography 411. Physics of light guides 212. Spectroscopy and photochemistry of the polluted

atmosphere4

13. Master thesis 5 5 20

Theoretical physics

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Heat and mass transfer 22. Introduction course of general relativity and

cosmology2

3. Principles of symmetry in physics 44. Boundary integral equations 25. Theory of phase transitions 46. Bogoliubov’s method

( classical and quantum statistical mechanics )3

7. Density functional theory 48. Aproximate methods in physics 49. Classical and quantum coulomb systems 410. Complex systems 411. Seminar 812. Master thesis 30

9

Chemical physics

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Methods of quantum chemistry 42. Quantum chemistry, 1, 2 3 33. Physical and chemical kinetics, 1, 2 3 34. Experimental techniques for investigation of

condensed matter electronic and atomic structure3

5. Solid state theory 36. Density functional theory 37. Chemical Physics of Surfaces of Solids 18. Method of pseudopotentials 39. Methods of calculations of the point defects in

crystals3

10. Radiolysis of solid state 211. Nanophysics and nanochemistry of surfaces 312. Scanning tunnelling microscopy and spectroscopy 313. Master thesis 30

Didactics of physics

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Ontodidactic of physics 2 22. Psychology 63. Synergetic 24. History of physics 25. Physical basis of metrology 26. Fundamentals of systemology 27. Philosophy of education 28. Seminar 29. Master thesis 3010. Geophysics 411. Biophysics and Ecology 412. Principles of environmental legislation and market

economy2

13. Computational modelling laboratory 4

10

Physical oceanography

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Physics of atmosphere and ocean, I, II 4 42. Turbulence 23. Techniques of oceanographic measurements 64. Numerical methods in hydrodynamics 45. Heat and mass transfer 26. Software packages for modelling of hydraulic

processes6

7. Sea meteorology 28. Biological oceanography 49. Physical kinetics 210. Hydroinformatics Systems 211. Master thesis 10 20

Solid mechanics

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Aproximate methods in physics 22. Finite element method in solid mechanics 53. Problem of non-linear structural mechanics and

solution methods2

4. Fracture mechanics 25. Strength and durability of composite materials 26. Plates and shells 27. Mechanics of composites 28. Environmenthal influence on composites 29. Computational modeling laboratory 610. Laboratory works 411. Seminar 812. Introduction course of economics 213. Master thesis 30

Physics of continuous media

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Heat and mass transfer 22. Boundary integral equations 23. Theory of phase transitions 44. Experimental methods in hydrodynamics 45. Electrodynamic of continuous medium 46. Magnetohydrodynamics 47. Complex systems 1, 2 4 48. Turbulence theory 49. Computational modeling laboratory 610. Master thesis 30

11

Biomedical optics

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Basic Physics (selected chapters) 42. Optical Methods for Patient Treatment 43. Fundamentals of anatomy and physiology 44. Fundamentals of Biomedical Optics – 1, 2 4 45. Lasers and non-coherent light sources 46. Optical Instruments for Medicine 47. Medical lightguides 48. Laboratory (clinical) praxis 39. Master thesis 30

Physics and technology for sustainable development

No. Subjects 9 t. 10 t. 11 t. 12 t.1. Global Change and The Concept of Sustainable

Development 2

2. Geophysics 33. Environmental chemistry 24. Environmental impacts of energy consumption 35. Information technologies and data bases 26. Biophysics and Ecology.Basics of Biomedical

Optics2

7.Photochemistry of the Atmosphere and Influence of Atmospheric Pollution on the Living World

2

8. Marketing of New Technologies 29. Environment, business, ethics 210. Methods and techniques 311.

Course paper6

12. Quality and control of the environment 213. Principles of environmental legislation and

market economy2

14. Introduction to patents and patenting 215. Environmental management systems 216. Technologies and Materials for Sustainable

Development3

12

V IMPLEMENTATION OF CURRICULA

1. Teaching staff and technical personnel

1.1. The physics graduate studies program is supervised and provided by the staff and serviced by laboratory personnel of the Department of Physics. The research personnel of UL institutes participate in teaching of the courses.

1.2. Qualification of the teaching staff of graduate studies: 12 habilitated doctors and 15 doctors of science.

1.3. The graduate studies program is provided by 9 elected professors, 5 full-time, 4 half time:Atomic and molecular physics – prof. Optics – prof.Crystal physics – prof. Ivars Tāle (full time)Laser physics – prof. Jānis Spīgulis (full time)Physics didactics – prof. Edvīns Šilters (full time)Theoretical physics – prof. Andrejs Cēbers (1/2 time)ferroelectrics – prof. Andris Krūmiņš (1/2 slodzes)physics of amorphous and disordered matter – prof. Andrejs Siliņš (1/2 slodzes)mechanics of solids – prof. Vitauts Tamužs (1/2 slodzes).

2. Material and technical basis

2.1. Resources and equipment for implementation of the program is provided by divisions, teaching laboratories, and research laboratories of the Department of physics. Research laboratories and institutes of the Faculty and associated institutes of the UL participate in teaching.

2.2. Divisions teaching and/or research laboratories of the Department of Physics participating in the graduate studies program:Division of Experimental Physics (Chairman Dr.hab. Phys. M.Auziņš)Laboratory of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy ( head MSc. Phys. Ā.Deme)Laboratory of Holography (head. Dr. phys. J. Harja)Laboratory practicum of mechanics and molecular physics (head. P. Brics)Laboratory practicum of electricity and optics (head G. Sala)Laboratory of Electronics (head R. Broka)Division of Theoretical Physics (Chairman Dr.hab.Phys. A. Cēbers)Division of Electrodynamics and Continuum Mechanics (Chairman Dr. phys. L.Buligins).

2.3. Curricula of graduate studies in physics are supported by:Laboratory for modelling environmental and technological processes ( director Dr. Phys. A. Jakovičs)Teaching centre of computer technologies (director Dr. Phys. L. Buligins).

2.3. In the program of graduate studies in physics participate structures of the Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy (director Dr. hab. Phys. M. Auziņš) ):Laboratory of Atmospheric Pollution and Photochemistry (head Dr.hab. Phys. U. Bērziņš)Laboratory of environmental and human friendly technologies (head Dr. Phys. A. Ūbelis)Laboratory of Molecular Polarization (head Dr. habil Phys. R. Ferbers)Division of theoretical Physics (head Dr. hab. Phys. E. Gailīte)Group of Fibre and Biomedical Optics ( head. Dr. hab. Phys. J. Spīgulis).

13

2.4. Subprograms of graduate studies in physics are supported by:Institute of Solid State Physics of the UL (director Dr. hab. Phys. A. Šternbergs)Institute of Physics of the UL (director Dr. phys. A. Gailītis)Institute of Polymer Mechanics of the UL (director Dr. hab. ing. J. Jansons)Institute of Astronomy of the UL (director Dr. phys. J. Žagars).

3. Financing

3.1. Expenses of the undergraduate and graduate studies comprise:Funding of student stipends, funding of salaries for the teaching stuff, funding of salaries for the teaching personnel, funding of salaries for the educational personnel, funding of payments for invited lecturers, settlements of accounts, expenses on reagents, materials etc., provision of laboratory equipment, depreciation, library funding, expenses on infrastructure and services.

3.2. Expenses on undergraduate and graduate studies in physics are inseparable since both programs are financed from the common funding of financial expenses of the Department of Physics. Undergraduate and graduate students are registered on the bases of the budget – the programs are financed by the UL budget allowance assigned annually by the UL Senate. The budget is assigned to 200 full time places on 12 semesters (6 years) of studies.

3.3. The actual expenses on undergraduate and graduate programs depend on the financing granted by the UL Senate. They are determined only as far as the competence of the Department of Physics goes. Financing of 1998 is illustrated in Table 1.

Table 1

Financing of undergraduate and graduate programs in physics in 1998

Financing of the pedagogical, laboratory, and office personnel

Financing of the program Ls 33943.00Extra payments to proffessor salaries Ls 12600.00Additional payments to professor salaries Ls 4368.00Laboratory personnel Ls 14332.00Pedagogical personnel Ls 2958.00Office personnel Ls 2572.00Total:

Ls 74921.00

14

Funding for invited lecturers and settlements of accounts between faculties

Funding for invited lecturers Ls 592.00Funding for accounts between faculties Ls 1503.00

Funding of laboratories

Materials Ls 765.00

From the total amount of Ls. 77,781.00 follows that Department of Physics could spend Ls. 388.9 on a conventional student in 1998.

On the other hand, from the model calculation of undergraduate expenses (the UL algoritm 1997, see Table 2) it follows that minimum direct expenses per student in a program are Ls. 747.1 (assuming that expenses for undergraduate and graduate programs are equal). It means that the real allowance of the budget covers only 52 % of the necessary minimum. The per cent is even reduced by including post graduate studies in the total expenses and by other factors affecting the budget of study programs.

Table 2Expenses per student in the physics program

N1 Annual funding of salaries per student Ls. 13 457.28N2 Annual payments in social security by employer per student (28%) 14 128.04N3 Annual travel expenses per student Ls. 15 4.84

annual expenses on mail and other services per student, Ls. 16 0.7other services (copying, fax, etc.) 17 6

N4 Services - total Ls. 18 6.7teaching aids and materials per student, Ls. 19 64office commodities, Ls. 20 5,2

N5 Materials and low value stock per student per year, Ls. 21 69.2textbooks per student per year 22 1lifetime of books, years 23 5price of 1 book 24 30annual purchase of books per student, Ls. 25 6.2annual purchase of periodicals per student, Ls. 26 15

N6 Annual expenses on books and periodicals per student, Ls. 27 21.2sports per student per year, Ls.

32 3

amateur activities per student per year,Ls. 33 2.25N7 Annual social expenses per student, Ls. 34 5.25

equipment per student per year, Ls. 35 45,5investment for equipment updating - 20% of expenses on equipment

36 0,2

expenses on equipment modernisation, Ls.

37 9,1

N8 Annual expenses on purchase and modernization of equipment per student, Ls. 38 54,6TOTAL annual direct expenses per student, Ls. 39 747.11N9 Expenses on the UL library (3% of the means of the

department), Ls. 40 23.09

N10 Indirect expenses to support the UL activity (26.7% of the income), Ls. 41 280.35Total annual expenses per student, Ls. 42 1050.54

153.4. The quality and potential viability of the personnel and material resources available for

undergraduate and graduate studies of physics are sufficient to provide the quality of the programs with a guaranteed reserve of the resources. Financial support from the national budget for education is at least 2 - 3 times less than necessary to provide student mobility, development of academic and technical personnel, and material resources.

VI THE PROGRAM IN CONTEXT OF PHYSICAL SCIENCE AND PHYSICS EDUCATION

Characteristics of physical science

Fundamental and applied research in physics in Latvia are mainly conducted at the University of Latvia (10 projects) and its research institutes: Institute of Solid State Physics (25 projects), Institute of Polymer Mechanics ( 1 project), and Institute of Physics (10 projects). Apart from the University of Latvia, research in physics is presented at the Daugavpils Pedagogical University (2 projects), at the Institute of Physical Energetics (4 projects), in the former Centre for Nuclear Research (6 projects), and at the Technical University (7 projects). 75% of the total financial allowance to projects of fundamental and applied research in physics are allocated to the University of Latvia.

The physical science provides basic contribution to two of the 22 research programs of the Latvian Council of Science:

1. Synthesis, studies, and development of new materials for microelectronics photonics.2. Modelling of hydrodynamic processes of the ground and shoreline of Latvia.

The programs are looking for practical use of the physical science. Half of the funding is granted to physicists of the University of Latvia.

Thus, presently the Latvian potential of physics is concentrated at the University of Latvia and is promising for support to undergraduate, graduate, and postgraduate studies. It has to be noticed that the academic personnel of the Department of Physics (25 staff members) can be supplemented by an exceeding number of research personnel (more than 100 researchers) associated with the UL research institutions.

A certain disadvantage of the teaching and research staff is the average age exceeding 50. In many cases the situation does not encourage innovation. For that reason normalisation of the age structure is the most challenging problem of the UL physicists.

International links of curricula of the UL Department of Physics

In 1992 the Council of the European Physical Society (EPS) accepted a document based on the agreement of the Council of Europe #138 (June 21, 1990) on Equivalence of Period of University Study and UNESCO Convention on the Recognition of Studies, Diploms and Degrees concerning Higher Education in the States belonging to the European Region (Dec 21, 1979) and established the European Mobility Scheme for Physics Students (EMSPS) [1]. Activities of the EMSPS are administered by the Convention regarding the European Mobility Scheme for Physics Students [2].

By joining the ESP the EMSPS partner universities take the obligation to harmonise physics curricula and assessment criteria of the higher education, accept students of partner universities without tuition for one academic year and to recognise the equivalent of credits their students have earned at partner universities.

Joining of the Department of Physics (DP) of the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics of the University of Latvia to the Convention has been approved and the relevant document signed by the UL Rector, Professor J.Zaķis in 1992. DP is an equal partner of the exchange program since the academic year of 1993/1994 (program co-ordinator Professor M.Auziņš), it is, since the beginning of the program. Presently 177 European universities participate in the program.

The main financial source for the program is ERASMUS scheme available for the universities of Western Europe only. However, within the TEMPUS program it has been possible to apply for financing of student mobility (basically fellowships to cover accommodation expenses during the studies at partner

16universities). DP has participated in such TEMPUS projects twice. Initially in 1993/1994 for one academic year as an experiment and later in a full-term (3 years) TEMPUS project for 1994 - 1997.

Within the project about 20 3-rd and 4-th year undergraduates of the DP have spent an academic year at the universities of Western Europe (U.K. – Manchester, Cardiff, Canterbury; Germany – Hanover, Kaiserslautern, Duisburg; Netherlands – Groningen; Switzerland – Zurich; Sweden – Umea). Additional financial support (approximately 50% of the TEMPUS funding) was received from the EPS and the Swedish Council of Higher Education to increase the number of students and to include Switzerland and Sweden (the TEMPUS financing covered the countries of the EU only).

All the exchange students of the LU Department of Physics acquired the necessary credits from partner universities for the relevant academic programs. In several cases the students passed final (BSc.) tests in physics (three students at the Manchester University and one at the University of Canterbury) and worked for BSc degree. The average scores of the students have been above the average level of the partner university. Often it has been appraised as excellent in the references. Usually, due to language courses, the amount of work for the Latvian students has been over the normal quota.

During the years of co-operation the program of the LU Department of Physics has been improved and harmonised with the programs of partner universities. Participation in the EMSPS has provided access to the Manchester University electronic database created and being financed by the European Physics Society. The database contains all the physics curricula of partner universities. An e-mail communication system provides the EMSPS co-ordinators of all the partner universities with current information including co-ordination of the curricula of exchange students. Apart from corresponding with each other the EMSPS co-ordinators have met several times: in Hanover (Germany) in 1995, in Krakow (Poland) in 1996, and in Grenoble (France) in 1997. At all the meetings the level of physics programs in Latvia, Poland, and Hungary has been noticed as high. The evaluation has been given by Professor Peter U. Sauer of the University of Hanover, the EMSPS representative for East and Central European countries, in his report to the TEMPUS bureau.

The acknowledged level of teaching physics at the UL has been the reason the Chairman of the Department of Physics Professor M.Auziņš was invited to participate in the conference organised by the EC Commission's Directorate-General for Education on Physics Studies for Tomorrow's Europe [3] (Ghent, Belgium, Apr. 7 - 8, 1995) and to participate in its working group. The Conference decided to establish European Physics Education Network (EUPEN) to continue harmonisation of physics curricula of the European universities [4]. Department of Physics of the UL participates in the Network since its foundation (Co-ordinator Professor M.Auziņš). Presently 106 European universities participate in the EUPEN the number of participants of which continues to grow.

EUPENA atbalsta Eiropas Fizikas Biedrība un tā saņem finansējumu Eiropas Savienības SOCRATES programmas ietvaros. The EUPEN is supported by the European Physics Society and sponsored by the SOCRATES program of the EC.

One of the main goals of the EUPEN is a comparable study of the university physics curricula of European countries. The purpose of this study is to define the common goals of the university physics education, to provide general EUPEN quality criteria for physics to compare and improve physics teaching, to apprise and optimise the amount of work of both the teaching staff and the students. Elaboration of minimum mandatory requirements common to all European countries for applicants to start physics studies at the university level and of minimum requirements for the first academic degree in physics is another task.

As an advanced proposal the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) to simplify appraisal of the amount of work done by the student at another university may be referred to. The work on ECTS is being made by efforts of the whole European university system while particular features of physics teaching is being studied within the EUPEN project.

The first meeting of EUPEN Science Committee was held during the 10-th EPS General Conference in Seville (Spain) in September 1996 [5]. Department of Physics of the UL at the meeting was represented by Professor M.Auziņš. Much attention at the conference was paid to high school and university physics education and to the changes in labour market for people with a degree in physics.

Results of EUPEN studies and current problems are reported in the EUPEN information bulletin.

17

References[1] EMSPS homepage http://info.mcc.ac.uk/emsps/

The EMSPS TEMPUS contract of the UL Department of Physics EMSPS information booklet

[2] EMSPS convention http://info.mcc.ac.uk/emsps/rconv.html[2] Physics Education for Tomorrow’s Europe homepage

http://allserv.rug.ac.be/~hferdin/tec/conf.htmlEurophys. News, 26 (1995) p.69/71

[3] EUPENA homepage http://allserv.rug.ac.be/~hferdin/eupen/[4] Europhys. News, 27 (1996) p. 172/177[5] EUPENA Newsletter http://allserv.rug.ac.be/~hferdin/eupen/eol.html

18

Self-evaluation of the graduate studies program in physics

Originally education was not regarded as the main element of co-operation of the European Community. However, through ERASMUS, TEMPUS, and SOCRATES programs it has become an essential field of co-operation of European countries. Co-operation in physics education at the university level has developed particularly in recent years. By support of the European Physics Society the European Mobility Scheme for Physics Students (EMSPS) has been established in 1992 and is financed by EPS, ERASMUS, TEMPUS, and SOCRATES. About 180 European universities participate in the program. Department of Physics of the UL is a participant since the very beginning in 1992.

Compatible evaluation of university physics programs in different countries

19Since 1995 about 110 universities participating in the student exchange program joined the

European Physics Education Network (EUPEN) financed by the SOCRATES program. Department of Physics of the UL is a participant from the day the institution has been established. Since Latvia was not a member country of the SOCRATES program, the UL was an associated participant. Department of Physics of the UL becomes an equal member of the association as soon as Latvia joins the SOCRATES program.

About 25 undergraduate and graduate students of the Department of Physics have enjoyed one year of studies in the EMSPS partner universities in Western Europe. It may be used to evaluate the quality of our programs. In the course of all that time our exchange students have been successful with tests according to the study programs as well as BSc. and MSc. work. In no occasion our students have failed to pass an examination or test. Their BSc. and MSc. papers have been accepted.

Participation in international institutions of physics education has provided materials on the structure and amount of the university physics programs abroad and made it possible to analyse content and amount of our physics programs in the context of trends in physics education in Europe. The attached Table is taken from the study of “Inquiries into European Higher Education in Physics”, University of Gent, 1997 prepared in partnership with Department of Physics of the UL. The Table shows that student workload and amount of contact hours of our graduate studies program in physics match the average numbers of physics programs in Europe. In our case the work in classes is more emphasised than independent studies. This approach is due to a rather poor library stock of newest textbooks and periodicals. Neither there are enough seats for readers in our libraries.

The graduate studies program in physics at the University of Latvia has as well to be analysed in the context of Latvian physics and astronomy. Presently majority of the physics research institutions of Latvia are legal constituents of the UL: Institute of Astronomy Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy Institute of Solid State Physics Institute of Physics Institute of Chemical Physics Institute of Polymer Mechanics

Apart from the institutes, there are a number of research laboratories at the UL. Each of the institutes and laboratories implement one or more subprograms of undergraduate and graduate studies in physics. It means that the graduate studies program in physics practically covers all the fields of physics and astronomy developed in Latvia.

On the one hand, the situation makes possible to provide experts at the level of MSc. in all the branches of physics developed in the country. On the other hand, it is a possibility to involve the research personnel of institutes and laboratories in teaching. Due to lack of financing the latter is done on voluntary basis exploiting the interest of researchers in graduate students participating in research activities of the institutions. And this is a way to prepare candidates for postgraduate studies.

The rather large number of subprograms of graduate studies in physics scatters the teaching and material resources. The structuring of graduate studies program into bigger blocks by merging several subprograms is obviously inevitable in the Department of Physics. Of course, it is vitally necessary to maintain and strengthen links with the research structures at the same time.

Another essential tendency to be developed is linking the graduate studies program in physics with branches important for the economic development of the country. Subprograms of Biomedical optics Physics and sustainable technologies Didactics of physicsare most related to economic activities in Latvia.

It has to be noticed that these are also the most popular branches with the biggest number of students.

20Appraisal of physics courses by the audience

The students anonymously appraised the graduate and undergraduate courses in physics after having taken them. The students were asked to evaluate by 0 - 5 scores the following

Lectures were understandable/ununderstandable Visual aids, handouts, and demonstrations were useful / useless The lecture was consistent / inconsistent The lecture raised interest about the subject to a great extent / not at all The students were invited to participate in discussion to a great extent / not at all The subject was very difficult / easy General evaluation of the course: very good / very badThe anonymous questionnaires are processed statistically and the final results are made available to the instructors.

1998/99 Spring and1999/2000 Fall semester

poll results

Lecturer Evaluation of the course 0-5 sc.

Statistical deviation

profesor Mārcis Auziņš 4.33 0.47docent Leonids Buligins 3.49 0.74profesor Ruvins Ferbers 3.79 0.41docent Jānis Harja 4.50 0.50docent Andris Jakovičs 3.51 0.68lecturer Sandris Lācis 3.17 0.69docent Ilmārs Madžulis 3.29 0.88docent Andris Muižnieks 3.75 0.54profesor Edvīns Šilters 4.22 0.63docent Laimdota Šnīdere 3.13 0.78profesor Ivars Tāle 2.67 0.99lecturer Ilgonis Vilks 4.13 0.33docent Boriss Zapols 3.88 0.60

21

ACADEMIC STAFF, CV

ACADEMIC STAFF,

TEACHING IN MASTER OF PHYSICS PROGRAMME

First name, Family name Scientific degree PositionMarcis Auzinsh Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorImants Bersons Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorAndrejs Cebers Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorRuvin Ferber Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorAndris Krumins Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorGunars Sermons Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorAndrejs Silins Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorJanis Spigulis Dr. habil phys. ProfessorEdvins Shilters Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorIvars Tale Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorVitauts P. Tamuzs Dr. habil. phys. ProfessorBoriss Zapols Dr. habil. phys. DocentJanis Abolins Dr. phys. DocentMihails Belovs Dr. math. DocentAndris Broks Dr. phys. DocentLeonids Buligins Dr. phys. DocentJanis Harja Dr. phys. DocentVladimirs Ivins Dr. phys. DocentAndris Jakovichs Dr. phys. DocentIlmars Madzhulis Dr. phys. DocentAndris Muizhnieks Dr. phys. DocentValdis Revalds Dr. phys. DocentTomass Romanovskis Dr. phys. DocentJuris Zhagars Dr. phys. Docent

Marcis Auzinsh, Curriculum Vitae

Name Marcis AuzinshPersons code 110156-10623

Date and place of birth January 11, 1956, Riga

Address: Department of Physics, University of Latvia, 19 Rainis boulevard, Riga, LV – 1586, LATVIA, telephone +371- 7615703, mauzins@latnet.lv

Education: 1974-1979 Department of Physics, University of LatviaScientific qualification and teaching experience:

1986, Dr Phys (Candidate of Physics and mathematical sciences), Leningrad USSR 1987-1988, PRC, Peking University, Department of Physics, postdoctoral studies 1991 Canada, University of Western Ontario, Department of Physics, postdoctoral studies 1993 USA, studies at the programme organized by USIA, University administration in US 1995 Dr. habil phys 1996 Great Britain, Royal Society visiting professor, University of Sussex 1996-1997 Germany, research fellow in the programme, Interaction of Oriented Molecules,

Institute for Interdisciplinary Studies, University of Bielefeld, 1998 USA visiting professor, University of Oklahoma 1998 full member, Academy of Sciences, Latvia

Job experience: 1975-1995 laboratory assistant, engineer, lecturer, assistant professor Department of Physics,

University of Latvia since 1994 Head of the chair of Experimental Physics University o f Latvia since 1995 Professor, University of Latvia since 1997 Head of the Department of Physics, University of Latvia since 1998 director of Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy, University of Latvia since 1998 chairman of the Senate of the University of Latvia

Participation in professional organisations and boards, awards Humboldt Foundation Hanle prize Latvian Science Foundation board member in a section for Physics and Astronomy Vice chairman of the committee for the degrees in Physics and Astronomy NATO expert in Science division Member of the Latvian, American Physical Societies, member of the Institute of Physics, UK Coordinator of the European Physics Education Network in Latvia Board member of the International Physics Olympiad

Publications: Total number of a scientific publications – 142.

WWW page http://www.lza.lv/scientists/auzinsm.htm

Curriculum VitaeIMANTS BERSONS

Imants Bersons Birth : 11 December 1935, Talsi district, Latvia. Citizenship : Latvian Graduated from : University of Latvia, 1960 in Physics. Scientific Degrees :

Ph.D. (USSR Candidate of Sciences), University of Latvia, 1967, Dr.Sc. (USSR Doctor of Sciences), Leningrad University, 1985,Nostrificated degree in Latvia - Dr.habil.phys. 1991. Membership in Scientific Associations : Corresponding Member of the Latvian Academy of Sciences (since1992). President of Latvian Physical Society. Positions : Institute of Physics, Latvian Academy of Sciences, researcher (1960-1966), senior researcher (1967-1991), director of Institute of Physics (1992-1993). Present position : Professor of Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy, University of Latvia (since 1994). Scientific Domain of Interests : Theoretical atomic physics, interaction of laser radiation with atoms, field theory. Professional Activities : Research in following directions - theoretical nuclear physics (in sixties), interaction of electron with quantized electromagnetic field (in seventies), atoms in strong electromagnetic fields (multiphoton ionization, free-free transitions), interactions of atoms with half-cycle pulses, nonlinear equations and solitons. Publications : About 50 scientific publications in the USSR and international journals. Last Publications : 1.I.Bersons, Latvian Journ. of Phys. and Techn. Sciences, No.5, lpp.3-16 (1995) ,"Sudden approximation for Rydberg-atom transitions in interaction withshort electromagnetic pulses". 2.I.Bersons and A.Kulsh, Phys. Rev. A55, 1674 (1997), "Transition form factor of the hydrogenRydberg atom". 3.I.Bersons and A.Kulsh, Latv. J. Phys. Tech. Sci. 2, 51 (1998),"Excitation of Rydberg atoms by half cycle pulses". 4.I.Bersons and A.Kulsh, Phys. Rev. A59, 1399 (1999), "Excitation an ionization of Rydberg atoms by short half-cycle pulses". 5.I.Bersons and A.Kulsh, Phys. Rev. A60, 3144 (1999), "Large angular momentum changing in short half-cycle pulse interaction with a Rydberg atom". International Cooperation : 1.Participation in the EC Network "Electron and Photon Interaction with Atoms, Ions and Molecules" (coordinator P.G.Burke, UK) in 1994-1996 2.One of the organizers of SILAP conference (supported by NATO) in September of 2000 in Belgium. Pedagogic Activities (for masters and PhD students in the University of Latvia) : Since 1994 academic courses : 1."Atomic physics theory" 2."Quantum electrodynamics"3."Nonlinear equations and solitons" Supervisor of PhD student A.Kulsh.

ANDREJS CĒBERSCurriculum Vitae

Prename Name Andrejs CēbersPersonal code: 151247-10509 Birth date: 15.12.1947

Address: LU, Physics and mathematics faculty, Zeļļu 8Institute of Physics, Salaspils 1,LV-2169, tel.: 945830, tel. (mob.) 9195961E-mail: aceb@tesla.sal.lv

Education: 1966-1971, Latvian State University, Physics and mathematics faculty,student

Pedagogical and scientific qualification:1976 Candidate of Physico-mathematical Sciences (Moscow State University)

1985 Senior Scientific researcher (diploma)1988 Doctor of Physico-mathematical Sciences(Moscow State University)

1992 Habilitated doctor of physics1992 Corresponding member of Academy of sciences of Latvia1993 True member of Academy of Sciences of Latvia1997 Professor of theoretical physics of University of Latvia

Experience: 1971-1974 engineer of Institute of Physics LAS1974-1983 junior scientific researcher of Institute of

Physics of LAS1983-1990 senior scientific researcher of Institute of Physics of LAS1991-1993 leading scientific researcher of Institute of Physics of LAS1993-1996 professor of Institute of Physics of LAS1996-till now leading scientific researcher of Institute of Physics of LAS1997-till now Professor LU

Participation in professional, social and other structures:

Editor in chief of journal Magnetohydrodynamics

Member of the expert commission in Physics mathematics and astronomy of Council of Science of LatviaMember of Physical Society

Publication: Total number of Scientific and methodical publications - 170Information on web: http://www.lza.lv/scientists/cebers/htm

CURRICULUM VITAE

RUVIN FERBER Dr.Habil.Phys., Professor

Born in Riga, Latvia, 13.12.1946Address:Department of Physics University of Latvia,19, Rainis Blvd., Riga, LV-1586 LATVIAPhone: +371-7-615703 Fax: +371-7-820113e-mail: ferber@latnet.lv

Professional interests: atomic, molecular and optical physics;Languages: Russian, Latvian, EnglishEducation: Dr.Habil. Phys. from Latvian Academy of Sciences (Riga), 1992; D.Sc. (Doctor nauk) in Physical and Mathematical Sciences from the St. Petersburg (Leningrad) State

University, 1988; Ph.D. (Kandidat nauk), Physical and Mathematical Sciences from University of Latvia, 1979; post-graduate doctoral studies (aspirant) at University of Latvia, 1975-1978; studies at the University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, 1965-1971.Experience (professional): full professor, Department of Physics, University of Latvia, since 1989; associate professor, Department of Physics, University of Latvia, 1984-1989; assistant professor, Department of Physics, University of Latvia, 1978-1984; senior technician, engineer, Department of Physics, University of Latvia, 1971-1977Honors and Awards: Alexander von Humbolt Foundation Hanle prize, 1992.Professional Activities and Memberships: member of Latvian Scientist Union, since 1992; member of American Physical Society, since 1993; head of MOLPOL Laboratory, Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy, University of Latvia,

since 1996; Habilitation and Promotion Council in Physics at the University of Latvia (chair, since 1997);Courses, teaching: Optics Atomic and Molecular Physics Research in physics: developing novel methods in atomic, molecular and optical physics; foundations and philosophy of physics. Monograph: Optical Polarization of Molecules (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge), 1995 (with M.Auzinsh). Articles: above 80, in Physical Review, Physical Review Lett., Journal of Physics, Foundations of Physics Lett, Uspekhi Fiz. Nauk, J. Chemical Physics, Molecular Physics, etc.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name Surname: Andris Krumins

Identification No: 310343-10616Date & place of birth: Talsi, 1943.gada 31.martā

Address: Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia, Riga, Kengaraga Str.8, LV-1063, Phone: (+371) 2261414, FAX: (+371)112583

e-mail: krumins@latnet.lv

Education: 1962-1966 student at Faculty of Physics & Mathematics,Univerity of Latvia1967-1969 Ph.D.student at Faculty of Physics & Mathematics,Univerity of Latvia

Pedagogic/Scientific Qualifications:1970 Candidate of Sciences, Rostova University , Russia1986 Doctor of Sciences, Institute of Physics, Latvian Academy of SciencesSince 1997 Professor at the University of Latvia.

Academic Positions:1966-1969 Senior researcher at the University of Latvia1969-1978 Chief of Ferroelectrics Department and Deputy director at the Insitute of Solid Stae Physics (ISSP)1991-1999 Dirctor of the ISSPMay, 1999 Deputy director of the ISSP

Organization and Management Activities:Since 1991 Senator at the University of LatviaMember of International Advisory BoardsMember of Latvian Physics Society and American Optical Society.

Publications: Total number of scientific publications: 166.

Curriculum vitaeGunārs Sermons

Birth data June 6th, 1934, Latvia

Personal code 150634-10405

EDUCATION 1959 Latvia State University, Faculty of physics and mathematics – higher education in physics1966 post-graduate course at the Institute of Physics of Latvian Academy of Sciences

PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION in technical physics

Academic and scientific grades1966 Candidate of physics and mathematics sciences, get from Latvian Academy of Sciences1989 Doctor of Technical Sciences, get from All-Union Research Institute of Electric Machines design (Leningrad)1991 Professor at faculty of Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia1992 Dr. habil. Phys., get from Latvian Academy of Sciences

Research area The problems and theory of the electrodynamics and magnetohydrodynamics devices

Vocation1958 – 60 laboratory assistant at the Chairs of physics in the Institute of Medicine of Riga1960 – 63 engineer and junior research worker at the Institute of Physics of 1966.-.68 Latvian Academy of Sciences1968 – 81 senior research worker at the Institute of Physics of Latvian Academy of Sciences1981 - 91 the head of the Chair of electrodynamics and Continuos Medium Mechanics,

docent (1981 – 91) and professor (since 1991)training and methodical publications:

1. E.Šilters, G.Sermons, J.Miķelsons. Elektrodināmika. Mācību līdzeklis fizikas un tehnikas specialitātes studentiem. Rīga, Zvaigzne, 1986.-359 lpp.

2. Г.Сермонс, Э.Шилтерс. Специальная теория относительности. Учебное пособие. Рига, ЛГУ им.П.Стучки, 1976, 113 с.

3. Г.Сермонс. Аналитические методы решения линейных задач теории поля. Рига, ЛГУ им.П.Стучки, 1989, 103 с.

OTHER PUBLICATIONS:in scientific journals 66, inventions and patents 35, significant monographs:В.Э.Циркунов,Г.Я.Сермонс,Р.К.Калнинь,Б.Д.Жейгур. Бесконтактный контроль потока жидких металлов. АН Латв.ССР. Институт физики. Рига, Зинатне, 1973 - 252 сГ.Я.Сермонс. Динамика твердых тел в электромагнитном поле. Рига, Зинатне, 1974 - 247 с

Academic study coursesNatural sciences. Physics. Electrodynamik. Methods of the theoretical physicsFoundations of the hydrodynamics. Electrodynamics of the Continuous Medium

HonoursLatvian State Prize (1974)

Curriculum vitaeAndrejs SILIŅŠ

Professor Andrejs SILINS, Secretary General Latvian Academy of Sciences, Akademijas laukums 1, Riga, LV1524, Latvia

Professor Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia, Kengaraga iela 8, Riga, LV1063, LatviaPhone: +371 721 1405Fax: +371 722 8784; +371 782 1153

E-mail: lza@ac.lza.lv; silins@ac.lza.lvhttp://www.lza.lv/scientists/silinsa.htm

Born: October 12, 1940, Riga, LatviaInterests: Physics of Optical Glasses, Radiation Processes in Glasses, Point Defects in Fused Silica Spectroscopic Investigation of Intrinsic and Impurity Defects in Fused Silica Development of Geometric and Electronic Models of Defects High Temperature Point Defect Generation and Recombination Mechanisms Radiation Processes in Fused Silica Languages: Latvian, Russian, English

Education University of Latvia, Riga, 1963 State University, Moscow, 1966 Candidate of Physics and Mathematics (Candidate of Science in former USSR, Ph.D. in Western countries), University of Latvia, Riga, 1972 Dr.habil.phys. (Doctor of Science in former USSR), University of Latvia, 1984

ExperienceUniversity of Latvia: Junior researcher, Semiconductor Physics Problem Laboratory, 1966-1967 Postgraduate (Ph.D. Student), 1967-1970 Head of Division, Semiconductor Physics Problem Laboratory, 1971-1978 Vice-Director, Institute of Solid State Physics, 1978-1984 Director, Institute of Solid State Physics, 1984-1992 Professor, Institute of Solid State Physics, 1991 - Latvian Academy of Sciences: Secretary General, 1992 - Other: Member of Parliament (Saeima) of the Republic of Latvia, 1993-1995

Honours and Awards Award of Honour for Achievements in Teaching Young Scientists, Latvian Ministry of Education, 1989 Medal for Achievements in the People Education, Latvian Ministry of Education, 1990 Corresponding Member, Latvian Academy of Sciences, 1990-1992 Full Member, Latvian Academy of Sciences, 1992

Professional Activities and Memberships Chairman (1991-1992, 1998-1999), Vice-chairman (1990-1991, 1997-1998), Member

(1992-), Latvian Council of Science Member, American Physical Society, 1990- Member, International Society for Optical Engineering, 1993-1994 Member, Latvian Physical Society, 1991- Chairman, Editorial Advisory Board of the "Proceedings of the Latvian Academy of Sciences", 1992 -

Lectures The possibilities to use the intrinsic defects optical properties for optoelectronics in fused silica. Invited lecture. NATO Advanced Research WorkshopPANCSO'96, Chisinau, Moldova, 1996.

CoursesUniversity of Latvia: Physics of optical glasses, Optical properties of solid materials Physics in general Recent/Representative Publications A.R.Silins. Defects in glasses. - Rad.Effects and Defects in Solids, 1995, vol.134, pp.7-10

A.R.Silins. Thermally induced point defects in fused silica. - Glastechnishe Berichte-Glass Sci. Technol., 1994, vol.67C, pp.14-18 A.R.Silins, L.A.Lace. Influence of stoichiometry on high temperature intrinsic defects in fused silica. - J.Non-Crystalline Solids, 1992, vol.149, pp.54-61 A.R.Silins. Light-induced ionic processes in optical oxide glasses. - J. Non-Crystalline Solids, 1991, vol.129, pp.40-45 A.R.Silins, A.N.Trukhin. Point Defects and Elementary Excitations in Crystalline and Glassy SiO2.. Riga: Zinatne, 1985, 244 pages (in Russian) A. Silins. Point Defects in the Glass Network. - Glass Science and Technology, 1998, vol. 71C, pp. 61-66.

Research Projects A.Silins (Scientific co-ordinator of Project) INCO-COPERNICUS Nr.20533: Creation and Development of Fellow Member to the Innovation RelayCentres in Latvia. European Commission (1997- ). Dr.habil.phys. L.Skuja, Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia (Head of Project). Spectroscopic Studies of Point Defects in Oxide Materialswith Different Degree of Structural Disorder. Latvian Council of Science (1997-2000). Avocations: Volleyball, gardening, children education and apiculture

Curriculum vitaeJANIS SPIGULIS

Date and place of birth : 9 May 1950 in Riga, LatviaAddress : Physics Department and IAPS University of Latvia, Raina Blvd. 19,Riga,

LV-1586, LATVIAPhone:+371 7228 249FAX: +371 7820 113E-mail: janispi@latnet.lv

Education Degree Discipline Year receivedUniv. of Latvia M. Sc. Physics 1973 Univ. of Latvia Ph. D. Optics 1979Univ. of Latvia Dr. Habil. Phys. Technical Physics 1993

Univ. of Latvia Professor Applied Optics and 1995Optoelectronics

Univ. of Latvia State Professor Laser Physics and 1998Spectroscopy

Ph. D. thesis : Study of the sensitised fluorescence of metal vapour mixtures in pulsed mode.Dr. Habil. Phys. thesis: Optoelectronical methods and devices for experimental research, technological control, and information transfer.

RESEARCH AND ACADEMIC ACTIVITIESJ. Spigulis graduated from the University of Latvia in 1973. As a graduate student, he joined

Laboratory of Spectroscopy of UL to study kinetics of optical excitation energy transfer in metal vapour mixtures. The results of this work have been represented at his Ph. D. thesis (Riga, 1979). Later in 1980 - 1985 he dealt with ion mass-analysis in laser excited atomic beams as well as with infrared emitter-receiver systems and pulsed optical radiation detection and calibration techniques. SInce 1986 his research activities are concentrated to fiberoptics, optoelectronics and biomedical optics; he established and leads the Fiberoptics and Optoelectronics Group at University of Latvia. His recent work has been concerned with design and investigation of optical fibre sensors, communication devices, medical lightguide systems and new types of the side-glowing optical fiber, as well as with optical methods for nonivasive cardiovascular diagnostics.

Since 1973 J. Spigulis has been a staff researcher at University of Latvia in positions of Junior Research Associate (1973-1980), Senior Research Associate (1980-1986), Leading Scientist (1986-1994) and Professor. Dr. Spigulis has worked out and delivers lecture courses "Lightguide Physics", "Optoelectronics", “Laser Physics” and “Earth Physics” for B. Sc. Students, and "Fundamentals of Biomedical Optics" and "Medical Lightguides" for M. Sc. students. In 1995 he launched the MSc programme on Biomedical Optics at University of Latvia and actively co-ordinated this programme in the following years.

J. Spigulis has authored over 60 published papers and a book on fiberoptics for students; he holds 8 patents. The research results have been presented at numerous international conferences and seminars in Latvia, Russia, USA, Canada, Mexico, UK, Sweden, Finland, France and other countries. In 1995 J. Spigulis was involved in a 6-month medical fiberoptics research project at King's College London, UK. Other international activities include participation in the EU TEMPUS project on Medical Engineering and Physics education in Baltic states and in two VISBY projects with Swedish universities (Lund and Linkoping). He is the founder and present vice-chairman of the Baltic Chapter of SPIE - International Society for Optical Engineering, member of Latvian Union of Scientists, Latvian Physical Society and Latvian Society of Medical Engineering and Physics.

LIST OF THE MAIN PUBLICATIONS1. J.Spigulis. Pulsed sources for excitation of atomic fluorescence. - In: "Flash Photometry", v. 5, Leningrad, 1978, p.164 / R*.2. J.Spigulis, A.Bulishev, V.Malkin. Kinetic studies of excitation transfer in the Cd-K and Cd-K-N2 mixtures. -

Abstr. 6 Int. Conf. on Atomic Physics (ICAP), Riga, 1978, 294.3. A.Bulishev, V.Malkin, N.Preobrazhensky, J.Spigulis. Kinetics of excitation transfer in mixtures of metal vapours and molecular gases. - Opt. Spectrosc. (USSR),1979, v.46, No. 6, p. 639.4. J.Spigulis. Radio-frequency electrodeless tubes as optical temperature indicators. - PTE, Moscow (Instrum. & Experim. Techniques, Plenum Publishing Co., USA), 1983/3, p. 209.5. J.Spigulis. Mass-analysis of Sodium atoms in opticaly excited atomic beam.- Abstr. of the 8-th U.S.S.R. Conf. on Physics of Electron and Atom Collisions, Riga, 1984, v.2, p. 123 / R.6. J. Spigulis. Optical Fibres (a textbook). - University of Latvia, Riga, 1987, 64 p. / L.7. J.Spigulis. Fiberoptic sensors for control of physical parameters (a review). - In: "Methods and Devices for Physical Research", University of Latvia, Riga, 1989, p.3 / R.8. J.Spigulis, M.Vitols, A.Rieba, A.Liepa. PCS optical fibre fault detection and diagnosis. - Proc. of the 4-th Int. Conf. "OPTICS'89", Varna, Bulgaria, 1989, p.56.

9. J. Lazdins, J. Spigulis. Slope-splitted optical fibre refractometer: model and experiment. - Latv. J. Phys. Techn. Sci., 1992, N 3, p 47 / L.10. J.Spigulis, J.Lazdins, D Barens. Fiberoptical pyrometric and refractometric intensity-ratio sensors. - ISFOC'93 Conference Proceedings, IGI (Boston), 1993, p 280.11. J. Spigulis. Compact illuminators, collimators and focusers with half-spherical input aperture. - SPIE Vol. 2065, 1993, p. 54.12. J. Spigulis, J. Lazdins, G. Barens. Fiberoptical intensity-ratio refractometer with digital display. - SPIE Vol. 2068, 1993, p. 308.13. J. Spigulis. Compact dielectric reflective elements. 1. Half-sphere concentrators of radially emitted light. - Appl.Opt., 1994, v. 33, No. 25, p. 5970.14. J. Spigulis, J. Lazdins. Compact dielectric reflective elements. 2. Multichannel filter of closely spaced spectral bands. - Appl Opt., 1994, v. 33, No. 28, p. 6638.15. J. Spigulis, D. Pfafrods, M. Stafeckis. Optical fiber diffusive tip designs for medical laser-lightguide delivery systems. - SPIE Vol. 2328, p. 1994, p. 69.16. J. Spigulis. Potential of fibre optic sensors for medical monitoring (Strategic Review). - King’s College London Press, 1995, 52 p.17. J. Spigulis, J. Lazdins, D. Pfafrods, M. Stafeckis. Side-emitting optical fibers for clinical applications. - Med. Biol. Eng. Comput., 1996, v. 34, Suppl. 1, Pt. 1. p. 285.18. J. Spigulis, D. Pfafrods, M. Stafeckis, W. Jelinska-Platace. The "glowing" optical fibre designs and parameters. - SPIE Vol. 2967, 1997, p. 226.19. J. Spigulis, D. Pfafrods. Clinical potential of the side-glowing optical fibers. - SPIE Vol. 2977, 1997, p. p. 84.20. J. Spigulis. MSc course programme on Biomedical Optics. - SPIE Vol. 3190, 1997, p. 342-345.21. J. Spigulis, U. Rubins. Photoplethysmographic sensor with smoothed output signals. - SPIE Proc. Vol, 3570, 1998, p. 195-199.22. J. Spigulis. Master’s level education in Biomedical Optics: four-year experience at University of Latvia. - SPIE Proc. Vol. 3831, 1999, p. 189-192. 23. J. Spigulis, G. Venckus, M. Ozols. Optical sensing for early cardio-vascular diagnostics. – SPIE Proc. Vol. 3911, 2000, p. 27-31.

*Languages: /R – Russian, /L – Latvian

Web-pages:http://ieva05.lanet.lv/~asi/fog-page.htmhttp://ieva05.lanet.lv/~asi/biomedic.htm

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name, Family name: E D V Ī N S Š I L T E R S Personal code: 230434 -10002Birth data: April 23rd, 1934, Jelgava, Latvia latvian, 2 daughtersAdresses: University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics,

Zellu 8, Riga, LV-1002phone - 7615443, 9109436, fax 7820113, e-mail: edviss@latnet.lv

Education: Latvia State university, Faculty of physics and mathematics - higher education in physics, year of graduation - 1958

Academic and scientific grades:1973 Candidate of physics and mathematics sciences1977 Docent, Latvia State university1993 Doctor of Physics, University of Latvia 1998 Dr. habil. Phys, University of Latvia1999 Professor - Physics Didactic, Faculty of physics and mathematics, University of Latvia Work experience:1958 – 1970 Assistant, lecture - Latvia State university, Faculty of physics and mathematics1970 – 1989 Docent - Latvia State university, Faculty of physics and mathematics 1977 – 1987 Head of the Chair of Experimental Physics1993 - …… Director of Bachelor and Master study programs1999 - …… Professor of the Division of Experimental Physics, University of Latvia Participation in professional and public organizations:1998 - … Member of the Senate, University of Latvia1998 - … Member of the Board for Promotion in Physics, University of Latvia1995 - … Director of the Centre of Physics education, Faculty of physics and mathematics, University of Latvia1995 - … Member of Physics education Consulting board of the Ministry of Education and Science, Latvia 1994 - … Chairman of the Board of Faculty of physics and mathematics, University of Latvia1994 - … Member of the Board of Physics Society in LatviaMain professional interests and activities:Physics, physics education, didactic of physics ( natural science for nonprofessional groups of society)Project management “Basic physics for lower secondary level of education”, author of physics text books for 8 and 9 grade schoolchildren.Organization of Higher Education.Publications: total number of research and pegagogical publications - 52

IVARS TALECURRICULUM VITAE

NAME: Ivars TALEIDENTIFICATION No: 23013610118DATE OF BIRTH: January 23, 1936ADDRESS: University of Latvia,

Faculty of physics and mathematics, Zellu Str. 1Institute of Solid State Physics, Kengaraga Str. 8, LV-1063 Riga , Latvia; iatale@latnet.lv.

EDUCATION: 1954 – 1959 University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, student.

1966-1969 University of Latvia, research student.

ACADEMIC AND SCIENTIFIC QUALIFICATION1974 Candidat of Phys. and Math. Sciences 1983 Doctor of Phys. and Math. Sciences1987 Professor (Certificate of SU Supreme Attestation Commission )1993 Member of Latvian Academy of Sciences1991 Dr. habil. in Physics1996 Full member of Latvian Academy of Sciences 1997 Professor of University of Latvia

PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE AND POSITION1959 Research assistant Faculty of Physics and Mathematics (FPM), University of Latvia (UL).1959-1966 Research assistant, Research Laboratory of Semiconductor Physics (RLSP), UL1969-1971 Research assistant, RLSP, UL.1971-1979 Head of Research Group, RLSP, UL1979-1997 Head of Research Division, Institute of Solid State Physics (ISSP), UL1997 - present, Professor FPM, UL

INVOLVEMENT IN PROFESSIONAL, PUBLIC STRUCTURESMember of Association of Scientists of LatviaMember of Physical Society of LatviaMember of Promotion Council in Physics, UL

CURRICULUM VITAE

Vitauts P.Tamuzs Address:Head of laboratory, Institute Aizkraukles iela 23of Polymer Mechanics IPMLatvian University Riga LV 1006

LatviaPhone +371-7-543 306, Fax +371-7820467,e-mail: tamuzs@pmi.lv

PERSONAL Home:Born Dec. 2, 1935, Riga Ozolciema 24/1-48Divorced Riga LV 1058

Citizenship Latvian LatviaEDUCATION AND DEGREES Dipl. Mech. Moscow State University 1959Cand. Sc. (Ph.D.) Moscow State University 1963Dr. of Sciences, Academy of Sciences Latvian SSR, 1973Nostricified to Dr. Habil. Eng., Latvia 1992SCIENTIFIC REWARDS Latvian state prize winner 1983USSR state science prize winner 1985LANGUAGES Latvian, Russian, EnglishPROFESSIONAL AND TEACHING EXPERIENCE Head of Laboratory Institute of Polymer Mechanics Latvian Ac. of Sc. 1964 - present(Deputy director 1975 - 1986)Assistant, docent (Associate Prof.) Polytechnical Institute Riga 1963 - 1967Associate Professor of Mechanics Latvian University 1967 - 1975Professor of Mechanics Latvian University 1975 - presentEDITORIAL EXPERIENCE Editor-in-Chief Mekhanika kompozitnih materialov (Mechanics of composite materials) 1988 - presentBoard of Editors Theoretical and Applied Fracture Mechanics 1984 - presentBoard of Editors Prikladnaya Mekhanika (Applied Mechanics) 1991 - presentBoard of Editors Archives of Mechanics 1996Board of Editors Mechanics of Time Dependent Materials 1996Editor of Proceedings of First and Second US-USSR symposia "Fracture of composite materials" 1979, 1982. Editor of numerous books in Russian.MEMBERSHIP Member of Academia Europaea since 1995Member of Latvian Academy of Science since 1992President of Latvian National Committee for Theoretical and Applied Mechanics since 1992Member of International Society for the Interaction of Mechanics and Mathematics since 1989Member of Latvian Council of Science 1993 - 1996APPLIED RESEARCH ACTIVITY EUREKA project EU888 "EUROSPRING"EUREKA project EU1841 "EUROBOGIE"EC project JOULE-2EC project CONFIBRECRETE - currentResearch contract with Alfa-Laval Separation Co, Sweden since 1990Numerous contracts with USSR industry in composite materials, fracture mechanics, fatigue, theoretical and experimentalGUEST RESEARCH Lehigh University USA, 1975 - 1976, Berlin Technical University 1996, 1999INVITED LECTURES USA: Lehigh University, VPI & SU, Northwestern University, Wisconsin University, Bridgeport

UniversityGermany: Magdeburg Technical University, Berlin Technical UniversityFrance: Grenoble University, Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Saint-EtienneSweden: Linkoping University, Chalmers Technical University, Lulea UniversityGreece: National University of AthensChina: Beijing Institute of Aviation MaterialsDenmark: Aalborg University, RISØ CenterKorea: Pohang UniversityUSSR: Numerous Universities and Research CentersPUBLISHED BOOKS V.Kuksenko, V.Tamuzs. Fracture micromechanics of polymer materials. //Riga, Zinatne 1975 in Russian, English translation - Martinus Nijhoff Publ. - 1981., pp. 310.

A.Malmeisters, V.Tamuzs, G.Teters. Mechanik der Polymerwerkstoffe. //Riga, Zinatne 1972 in Russian three editions, German translation - Akademie -Verlag. - Berlin., 1977, pp. 597.N.Romalis, V.Tamuzs. Fracture of nonhomogenous solids. Riga, 1989, pp. 224 (in Russian, English translation in progress).V.Tamuzs and coauthors. Fracture of composite structures. Riga, 1986, pp. 263 (in Russian).V.Tamuzs (with coauthors). Orientational Averaging in Mechanics of Solids. Riga, 1989, pp. 190 (in Russian, English translation by Longman Publ. 1992).Some relevant selected papers:Andersons J., Mikelsons J., Limonov V., Tamuzs V. "Fatigue of laminated composites under complex cyclic loading". Proc. ICCM-9, vol. V, Madrid, 1993, pp. 763-768.Tamuzs V., Beilin V., Joffe R., Valdmanis V. "Multicracking of brittle laminates". Mechanics of Composite Materials, 1994, vol. 30, N 6, pp. 529-539.Tamuzs V. "Fracture and damage of nonhomogeneous solids". In Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, 1996 (Proc. IUTAM XIX Int. Congress of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics), pp. 239-252.Tamuzs et al. "Creep and damage accumulation in orthotropic composites under cyclic loading". Mechanics of Composite Materials, 1998, vol. 34, N 4, pp. 447-460.

CURRICULUM VITAEBoriss Zapols

Name Surname: Boriss Zapols Identification No: 040341-10119 Date and place of birth: 1941, Riga, LATVIA Address: Mailing address: University of Latvia, 19 Rainis Blvd, Riga LV-1586, LATVIA;

FAX: +371-7820113; Visiting addresses: Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia, Kronvalda bulv. 4, 139. Room, tel. +371-7323306; Dept. of Physics and mathematics, University of Latvia, Zeļļu ielā 8, tel. +371-7615718;

Education1958-1964 - M.S.+B.S. studies, Dept. of Physics and Mathematics, the University of Latvia.1964-1967 - Ph.D. studies, the University of Latvia.

Pedagogic/ Scientific Qualifications:1972 Candidate of Sciences in Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia1981 Docent, University of Latvia1992 Doctor in physics, University of Latvia1998 Doctor Habil. in physics, University of Latvia1998 Leading Researcher, University of Latvia

Academic and Professional Experience and Administrative Positions1967-1978 - Lecturer / Senior Lecturer, Department of Theoretical Physics, University of Latvia.1978 - at present - Docent, Dept. of Theoretical Physics, University of Latvia.1989 - 1993 - Senior Researcher, Dept. of Chemical Physics of Condensed Matter, University of Latvia.1994 - at present - Leading Researcher, Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia.1994 - 1997 - Deputy Director, Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia.1997 - at present - Director, Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia.

Organization and Management Activities1989 - at present, Member of Union of Latvian Scientists1995 - 1998, President of Council, Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia.1998 - at present, Member of Council, Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia.1999 - at present, Member of Scientific Council, University of Latvia.2000 - at present, Member of Promotion and Habilitation Council, University of Latvia.

Publications: Total number of scientific and methodical publications - 85 Web site: http://www.lu.lv/jauna/strukt/i_kimfiz.html

C U R R I C U L U M V I T A E

Jānis ĀboliņšBorn: Apr 16, 1932 Riga, LatviaResidential address: 5 Jāņa Grestes Str., apt. 58

Mailing address: PO Box 543, Riga-50, LV-1050e-mail: jclover@latnet.lv

Education: the Faculty of Physics of the University of St.Petersburg (Leningrad) 1958,

graduate studies in chemistry at the University of California (Berkeley) 1958/59graduate course in physics at the University of St.Petersburg 1962Degrees: Cand.Sc. of Physics and Mathematics 1983

Dr.Phys. 1992Employment: at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics of the UL since 1962 as teaching assistant, senior lecturer since 1964, docent since 1984, and research fellow of the Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy since 1997. Currently engaged in teaching and coordinating a new course of graduate studies – "Physics and Technologies for Sustainable Development" initiated by the IAPS. Teaching experience: lecture courses of "Quantum Chemistry", "Molecular Spectroscopy", "Structure and Symmetry of Molecules", "Experimental Methods", "Environmental and Social Impacts of Energy Consumption", "Interdisciplinary Methods", and "Natural History".Sabbatical and other studies:Roskilde University, Denmark, 1994 – environmental educationYosemite Institute, USA, 1994 – "International Seminar on Environmental Education"University of California (Berkeley), 1995 – ecologyUniversity of Bath, UK, 1997 – interdisciplinary studiesUniversity of California (Berkeley), 1998 – distance educationUniversity of California (Berkeley), 1999 – source studies for a course on sustainable

technologies.Publications: Text-book on structure of molecules (1970)4 papers on spectroscopic studies of phase transitions in polyatomic ion crystals (1976-1984)

Curriculum vitae

of Mihails Belovs.

Personal identification code: 200350-11833. Born: March 20, 1950, in Russia.

Education:1973-1976 Post graduate student in the University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and

Mathematics.

1967-1972 Student in the University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics

Scientific qualification:1992 Dozent of the University of Latvia (diploma LU-DOC 0103, issued in Riga)1992 Doctor of Mathematics (diploma C-D 000043, issued in Riga)1986 Dozent the Department of Common Mathematics of the University of Latvia

(certificate ДЦ 089885 issued in Moscow)1979 Candidate of Physical and Mathematical sciences (diploma ФМ008040, issued

in Moscow)

Work experience:1972-1973 Senior assistant at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics of the University of

Latvia.1976-1977 Junior scientific associate at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics of the

University of Latvia.1977-1982 Senior lectures at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics of the University of

Latvia.Since 1982 Dozent of the Department of Common Mathematics at the Faculty of Physics

and Mathematics of the university of Latvia.

Scientific publication:Monographic 1Articles in scientific journals and collections

33

Education materials 7

Scientific research direction:Application of asymptotic methods in mathematical physics

Academic courses:Since 1977 Analytical Geometry and Linear Algebra

Calculus Methods of Mathematical Physics

Special courses:Since 1997 Methods of Approximation in Physics.

C U R R I C U L U M V I T A E

Name, Family name: A n d r i s B r o k s Personal code: 120842-12703Birth data: August 12th , 1942, Valka, LatviaAdresses: University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics,Zellu 8, Riga,

LV-1002 phone - 7615708, fax - 7820113, e-mail: lulc@lanet.lv (office);

Zentenes 12 - 21, Riga, LV-1069; phone - 2419898 (home)

Education 1960-65 Latvia State university, Faculty of physics and mathematics - higher education in physics, qualification - solid state physics 1969-72 Latvia State university, doctor studies in solid state physics Academic and scientific grades:1974 Candidate of physics and mathematics sciences, solid state physics, Latvia State university1981 Docent, Latvia State university (LSU)1992 Docent, University of Latvia 1992 Doctor of Physics, University of Latvia (UL) Work experience:1966-69 Assistant, senior lecturer of the Faculty of physics and mathematics, LSU1972-75 Junior, senior researcher of the Problem laboratory of Ferroelectrics and

piezoelectrics, LSU (dielectric spectroscopy of ferroelectrics)1975-78 Senior lecturer, docent of the Faculty of physics and mathematics, LSU 1976-77 Visiting researcher in the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA1978-82 Deputy dean of the Faculty of physics and mathematics,LSU 1982-92 Dean of the Faculty of physics and mathematics, LSU1992 -99 Head of the Division of General Physics, Faculty of physics and mathematics, UL 2000-…. Docent of the Faculty of physics and mathematics, University of Latvia

1997-…. Researcher of the Institute for educational research, University of Latvia1996-97 Advisor to the government of Latvia ( legislation reform in education)1993-96 Senior expert of Ministry of Education and Science, Republic of Latvia 1990-96 Physics teacher of the Riga upper secondary school No.3 1991-96 Student exchange projects (Umea and Linkoping universities in Sweden) 1982-91 Member of the University Physics Methodology Council of USSR 1967-88 Student exchange with the universities in Praha, Rostock, Nish.Participation in professional and public organizations: Deputy chairman of the Senate, University of Latvia (1994-98), senator (1998-..) President of Latvia Pupil’s research society (1980-96) Consulting board of the Ministry of Education and Science, Republic of Latvia Latvia Association of pedagogy researchers, Board of the journal “Teacher” Physics Society of Latvia ,Physics Teacher Society of LatviaPublications: total number of research and pegagogical publications - 57INTERNET information: http//www.gramata21.lv/users/broks_andris/

CURRICULUM VITAE

Leonīds Buligins

Name, surname Leonīds BuliginsPerson code 010657-11810Date of Birth June 1 1957Address FPM, Zellu str 8, phone 7 615712Education

1975-1980 University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, student1982-1985 UL, PhD studentQualification1989 – Cand. of sciences in Physics and mathematics1992 – Dr.phys. (E-D Nr 000169)1992 – Docent of UL (LU-DOC Nr 0109)Work experience1980-1985, UL FPM assistant1985-1988, UL Computing Center, senior researcher1988-1992, UL FPM senior lecturerUL FPM docent1995 – UL Center of Computational Technology, director

2000 – Head of chair of Electrodynamics and Continuum mechanicsParticipation in professional Expert of Latvian Council of Scienceand other organisationsMember of FPM CouncilDeputy head of Hydrodynamics Section of Latvian National Committee of MechanicsMember of UL Institute of Physics CouncilExpert of Promotion Council in PhysicsPublications 37

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name, surname: Janis HARJAIdentification No.: 210955 – 10639Date and place of birth: September 21, 1955, distr. Aluksne, LatviaAddress: University of Latvia, Institute of Solid State Physics,

8 Kengaraga Str., Riga, LV-1061, tel. 7260973, jharja@latnet.lv

Education: 1973-1978 - student at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia1981-1984 - Ph.D. studies, University of Latvia

Pedagogic/Scientific Qualification1989 – Candidate of Sciences in Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia1992 – Doctor in physics, University of Latvia

1998 – Docent, University of Latvia

Academic and Professional Experience:1978-1981, 1984-1989 – technical worker at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia1989-1995 – assistant, lecturer, senior lecturer, Department of Experimental Physics, University of Latvia1996 – at present – Docent, Department of Experimental Physics, University of Latvia

Organization and Management Activities:Expert at the Latvian Council of Science regular SPIE Member (the International Society for Optical Engineering)

Publications:Total number of scientific and methodical publications - 27

Curriculum vitae

Name Surname Vladimirs IvinsIdentity No.: 300147 - 11215Place of birth: Riga, LatviaAddress: Maskavas 258 / 5, apt. 54, Riga LV - 1063, phone 7188443Work place: Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia, Zeļļu 8, room 334,

phone 7615718, e-mail: ivins@lanet.lvEducation: 1988 Training Faculty, State University of Moscow

1979 - 1980 probationer at Physics Section, University of Rostock1970 - 1973 Ph. D. studies at Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, Latvian State

University (LVU)1965 - 1970 student at Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, LVU

Pedagogical and scientific qualification:

1970 Physicist (LVU diploma Ч Nr. 787972 )1976 Candidate in physical and mathematical sciences (theoretical and mathematical

physics, diploma ФМ Nr.000331)1984 Docent at Department of Theoretical Physics (certificate of docent ДЦ

Nr.074919)1992 Dr. Phys. (diploma of University of Latvia (LU) C - D Nr. 001118 Riga

27.11.1992 )1992 docent at LU (diploma of LU Docent LU-DOC Nr.0118 Riga 16.11.92)

Work experience: 1973 - 1976 technician at Department of Theoretical Physics, Faculty of Physics and

Mathematics, LVU1977 - 1983 LVU senior reader at Department of General Physics, Faculty of Physics and

Mathematics1983 - 1985 acting docent at Department of Theoretical Physics, Faculty of Physics and

Mathematics, LVU1986 - 1992 docent at Department of Theoretical Physics, Faculty of Physics and

Mathematics, LVUSince 1992 docent at University of Latvia

1991-1996 participating in grant of Department of Theoretical Physics “Phase transition theory of inhomogeneous and disperse systems” (leader Prof. B. Rolovs), 1996-1998 - grant Nr.885 “Path integral representation of quantum statistics in condensed matter” (leader doc. I. Madžulis), 1996 - 1999 joint project with University of Rostock Research activities is connected with theoretical investigation of phase transitions in condensed matter by the methods of statistical physics. Bifurcation points and their branched solution of the first equation of Bogoliubov-Green-Kirkwood-Ivon’s equilibrium condition are analysed in average field approximation. The bifurcation points are interpreted as phase transition points, but branched solution are used for investigations of thermodynamic properties of phase state of various systems. Academic courses: physics (for students of mathematical section: 1977-1985), nuclear physics and physics of elementary particles (1983-1990), quantum mechanics and quantum chemistry (for students of chemical faculty: 1984-1989), quantum mechanics (1989), theory of condensed matter (1971-1978), group theory (1975-2000), statistics of condensed state (1975-1995), quantum statistics (1983-1985, 1996-2000), introduction in group theory and tensor analysis (1996-1998), highest symmetry (1996), symmetry principles in physics (1994-2000).Participation in public associations: chairman of trade union at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics (since 1995), member of LU trade union committee.Publications: monographs (1), papers in scientific journals and collected works (24), theses of conferences (5), other scientific publications (3), textbooks (1), manuals (4) 23.10.2000

CURRICULUM VITAE

NAME, SURNAME: ANDRIS JAKOVIČSIDENTITY NUMBER: 120850-10708BIRTH DATE AND PLACE: AUGUST 12-TH, 1950, ALŪKSNE

ADDRESSES: UNIVERSITY OF LATVIA (UL), FACULTY OF PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS (FPM), ZELLU STREET 8, RIGA, LV-1002, PHONE NO. 7615711, 9155711, AJAKOV@LATNET.LV

EDUCATION: 1968-1973, STUDENT OF LATVIAN STATE UNIVERSITY (LSU), THE FACULTY FOR PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS 1975-1977, POST-GRADUATION STUDIES AT THE LSU1990-1993, POST-DOCTORAL HABILITATION STUDIES AT THE UL

PEDAGOGIC AND SCIENTIFIC QUALIFICATION:1979, DOCTOR OF SCIENCE (USSR), THE MECHANIC OF FLUIDS AND GASES; 1983, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR (DIPLOMA) AT THE DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRODYNAMICS AND CONTINUUM MECHANICS (DECM) OF LSU1992, DOCTOR OF PHYSICS (DIPLOMA)

WORK EXPERIENCE: 1973-1975, ASSISTANT AT LSU1977-1981, ASSISTANT AND MAIN

LECTURER AT LSUSINCE 1981, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR AT

LSU AND UL1995-1996, PROFESSOR IN THE INSTITUTE OF ELECTROHEAT OF UNIVERSITY OF HANNOVERSINCE 1995, HEAD OF LABORATORY FOR MATHEMATICAL MODELLING OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND TECHNOLOGICAL PROCESSES (LMMETP) OF UL

MEMBERSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL, SOCIAL AND OTHER STRUCTURES:MEMBER OF DOCTORATE COUNCIL OF LATVIAN SCIENCE COUNCILMEMBER OF UL FPM COUNCILMEMBER OF THE BOARD OF PHYSICS DEPARTMENT OF UL FPMDIRECTOR OF CENTER FOR PROCESSES ANALYSIS AND RESEARCH, LTD.

PUBLICATIONS: THE WHOLE NUMBER OF SCIENTIFIC, EDUCATIONAL AND METHODOLOGICAL PUBLICATIONS IS ABOUT 140.

INFORMATION IN INTERNET: HTTP://WWW.MODLAB.LV

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: Ilmārs MadžulisPersonal code: 270854 - 12768Place of birth: Rīga, Latvija

Address: Rīga, Hospitāļu 34-17, LV-1013., Phone 7377954Office:Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, LU (University of Latvia), Zeļļu 8-34,

phone 7615718, e-mail: madzulis@lanet.lvEducation:

1977 – physics section, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, LVU (State University of Latvia)1977-1980 – full time Ph.D. studies in department of theoretical physics, LVU01.10.96- 01.10.98. – footed pre-habilitation vacation in LU

Pedagogical and scientific qualification:1977 – higher education -"Physics" (LVU Diploma Ю Nr. 407963, 28.06.77)1986 – candidate for sciences of physics and mathematics (solid state physics)1992 - LU docent (diploma of LU docent LU-DOC Nr. 0129, 20.01.92)1992 - Dr. Phys. (diploma of LU doctor C-D Nr. 00112, 27.11.92)

Working experience: 1980 - 1987 assistant in Department of Theoretical Physics1987-1992 docent in LVUsince February, 1992 – elected as Docent of University of Latvia

Pedagogy. 1980 - 2000 lecturing of following courses in LU:theory of condensed matter, quantum mechanics (for students of chemical faculty), thermodynamics and statistical physics, physical kinetics, theoretical mechanics, optional courses of natural sciences, theory of phase transitions, methods of theoretical physics, statistical physics of Coulomb systemsScientific experience:

1991-1996 grant in Department of Theoretical Physics: "Theory of phase transitions for inhomogeneous and disperse systems”, leader Prof. B. Rolovs.

1996-2000 leader of grant Nr.885 "Quantum statistics for Coulomb systems in condensed matter: representation of path integrals",

1994-1996 participation in grant of Institute of Mathematics and Informatics "Mathematical modelling of physical systems",- leader Dr. Math. J. Rimšāns,

since 1994: collaboration with Institute for Electro-thermal Process Technique, Hannover, participating in research project of enterprise ABB,

1998-2000 participation in project financed by VW fond "Modelling of growth of silicon crystals"- leader Dr. Phys. A. Muižnieks.

Publications: methodical materials - 2, in scientific journals - 48, monograph -1.Interests of scientific research:

use of functional integrals in study of Coulomb systems, phase transitions, diffusion of doping atoms in crystals and porous materials, application of diagram technique for many particle systems.

Curriculum vitae

Name Andris MuižnieksPerson code 010861-10643Birth place and date Cesis, Latvia, 01.08.1961Family Married, 2 daughtersAddress Latvia University, Department of Physics

Zeļļu str. 8, phone 7615712,

e-mail: andrism@lanet.lv

Education1995.-1997: 2nd doctor degree theses studies at Latvia University 1985.-1988:Theses studies at Latvia University 1979.-1984: Studies at Department of Physics of Latvia University, diploma: physicist, lecturer

Scientific and pedagogical qualificationDr.-Phys., Latvian Academy of Science, Latvia University, 1992.Cand.phys.math.sci. (USSR scientific system), 1991.Physicist, lecturer, diploma of Latvia University, 1984.Docent at Latvia University, 1998.

Working experience1984.-1985: engineer at Latvia University.1985.-1988: theses student at Latvia University.1988.-1995: lecturer at Chair of General Physics of Latvia University. 1995.-1997: 2nd doctor degree theses student at Latvia University.1984.- today: scientific co-worker at various scientific budget and contract projects at Latvia University.1991.- today: simultaneously to duties at Latvia University I’m working as scientific co-worker at Institute for Electroheat at University of Hanover (each year several month).1998 – today: docent at Latvia University, now at Chair for Electrodynamics and Continuum Mechanics.

Participation at professional, public and other organisations 1995.-1997: member of Foundation “Physics”.

PublicationsAbout 60 scientific publications, mainly in international journals (Journal of Crystal Growth, IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, Crystal Research Technology etc.) and proceedings of international conferences.

Participation in international conferences (only most important are mentioned):1990. IEEE, Toronto (Canada);1992. IEEE, Los-Angeles (USA);1995. COMPUMAG, Berlin (Germany);1996. Modelling in Crystal Growth, Durbuy (Belgium);1997. Electromagnetic Processing of Materials, Paris (France);1998. 28. congress of German crystal growth society, Karlsruhe (Germany);1998. International Induction Heating Seminar, Padua (Italy);1999. International Colloquium, Modelling of Material Processing, Riga (Latvia);2000. 3rd International Workshop on Modelling in Crystal Growth, New York (USA).

Scientific scholarships1. Scholarship of the Conference of the German Science Academies, 6 months in 1994 at the Institute

for Electroheat, University of Hanover (Germany).2. DAAD (Germany) scholarship, 2 months in 1995 at the Institute for Electroheat, University of

Hanover (Germany).3. Scholarship of the Conference of the German Science Academies, 1 month in 1996 at the Institute for

Electroheat, University of Hanover (Germany).4. Scholarship in the frame of one TEMPUS project, 1 month in 1996, University of Sheffield (Great

Britany), Department of Mechanical and Process Engineering.

Management of scientific projects01.04.1998-30.09.2000: scientific project at Department of Physics (Latvia University), supported from VW-foundation (Germany) in co-operation with the Institute for Electroheat, University of Hanover (Germany). Theme: 3D analyses of FZ silicon crystal growth.

01.01.1999-31.12.2001 (planned): scientific project (grant) at Department of Physics (Latvia University), supported from Latvian Sciences Council. Theme: microscopic instabilities of silicon crystal growth.

LanguagesLatvian, German, English, Russian.

Curriculum Vitae

Valdis RĒvalds

Name Valdis Revalds

Persons code 051030-10301

Date and place of birth October 05,1930, Dzirciems

Address: Department of Physics, University of Latvia, 19 Rainis boulevard, Riga, LV – 1586, LATVIA, phone –7615707

Education: 1950-1955 Department of Physics, University of Latvia1959-1962 graduate course in physics at the University of St.Peterburg (Leningrad)

Pedagogic and scientific qualification:1965 Cand. Sc. of Physics and Mathematics1974 Docent at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics1992 Dr. phys.1993 Docent Emeritus

Working Experience:1955 – 1959 Laboratory assistant at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics,

University of Latvia1962-1968 Lecturer / Senior Lecturer at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics,

University of Latvia.1969 - at present - Docent, , at the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia.

Publications: Total number of scientific and methodical publications - 105

Curriculum Vitae

Name: TOMASS ROMANOVSKISDate of Birth: March 7, 1944Identity No: 070344-10510Nationality: polish

Education 1961-1969 student ; Faculty for physics and mathematics, Latvia University1972 Posgraduate studies at Moscow University 1975 postdoctor studies at Charles University in Prague (Czech Republic)1989 research studies at University Rostock (Germany)1993 research studies at Technical University in Barcelona (Spain)

Academic degrees:1973 Dr. Sc. in physics and mathematics, Tartu University1978 Docent, according to the decision of the State Educational Committee of the

USSR1994 Dr. phys., nostrification of Dr. Sc. degree of year 1973 at Latvia University1995 Docent, Latvia university Employment:1978.-1986 Docent, Division of experimental physics, Latvia University1986-1997 Professor,1997- Docent,Academic publications: approx. 100Research: solid state physics, computer applications in physics teachingTeaching: Theoretical mechanics, Nonlinear phenomena and selforganization,

Physics didactic, Computer based laboratory, Physics for medicineSocial activities: member of GIREP (Groupe International de recherche sur l’Enseignement de la Physique), member of American association of physics teachers, editorial board member of “Educational studies in mathematics” (an international journal) and “Starry sky” (Latvia)

Award: Man of the year – 1999 (American Biographical Institute).

Curriculum vitae

Youris Employed by: Domicile:Zhagars Fac. of physics & math. LV-1001 RigaDr.hab.phys. University of Latvia Hanzas str. 4-24Docent tel. 944.17.37 Birth: Riga, 09.02.1949 Graduated: 1973, Moscow State university in astronomySpeeks 4 languages: Latvian, English, French and RussianAbout 51 scientific papers, 3 patents,

1979, these "Prediction of artifical satellites motion" in Moscow universities Sternberg Astronomical institute for the sc. candidate degree (Ph.D.) in physics and mathematics. In 1988 certificated as senior researcher in astronomy. In 1993 certificated as Dr.phys of the University of Latvia. 1999, these “Visible motion of satellites” in University of Latvia for degree Dr.habil.phys. From 1967 was employed by Astronomical observatory, Faculty of physics and mathemathics and Museum of history of space research (F.Tsanders museum) of the University of Latvia. From 2000 is also vice-rector of Ventspils College. The scientific interests are connected with Geophysics and Dynamics and kynematics of the artificial Earth satellites motion, leaded to the new theory of the satellites visible motion. Y.Zhagars is a member of the International Astronomical union (IAU), European Astronomical Society (EAS) and European Geophysical Society (EGS). He was the sc. consultant for several theses, is lecturing in Astronomy, Space Information Technologies and Basics of GPS in the Physics department of the University of Latvia.

Recent / Representative Publications

1. Zhagars Y., Zarinsh A., Ekstremalnije zadachi sblizhenija ISZ i nabljudatelja (in russian), sbornik Navigacionnaja privjazka i statisticheskaja obrabotka kosmicheskoi informacii, M.Nauka, 1983. 2. ZhagarsY., Zarinsh A. Chisslennije issledovanija vidimogo dvizhenija ISZ (in russian), sbornik Navigacionnaja privjazka i statisticheskaja obrabotka kosmicheskoi informacii, M.Nauka, 1983. 3. Abele M., Zhagars Y., et.al. Anlage fur das Aufspuren von Himmelskorpen, Wirtschaftspatent Deuchland, DD273.953.A3, B.1989. 4. Abele M., Zhagars Y., et.al. Lazerna komputerna lokacionna sistema za izmervane na razstojanija do spetnici na Zemljata, Bulgarian patent # 47620, Sofia, 1993. 5. Zhagar Y., Paunonen M., Pavenis A., Gedrovics V. The first approach of the mecanical

accuracy for LS-105 SLR telescope in Metsahovi (Finland), Acta Universitatis Latviensis v.600, astronomy 20, Satellite laser ranging, Riga, 1995.

6. Stoykov A., Zhagars Y., Abele M., Laposhka V. Second Riga SLR telescope ULIS - start of measuring, Acta Universitatis Latviensis v.600, astronomy 20, Satellite laser ranging, Riga, 1995. 7. Stoykov A., Zhagars Y., Dimitrova M. Method of determination of "alt-alt" mount's parameters for telescopes in the vertical reference frame, Acta Universitatis Latviensis v.600, astronomy 20, Satellite laser ranging, Riga, 1995. 8. Zhagars Y. F.Tsanders and space flight dynamics, Theses Historiae Scientiarium Baltica, Riga, 1996. 9. Zhagars Y., Kaminskis J. The new geodynamic site in Latvia LV-04 (Irbene) - converted russian ex-military object, Annales Geophysicae vol.16, s.1, part 1, 1998.

10. Zhagars Y., Kaminskis J., Salmins K. Different geoid solutions in Latvia and vertical geodetic network, Book of extended abstracts of WEGENER's 9-th Gen. Assambl. Honefoss, Staten Kartverk, Oslo, 1998. 11. Zhagars Y., Kaminskis J. Irbene (LV-04) jauns geodinamiskais poligons Latvija, Latvian Journal of Physics and Technical Science, No.6, 1998. 12. Zhagars Y. Use of space technologies for transport organization, Reports of workshop "Research and Developement in the Modern Transportation Technology" of 4-th Internat. Conf. "Baltic Transit Gateway", Riga, 1999. 13. Zhagars Y., Kaminskis J. Latvia local geoid on aprobation, Geophysical Research Abstracts, vol.2, 2000, ISSN:1028-7006. 14. Zhagars Y., Kaminskis J. First results of the geodynamic station IRBENE (Latvia), Geophysical Research Abstracts, vol.2, 2000,ISSN:1028-7006.

CV OF SCIENTISTS,WHO PARTICIPATE AT THE MASTER PHYSICS PROGRAMME

Andrejs Alksnis Dr. astr. h.c.Jānis Andersons Dr. ing.Andrey Aniskevich Dr. Sc. ing.Arturs Balklavs-Grīnhofs Dr. physDina Bērziņa Mag. phys.Uldis Berzinsh Dr. habil. phys.Uldis Bethers Dr. phys.Imants Bucenieks Dr. phys.Pēteris Cikmačs Dr. phys.Stanislavs Chernovs Dr. habil. phys.Juris Dzelme Dr. chem.Uldis Dzērvītis Dr. phys.Ilgmārs Eglītis Dr. phys.Donāts Erts Dr. chem.Agris Gailitis Dr. phys.Yuri B. Kolesnikov Dr. habil. phys.Eugene Kotomin Dr. habil. phys.Vladimir Kuzovkov Dr. habil. fiz.Janis Maniks Dr. habil. phys.Andrejs Lusis Dr. phys.Nikolay A. Nikolaev Dr. habil. med.Juris Purāns Dr. hab. phys.Uldis Rogulis Dr. habil. phys.Jānis Ruža Dr. phys.Valdis Segliņš Dr. Sc.GeologyJuris Seņņikovs M. Sc. fiz.Atis Skudra Dr. phys.Andris Spricis Dr. chem.Emma Shidlovskaya Dr. physIvars Shmeld Dr. physJuris Tambergs Dr.h.phys.Arnolds Ubelis Dr. phys.Vilis ValdmanisIlgonisVilks Dr. paed.Jānis Vjaters Dr. phys.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal data ANDREJS ALKSNIS born on 15 July 1928 (pers.code 150728-11577) in Valmiera; Latvian; married (son, two granddaughters); residence: Baldones Riekstukalnā Rīgas raj., LV-2125; telephone 932088 (business); working place: Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia, Raiņa bulv. 19, Rīgā, LV-1586, telephone 7034580; e-mail: aalksnis@latnet.lv .

Education:1947-1951 – astronomy studies in Physics and Mathematics Faculty of Latvia State University, 1951-1952 – sequel studies in Mechanics and Mathematics Faculty of

M.Lomonosov Moscow State University, graduated as astronomer. 1954-1957 – post-graduate student of Institute of Physics, Latvian Academy of Sciences,

in the Crimean Astrophysical Observatory of Academy of Sciences of the USSR; 1961 – defended dissertation in astrophysics “Определение звёздных величин,

показателей цвета и спекральных типов слабых звёзд и изучение межзвёздного поглощения в области Цефея” (Rus.; Determination of magnitudes, colour indices and spectral types of faint stars and investigation of the interstellar extinction in a region in Cepheus) at the P.Sternberg Astronomical Institute of the Moscow State University, and conferred the degree of candidate of sciences in physics and mathematics;

1964 – obtained the status of senior research associate in astrophysics, a resolution of the USSR Supreme Certification Commission;

1993 – Doctor of Physics (Dr.phys.) of the University of Latvia.

Professional experience Since 1.VII.1997. – leading research worker in stellar astronomy of the Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia.

Since 1952 worked at the Observatory of the Latvian Academy of Sciences - Astronomical Sector (till 1958) of Institute of Physics, Astrophysical Laboratory (1958-1967), Radioastrophysical Observatory (1967-1997):

Till 1961 - junior, 1961-1980 - senior research worker in astrophysics, 1980-1991 – head of the Astrophysical Department, 1992-1993 – leading research worker in astrophysics. On April 1993 he was elected professor of Radioastrophysical Observatory, Latvian

Academy of Sciences, on open competition and obtained the status of professor in stellar astronomy.

Professional membership Member of International Astronomical Union (1964; working group on Sky Surveys and working group on Peculiar Red Giants), member of European Astronomical Society, Euro-Asian Astronomical Society and Latvian Astronomical Society.

Member of the Editorial Board (1958) of a popular science quarterly “Zvaigžņotā Debess” (“The Starry Sky”).

Honors Latvian Academy of Sciences M.Keldiš’ Prize (1990) for series of works on photometrical studies of carbon stars.

Doctor honoris causa in astronomy (Dr.astron.h.c.; 1999) of the Latvian Academy of Sciences.

On January 1999 - remembrance Medal of Participant of 1991 Barricade.

Publications Author and co-author of about 170 scientific publications, included two monographs.

Important scientific publications: * Алкснис А., Алксне З. "Углеродные звёзды в области Лебедя". - Рига: Zinātne, 1988. - 269 с. * Alksne Z.K., Alksnis A.K., Dzērvītis U.K. "Properties of Galactic Carbon Stars". - Orbit Book, Malabar, Florida, 1991. - 163 p. * Sharov A.S., Alksnis A. Novae in M 31 discovered with wide-field telescopes in Crimea and Latvia. The maximum magnitude versus rate of decline relation for novae in M 31. – Astrophysics and Space Science, 1992, vol. 190, p. 119-130. * Alksnis A. DY Per, a carbon star of the RCB type? – Baltic Astronomy, 1994, vol. 3, No. 4, p. 410-425. * Alksnis A., Balklavs A., Eglītis I., Paupers O. Baldone Schmidt Telescope Plate Archive and Catalogue. - Baltic Astronomy, 1998, vol. 7, p. 653-668.

C U R R I C U L U M V I T A EJānis Andersons

Nationality: LatvianDate of birth: 9 January, 1964Home address: 13/1-31 Silciema iela, Riga , LatviaCurrent employment: senior research associate, Institute of Polymer MechanicsAddress: Institute of Polymer Mechanics,

23 Aizkraukles iela, Riga LV 1006, LatviaTelephone + 371 2528913Fax + 371 7820467 E-mail janis.andersons@pmi.lza.lv

Education:University/Institute Duration Degree

Institute of Polymer Mechanics, Latvian Academy of Science

1989-1991 Dr. sc. ing.conferred on December 16, 1993

Department of Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia

1982-1988 Diploma in physics , with honors (MSc equivalent)conferred on July 16, 1988

Brief outline of career to date:Senior research Institute of Polymer Mechanics since 1995associate

Research associate Institute of Polymer Mechanics 1991-1995Researcher, Institute of Polymer Mechanics 1989-1991post-graduate studentJunior researcher Department of Physics and 1988

Mathematics, University of LatviaMembership in professional societies: member of Latvian National Committee for Mechanics

since 1995Teaching experience: course Strength and fatigue of composite materials for MSc students of

University of Latvia, 1996Research stays abroad:Theoretical Polymer Physics, Faculty of Physics, Albert-Ludwigs-University Freiburg

September-October 1999

Mesoscopic Materials Research Center, Kyoto University Nov. 1997 – May 1998

Department of Mechanical and Process Engineering, University of Sheffield

August 1996; July - September 1994

Laboratory of Polymer and Composite Technology, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Lausanne

January - October 1995

Materials Department, Riso National Laboratory, Denmark January –February 1994Research interests: strength and durability of composite materials, damage mechanics

Command of languages: Latvian, English, RussianPublications: 35 research papers

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: Andrey ANISKEVICH

Date and place of birth: June 15, 1957, Riga, Latvia

Citizenship: Former USSR, permanent inhabitant of Latvia

Office address: 23 Aizkraukles st.,

Institute of Polymer Mechanics University of Latvia

Riga, LV-1006, Latvia

Phone 371-7543303; e-mail: andrej@pmi.lv http:\\www.pmi.lv\staff

Education: University of Latvia (1974-1979), Physics & Mathematics Faculty, speciality Solid State

Physics;

Post-graduate course (1987-1990).

In-service training:

Department of Mechanical and Process Engineering University of Sheffield, UK, August —

September 1996.

Scientific degree: Cand. Eng. Sci. in USSR (1990), dissertation "Moisture sorption in organoplastic and

it's influence on physical and mechanical properties of the material";

Dr. Sc. Ing. (1992), Latvian Academy of Sciences

Career/employment: Institute of Polymer Mechanics (1977-) as a technician, engineer, junior researcher,

researcher, senior researcher (1992-).

Publications: 41 scientific journal and conference papers.

Awards: Latvian Academy of Science Prize for young scientists (1990).

Experience: Environmental and ageing effects on physical and mechanical properties of polymer and

composite materials; moisture and temperature influence on long-term deformability.

Skills: desktop publishing.

Command of languages: Russian, English, Latvian

CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal data ARTURS BALKLAVS-GRĪNHOFS born on 2 January 1933 (pers.code 020133-10120) in Rīga, in worker’s family; Latvian, married (three children and four grandchildren). Residence: Ieriķu 43-5, Rīga, LV-1084. Working place: Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia, Raiņa bulv. 19, Rīga, LV-1586; telephone 7034581; e-mail: balklavs@acad.latnet.lv .Education 1951 - finished Auces secondary school, 1956 - graduated from Latvia State University in physics.

1963 - defended his thesis in radio astronomy "Восстановление распределения яркости радиоизлучения протяженных источников"(Restoration of the distribution of the radio brightness of cosmic objects) at the Main Astronomical Observatory, Academy of Sciences of the USSR (Pulkovo), conferred the degree of candidate of sciences in physics and mathematics (diploma МФМ No. 002344, Moscow, 28.XII.1963.). 1965 – obtained the status of senior research associate in radio astronomy, a resolution of the USSR Supreme Certification Commission (certificate МСН No.021919, Moscow, 31.III.1966.)

1993 – Doctor of Physics (Dr.phys.) of the University of Latvia. Professional experience Since 1.VII.1997. – Acting director of the Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia, 5.XI.1997. - Elected (on open competition) director of the Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia.

Since 1956 has been employed at the Latvian Academy of Sciences: 1956-1958 - engineer, senior engineer of the Institute of Physics; 1958-1969 – post graduate, junior research associate, senior research associate of the

Astrophysical Laboratory (1958-1967), Radioastrophysical Observatory (1967-1997); 1969-1997 - Director and Chair of the Scientific Council of the Radioastrophysical

Observatory, Latvian Academy of Sciences. In 1974 founded scientific edition “Исследование Солнца и красных звёзд“

("Investigations of the Sun and Red Stars"; ISSN 0135-1303), Editor-in-Chief of this issue (1974-1993).

1994 – elected corresponding member (astronomy) of Latvian Academy of Sciences. 1988-1989 - Chairman of the State Committee for Renewal of East European Time in

Latvia. Since 1990 - head of various research projects.

On April 1993 - elected professor of Radioastrophysical Observatory, Latvian Academy of Sciences, on open competition, and obtained the status of professor in radio astronomy, 1996 – leading research worker in astronomy. 1994-1996 - initiative and participation in getting of the Space Communication Centre ("Звёздочка") from the Russian Army and organizing of the Ventspils International Radio Astronomy Centre (VIRAC).

Scientific fields of work: radio astronomy - radio interferometers, solar activity in radio wave range, microbursts of solar radio emission, and astrophysics - late spectral type stars, carbon stars - physical characteristics, classification, evolution.

Science popularization: member of the Editorial Board (1963) and since 1969 Editor-in-Chief of the popular science quarterly "Zvaigžņotā Debess" ("The Starry Sky", ISSN 0135-129X), 1992 - associate of the Editorial Board of the popular science monthly journal "Atklājums" ("The Discovery").

Since 1996 - expert (Physics, Mathematics, and Astronomy) of the Latvian Council of Science. Linguistic skills: Latvian, Russian (fluent), English (good).

Professional membership and public activities Member of the Division of Physical and Technical Sciences of the Latvian Academy of Sciences (1969), member of the Board of the Division (1989).

Member of the Scientific Council (1995-1999), and of the Scientific Advisory Council (1996) of the VIRAC.

Member of the Senate of the Latvian Academy of Sciences (1996–1998).Member of the Committee of Ethics of the Latvian Council of Science; member of the

human right support group of the Latvian Academy of Sciences. Member of the International Astronomical Union (1967), member of the European

Astronomical Society (1990), member of the International Amateur-Professional Photometric Photometry (1993).

Member of the Board of Latvian Astronomical Society (1993). Member of the Council of the Union of Latvian Scientists (1995). Member of the Editorial Board: "Proceedings of the Latvian Academy of Sciences"

("Latvijas Zinātņu Akadēmijas Vēstis" B; 1996); "Baltic Astronomy" (an international journal; 1999); .Astronomical Calendar (Astronomiskais Kalendārs).

Member of the Latvian Intellectuals Association. Vice-chairman of the Christian Democratic Union (CDU), leader of the department of

Latvian Academy of Sciences of the CDU.

Honors May 1981 – Award of the Supreme Council of the USSR “For Excellent Labour Achievements”.

ABI (American Biographic Institute, Inc.): nomination Man of the year - 1998, nomination for biographical inclusion in the Seventh Edition of Five Hundred Leaders of Influence, reflected a respect for leadership and personal accomplishment; nomination for the century’s most notable medal - the 2000 Millennium Medal of Honor due to the obvious humanitarian and professional accomplishments, has offered to society; nomination for inclusion in the 7th Edition of Five Thousand Personalities of the World, recognizing a select number of world leaders whose backgrounds, professions, services, and achievements have had an impact on our society and are worthy of international review. In 1999 - has been chosen for distinguished standing and has been conferred with an honorary appointment to the Research Board of Advisors (received ABI Certificate of Appointment).

January 1999 - remembrance Medal of Participant of 1991 Barricade. May 1999 – Prize of the Latvian Academy of Sciences with the assistance of joint-stock

company “Aldaris” for the significant contribution in development of the astronomy and in science popularization in Latvia. Publications Author and co-author of more than 60 scientific and about 470 popular science publications and two popular science brochures.

Important scientific publications: * Balklavs A. Microbursts of solar radioemission: some problems and solutions. - Baltic Astronomy, 1992, vol. 1, No. 1, p. 117-123. * Balklavs A. Ventspils radio telescopes: history, parameters and possibilities. - Baltic Astronomy, 1996, vol. 5, No. 1, p. 181-186. * Alksnis A., Balklavs A., Dzervitis U., and Eglitis I.. Absolute magnitudes of carbon stars from Hipparcos parallaxes. – Astronomy and Astrophysics, 1998, vol. 338, p. 209-216. * Alksnis A., Balklavs A., Eglītis I., Paupers O. Baldone Schmidt telescope plate archive and catalogue. - Baltic Astronomy, 1998, vol. 7, No. 4, p. 653-668.

Curriculum Vitae

First name, Family name Dina BĒRZIŅAID 241156-11490

Born November 24, 1956, Rīga

Adresesmailing Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy, University of

Latvia, Rainis bulvd. 19, LV-1586, Rīga, tel. 7229727, e-mail: dinab@latnet.lv

residential Lašu 1-6, Jūrmala, LV-2010, tel. 7751437

Education 1999-2000 OECD Programme for International Student Assessment, student

1996 University of Latvia, Centre for Environmental science and management studies, professional education

1993 University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, MSc student

1975-1980 University of Latvia (LSU), Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, student

Degrees:2000 OECD School Quality Monitor1996 Environmental education officer1993 MSc Phys.1980 Physicist. TeacherEmployment:1997 Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy, University of Latvia,

researcher;1995-1997 University of Latvia, Centre for Environmental science and management

studies, environmental education officer, assistant to the director;1980-1994 Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy, University of Latvia,

researcher;1977-1980 Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy, University of Latvia,

engineer.Professional studies:1999 Central European University, Curriculum Resource development Centre,

Budapest, Hungary, Environmental management systems1998 University of Bath, School of Education, Bath, UK, Energy saving Lightning

systems;1997. University of Bath, School of Education, Bath, UK, Environmental policy;1996. University of Bath, School of Education, Bath, UK, Global Change;1995. Roskilde University Centre, Roskilde, Denmark, Environmental education.

Professional, non-governmental organizations:OECD Programme for International Student Assessment "CIVIC", "TIMSS", "PISA";European Commission 5th Framework Programme, Latvian National Contact point, expert-

consultant.Publications: Total amount of scientific and educational publications – 30.

Curriculum Vitae

Uldis Berzinsh born: 58.03.16Specialist- Physics, Strategic DevelopmentMicronic Laser Systems AB

Adress: home:Nytorpsvägen 9 Licupes- 13SE-18303 Täby LV-2123, KekavaSweden Latvia

Telephone: +46-709 314977 +371-2936963e-mail: uldis.berzinsh@micronic.se

I am married. We have four children in family.Education:

1965-1976 Aloja secondary school,1976-1981 University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics,1983-1986 University of Latvia, Ph.D. Student, Proff. E. Kraulinya,1988 defended Ph.D. thesis,1994-1996 University of Latvia, Dr.Hab.Phys. Studies,1998 defended Dr.Hab.Phys. thesis.

Languages:Latvian, Russian, English and partly Swedish.

Professional experience:1977-1981 half time, laborant in Department of Spectroscopy, University of Latvia,1981-1996 full time, different research positions in the same department,1996-1999 leading researcher, principal investigator in Latvian Science Foundations

Research Grant,1990-1999 Few short time research visits in Experimental Physics Division, Chalmers

University of Technology and Lund Laser Centre, Sweden,1997 Research visit in Oakridge National Laboratory and University of Tennessee, USA.1999- Specialist-Physics, Micronic Laser Systems AB,

During my career I have investigated radiative properties of atomic systems by experimental methods based on applications of pulsed lasers and flash lamps in the UV/VUV spectral region. Since one year ago I have concentrated more in laser applications in biology and micro-lithography. Results of my work are published in about 60 refereed papers and international conferences.Since 1996 I am giving a course “Lasers and other non-coherent light sources” for master degree students. I have been supervisor for master degree students. I have also participated in several SPIE conference organised courses covering various specialised applications in micro-lithography.

CV OF ULDIS BETHERS

Personal informationName

Date of birthUldis BETHERS

23-Jan-1965Languages Fluent English and Russian

Reasonable GermanEducation

1998 to 20001990 to 19921983 to 1989

until 1983

Post-doctoral studies, University of Latvia (UL)PhD studies, ULGraduate studies in Physics, Department of Physics and mathematics (DFM), ULDobele 1st Secondary school

Qualifications 19931989

Dr. Phys. Dipl. Phys. (lecturer)

Pedagogic career since 1999

1995 to 1997

1989 to 1990 and 1993 to1996

lecturer “European graduate school of hydraulics”development of MSc. Phys. study program “Physical oceanography and coastal research”, DFM UL. assistant, lecturer at DFM UL

Career, researchsince 1994

since 1994

since 1995

since 1995 (ca. 1 month a year)

1993 (2 months)1984 to 1993

deputy director, R&D manager at “Center for Processes’ analysis and research”, Ltd.deputy head of Laboratory for mathematical modelling of environmental and technological processes, DFM ULSenior scientist, head of national and international research projects at ULguest scientist, Brandenburg University of Technology, Institute of Bauinformatik (Germany)guest scientist “Hydroconsult”, GmbH (Germany)technician, assistant, engineer, scientist at DFM UL

International organisationssince 1997since 1998

Member of European Geophysical Society Member of International Association of Hydraulic Research and Engineering

Research interests mathematical modelling of physical processes in hydraulics, oceanography, engineering

Foreign experience 1995 (1 month)

1991 (3 months)

EC Tempus scolarship at University of Cagliari and research company CRS4 (Cagliari, Italy)Scolarship of Swedish Institute at Institute of Oceanography, Gothenburg University (Sweden)

Sci. publications totally 38

CURRICULUM VITAE

Surname: Bucenieks Forename: ImantsDate of birth: 1 July, 1943

Place of birth: Subate, Daugavpils region, LatviaSex: maleNationality: LatvianMarital status: Married, wife Ella Buceniece.Children: daughter Dace 21 years old, son Herberts 13 years oldIdentity No.: 010743-12950Languages: Latvian, Russian - excellent, English – good, German – fair.

In 1960 finished the school and in 1961 entered Moscow Physical-Technical Institute, department of chemical and molecular physics. In 1967 graduated from this institute and was awarded Master degree in speciality Plasma Physics.

From 1967 till this time working at the Institute of Physics (of Latvian Academy of Sciences, now of University of Latvia). From 1969 till 1972 studied at post-graduate courses at the Institute of Physics. In 1973 was awarded Candidate of Science degree in speciality Mechanics of Fluids and Gas for the theses: “The investigation of some non-uniform magneto-hydrodynamics (MHD) flows relating to control of liquid metal flows ’’.

From 1973 till 1985 my position was junior researcher, from 1985 till 1992 – senior researcher. In 1992 was awarded Doctor Physics degree and position of leading researcher.

Fields of scientific activity: At the beginning of my work my scientific interests were related with the investigation

of influence of constant magnetic field on the liquid metal flows with the aim of their control. Over ten years from 1973 till 1984 my scientific interests were centred on MHD flows

induced by electric current due to interaction of it with its own magnetic field. The results of these investigations allowed to optimise some metallurgical processes – heat and mass transfer control in induction channel furnaces and at electroslag remelting of metals.

From 1985 my scientific interests were centred on MHD problems in the strong magnetic field related to the application of liquid metals as a coolants in the power plants (fusion reactors being under construction). At present time I am involved in the solving of problems concerning of using of liquid metals in the Targets of Neutrons Spallation Sources.

Basing on results of mentioned investigations over 80 scientific works have been published.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Dr. Physic Pēteris Cikmačs

Date of Birth : 5.02.1953.Education:

Student at the Faculty of Physics & Mathematics; at University of Latvia (1971.-1976.)Ph.Doctor course at University of Latvia (1981.- 1983.).Academic titles: 1. 1985.d.- Ph.D. in Physics (Kandidat fiziko matematiceskih nauk) Thesis: “Electrocromismism and localization of charge carriers”.2. 1993. –Associated professor of theUniversity of Latvia. 3. 1992. - Dr. Physic of the Republic of Latvia.Occupation :1. 1971-1976. Engineer at the Department of Physics of Semiconductors, at State University of

Latvia.2. 1976.-1980.Teacher of Physics in Secondary School of Jelgava.3. 1980.- now . Senior Researcher in Solid State Physics Institute of LU.4. 1988 – and now Senior Lecturer at the Department of Physics of Semiconductors,

Associated Professor at the Department of Physics of Semiconductors, Since 1994 Associated Professor of the Department of Optometry and Vision Science.

Scientific Publication: Articles in Scientific Journals, Transactions , Abstracts of Conferences – 42.Books published: Academic Course Programs 4 . Study Aids: “Physics and technology of Thin Solid Films”, “Ophthalmic optics”, “Physics of semiconductors”, “Ophthalmic Instruments”.General Publication: - 3.Research Activities:1971- 1976. Study of Magnetic Properties of inorganic Glasses. 1980-1988. Study of Electrocromism model in Tungsten Trioxide thins Films.1988.- 1989. Research “Production of HTCS thin Films” in Department of Physics University of Rome II, Italy. 1990. – 1999. – Research “HTCS thin Films as Electromagnetic Field detectors” in collaboration with Department of Physics University of Rome II, Italy.1994. –1996.Resercher in Latvian Project: “Production of HTCS thin Films as EM Fields detectors”.“1997. -1999. Researcher in Latvian Project: Thin Films systems for detectors and superconductivity of tungsten oxides”. 1994. - Now . Research in Ophthalmic optics and materials.Academic Courses:: “semiconductors microelectronic”, “Material Science”, “Physics of Plasma and ionic processes.”, “Thin Films Physics”, “Physics of Superconductors”, “Ophthalmic Optics”, ‘Geometric Optics”, Ophthalmic Instruments”.Organizational Activities:1992., 1994, 1998. organizing the International Conferences in Optometry, Latvia.1997. Participating in founding the Association of Opticians and Optometrists of Latvia, President of the Association of Opticians and Optometrists of Latvia.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal data Name: Stanislavs Chernovs

Personal code: 270338-10131Born: 27.03.1938., RussiaAddress: Institute of Solid State Physics of the University of Latvia, Ķengaraga street 8, LV-1063, Riga, Latvia Tel: +371-7-187300 (work), +371-7-524032 (home), FAX +371-7112583 E-mail: chernov@latnet.lv

Education1957-1962 Latvian State University

1964-1968 Institute of Physics of the Latvian Academy of Sciences, Ph.D. student

Pedagogic/Scientific Qualifications:1970 Institute of Physics of the Latvian Academy of Sciences, Ph.

D. (Soviet Candidate of Science) in Physics. 1980 Senior research worker (diploma)1985 Institute of Physics of the Latvian Academy of Sciences,

Soviet Doctor of Science degree1992 University of Latvia, Dr. Hab. Phys. Academic and professional experience1968- 1993 Institute of Physics of the Latvian Academy of Sciences, Ionic Crystal Radiation Physics lab. Engineer, research worker, Senior research workerSince1993 Institute of Solid State Physics of the University of Latvia, The Head of Laboratory

Membership in professional, social and other organizationsMember of the Latvian Science Council and member of the Latvian Science Council Expert Committee in physics, mathematics and astronomy.

Publications: Total scientific and methodological publication number-150Dr. hab. S.Chernov papers are published in international physics journals: Optika i Spektroskopija (USSR), Phys. Stat. Sol., J. Luminescence, SPIE, Fizika Tverdogo Tela(USSR), Rad. Measurements, and international conference proceedings.From 1994 Dr. hab. S.Chernov took part in 11 International conferences.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Juris DZELME, Dr. chem.Personal code 010845-10627

Born: 1 August, 1945, Talsi, Latvia

Address:1. Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia; Rainis 19, LV1098 Riga, LATVIA; telephone: +371-7323306, 9283214; fax: +371-7-2250392. Director of the Higher Education Quality Evaluation Centre (non profit NGO)Valnu 2, LV1098 Riga, Latvia; tel.: +371-7213870; fax: +371-7212558; e-mail juris@apa.lv3. Home address: Ruses 28 - 170, LV 1029 Riga, Latvia; telephone: +371-7440075;

Education:1963-1964 higher education studies in physics, Latvian State University, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, Riga1964-1969 higher education in physics (theoretical physics): Faculty of Physics, Leningrad State University, Leningrad, USSR; Diploma: P nr 8836131969-1972 post-graduate studies in quantum chemistry: Faculty of Chemistry, Department of Quantum Chemistry, Leningrad State University, Leningrad, USSR.

Academic qualification:1979 Candidate of science degree in chemistry: Academy of Science of Latvia, Institute of Inorganic Chemistry. Advisor: Dr. hab. chem. Yu. Ye. Tiliks; Diploma: XM nr 006754.1992 Doctor degree in chemistry (Dr. chem.), Academy of Science of Latvia, Institute of Inorganic Chemistry; Diploma: E-D nr 000686.1994 EuroFaculty Certificate of Course “Introduction to Public Administration”1995 EuroFaculty Certificate of Course “Administrative Reform and Organizational Change”1995 EuroFaculty Certificate of “English Academic Preparation Course”1996 EADTU (European Association of Distance Teaching Universities) Course in Distance Education "European Studies"

Job experience1972 - present Senior researcher and Lecturer in University of Latvia (part time job)1992 - 1994 Head of Higher Education Division of Department of Higher Education and Research, Ministry of Education, Culture and Science; 1994 - present Director of the Higher Education Quality Evaluation Centre (non profit NGO)

Membership:Representative of HEQEC in Latvian Quality AssociationRepresentative of HEQEC in Latvian Association of Project ManagementRepresentative of HEQEC in INQAAMember of INKORVUZMember of International Standing Committtee of “Ius Primi Viri”Member of Latvian Association of Scientists

Publications: 195 papers, abstracts and inventions

CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal data ULDIS DZĒRVĪTIS, born on 29 June 1935 (pers.code 270635-11570) in Jelgava; Latvian; unmarried; residence: Baldones Riekstukalnā Rīgas raj., LV-2125; telephone: 932088 (business); working place: Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia, Raiņa bulv. 19, Rīgā, LV-1586, telephone 7034580; e-mail: astra@latnet.lv .

Education 1958 – graduated Latvia State University as physicist. 1970 – defended dissertation in astrophysics “Внутренее строение и

физические характеристики O-B звёзд главной последовательности” at the P.Sternberg Astronomical Institute of the Moscow State University, and conferred the degree of candidate of sciences in physics and mathematics.

1974 – obtained the status of senior research associate in astrophysics, a resolution of the USSR Supreme Certification Commission.

1993 – Doctor of Physics (Dr.phys.) of the University of Latvia.

Professional experience Since 1.VII.1997. – leading research worker in astrophysics of the Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia.

Since 16.VIII.1958. – research worker in astrophysics of the Observatory of the Latvian Academy of Sciences:

1958-1971 - junior, 1971-1986 - senior, 1986-1993 – leading research worker. On April 1993 he was elected professor of Radioastrophysical observatory on open

competition and obtained the status of professor in astrophysics. Mastered and made use of both - theoretical and experimental methods of investigations;

worked out a photometric system for the classification of carbon stars, managed also studies of atmosphere of carbon stars and other cool giants.

Popularizing scientific achievements. Linguistic skills: Latvian, Russian (fluent), and German, English, French, Polish, Latin,

(ancient) Greek (level reading).

Publications Author and co-author of about 60 scientific publications, included monograph, author of about 80 popular science articles and brochure “Dīvainās daļiņas”.

Important scientific publications: * Alksne Z., Alksnis A., Dzērvītis U. "Properties of Galactic carbon stars", Orbit Book, Malabar, Florida, 1991, 163 p.* Dzērvītis U., Paupers O. Multicolour photoelectric photometry of open cluster NGC 752. - Astrophys. Space Science, 1993, vol. 199, No 1, p. 77-87.* Alksnis A., Balklavs A., Dzervitis U., Eglitis I. Absolute Magnitudes of Carbon Stars from Hipparcos Parallaxes. - Astronomy and Astrophysics, 1998, vol. 338, p. 209-216. * Balklavs A., Dzervitis U., Eglitis I. Photometric characteristics of Hipparcos carbon stars sample. – In “Modern Problems of Stellar Evolution”, Moscow, Geos, 1998, p. 273-278.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Personal data ILGMĀRS EGLĪTIS born on 4 April 1951 (pers.code 040451-11598) in Jūrmala; Latvian; married (three daughters); residence: Baldones “Mežmaļos” Rīgas raj., LV-2125; telephone: 932088 (business), 932478 (private); working place: Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia, Raiņa bulv. 19, Rīgā, LV-1586, telephone 7034580; e-mail: ilgmars@latnet.lv .

Education 1974 – graduated Latvia State University as physicist. 1977-1978 – done fieldwork in astrophysics at the Crimean Astrophysical Observatory of the

Academy of Sciences of the USSR, 1980-1984 - just there graduated post-graduate correspondence courses; (super-visor A.Boyarchuk, academician of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR).

1988 – defended dissertation in astrophysics at Council of Institute of Astrophysics and Atmospheric Physics, Estonian Academy of Sciences, on spectrophotometric and spectral investigations of carbon stars, and conferred the degree of candidate of sciences in physics and mathematics.

1993 – Doctor of Physics (Dr.phys.) of the University of Latvia.

Professional experience Since 1.VII.1997. – leading research worker in astrophysics of the Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia.

Since 1974 – work at Radioastrophysical Observatory of the Latvian Academy of Sciences: 1974-1977 - senior laboratory assistant, 1977-1979 - fieldworker-scientist, 1979-1988 - junior

research worker, 1988-1989 – research worker in astrophysics, 1989-1993 – scientific deputy director. Specialized in studies of spectra of cool stars, especially carbon stars, in photometric and spectral

observations of these stars and processing of observations. Managed theses of students and diploma theses of undergraduate of Latvian State University.On May 1993 he was elected leading research worker in astrophysics on open competition.

Professional membership Member of European Astronomical Society.

Honors On January 1999 - remembrance Medal of Participant of 1991 Barricade.

Publications Author and co-author of about 40 scientific publications.

Important scientific publications: * Eglītis I. Abundance ratio C/O in the atmospheres of carbon stars. - Astrophys. Space Science, 1993, vol. 202, p. 155-160. * Alksnis A., Balklavs A., Eglītis I., Paupers O. Baldone Schmidt Telescope Plate Archive and Catalogue. - Baltic Astronomy, 1998, vol. 7, p. 653-668. * Eglitis I., Eglite M. C/O ratio in Orion and Perseus galactic arms. – In “Modern Problems of Stellar Evolution”, Moscow, Geos, 1998, p. 282-285. * Alksnis A., Balklavs A., Dzervitis U., Eglitis I. Absolute Magnitudes of Carbon Stars from Hipparcos Parallaxes. - Astronomy and Astrophysics, 1998, vol. 338, p. 209-216.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name Surname: Donats Erts Identification No: 221154-11801 Date and place of birth: 1954, Preily region, LATVIA Address: Mailing address: University of Latvia, 19 Rainis Blvd, Riga LV-1586, LATVIA;

FAX: +371-7820113; Visiting addresses: Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia, Kronvalda bulv. 4, 139. Room, tel. +371-7323306

Education1972-1978 - M.S.+B.S. studies, Dept. of Chemistry, the University of Latvia.1980-1983 - Ph.D. studies, the University of Latvia.

Pedagogic/ Scientific Qualifications:1985 Candidate of Sciences in Chemistry, Institute of Inorganic Chemistry, Adademie of Science of Latvia1992 Doctor in Chemistry, Institute of Inorganic Chemistry, Adademie of Science of Latvia1994 Leading Researcher, University of Latvia

Academic and Professional Experience and Administrative Positions1978-1980 Engineer, researcher; Dep. of Chemistry University of Latvia.1985 - 1988 Senior Lecturer at Dept. of Physical Education the University of Latvia, 1985 - 1988 Senior researcher Dep. of Chemistry University of Latvia.1988 - 93 - Senior Researcher, Dept. of Chemical Physics of Condensed Matter.1994 - at present - Leading Researcher, Institute of Chemical Physics.

Organization and Management Activities1989 - at present, Member of Union of Latvian Scientists1995 - at present, Member of Council, Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia.

Publications: Total number of publications: 90 Web site: http://www.lu.lv/jauna/strukt/i_kimfiz.html

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: AgrisSurname: Gailitis

Birth date: 18 November 1935Place of Birth: Valmiera, LatviaNationality: LatvianEducation 1953-1958 Latvian University, Department of physics and Mathematics, student

1961-1964 FIAN, Moscow, graduate student Diplomas

Year PlaceDiploma of Dr.Phys. (PhD) 1992 Riga, LatviaDiploma of the Senior research associate in Theoretical &Mathematical Physics 1968 Riga, LatviaDiploma of theCandidate of Physics&Mathematics 1964 FIAN, Moscow, RussiaDiploma of the Graduate from Latvian University 1958 Riga, Latvia(complete course in physics with honours)Diploma of High-school 1953 Sigulda, Latvia

Employment: 1958-1959 Latvian Academy of Sciences Institute of Physics, engineer 1959-1960 ibidem, junior research associate 1961-1961 ibidem, senior engineer 1964-1964 ibidem, senior engineer 1965-1985 ibidem, senior research associate 1986-1993 ibidem, leading research associate 1993-1994 ibidem, leading researcher 1994-1996 ibidem, professor 1996-1997 ibidem, head of laboratory for theoretical physics 1998-2000 ibidem, director of the InstituteScientific publications (number): Papers in scientific journals and in cumulative volumes 54 Conference abstracts 31 Author certificates 4 Another 4 Total 93 Research activities: Main field – theoretical physics 1. Magnetohydrodynamics - MHD dynamo problem, generation theory and laboratory experiments MHD flows in channels, boundary layers and round objects MHD phenomena on surfaces of liquid metals and ferrofluids magnetic field in breeder reactors2. Plasma physics - wave generation by particles,

interaction between plasma waves and modular instability 3. Celestial mechanics- tidal evolution of orbits 4. Atoms in strong electrical fields - atomic level shifts, multiphoton ionization

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name Yuri B. KOLESNIKOV, married. Born: November 18, 1943, Bashkiriya, Russia..E-mail: ykol@latnet.lv

Education Kazan Aviation Institute (University), Department of Vehicle Engines, Russia, Kazan, 1967. Specialty: aerodynamics and thermodynamics.

Academic Degree Candidate of Physical and Mathematical Sciences (Ph.D), 1973. Specialty: mechanics of fluids, gas and plasma, Latvian Academy of Sciences, Riga (1973). Doctor of Physical and Mathematical Sciences (Dr.Sci.). ‘Magnetohydrodynamic instabilities and turbulence in liquid metal flows’, mechanics of fluids, gas and plasma. St.-Peterburg Polytechnic University, Higher Certifying Commission under the Council of Ministers, Moscow (1987). Doctor habil. phys., 1992. (The Latvian Council of Science, Riga, 1992).

University Rank Docent of Physics faculty. (Higher Certifying Commission, Moscow), 1979. Full Professor of Physics faculty. (State Committee for People's Education, Moscow), 1989.

Scientific-Organizing Activity

Membership oof the Council for Promotion and Habilitation of theses in Physics, the Latvian Council of Sciences, (since 1992).Vice-chairman of Council of sciences at defense of theses of Dr. Sci.. Theoretical principles of electrical engineering, and Mechanics of fluids, gas and plasma (Higher Certifying Commission under the Council of Ministers), Riga, till 1992.Member of Latvian National Committee for Mechanics.

Membership of Work group (Modeling of dynamic processes in ocean), panel of the Russian Academy of Sciences on the world ocean problems, (Moscow, since 1989).

Employment Institute ofphysics, University of Latvia, (Salaspils-1, LV-2169 Latvia). Since 1968 - till now. Leading scientific researcher, Head of group.

Educational Activity Riga Branch of Kaliningrad Technical Institute (University) and Latvian Polytechnic University- Docent of physics faculty (1979-1989) – Physics, Fluid mechanics- Full Professor of physics (1989-1992) – Physics, Fluid mechanics- Inviting Professor (fluid mechanics), Department of Mechanical

Engineering, Ilmenau Technical University, Germany, 1999-2000, Oct-Feb.

- Supervision: 5 Dr.-s, specialty: Mechanics of fluids, gas and plasma.

Scientific activity Theory and experimental studies of MHD instabilities and transition to turbulence in plane and rotating shear flows and flow around bodies under external magnetic field.Two-dimensional MHD-turbulence phenomenon in conducting homogeneous and shear flows excited electromagnetic forces.Heat transfer (intensification/suppression) controlled by magnetic field and flow boundary conditions, applicable to engineering devices.

Modeling in llaboratory scale of inner and outer frictions in vortical structures (monopolar, dipolar, tripolar) and shear flows observed in large geostrophic flows using magnetic control in processes.

Research Projects “Wave and vortical soliton dynamics. Geophysical large-scale flows processes modeling”, Grants: The Latvian Council of Sciences, 1991-1993, (Leadership.)

Vortical structure dynamics and two-dimensional MHD turbulence in anisotropic body force field” Grants: The Latvian Council of Sciences, 1994-1996, (Leadership.) “Laboratory modeling of hydrodynamic type systems dynamics and transfer processes”, Grants: The Latvian Council of Sciences, 1997-2000, (Leadership.)

“Instabilities “Instabilities in magnetohydrodynamic liquid metal flow’’,Part 2. European Commission Programs, Science Research Development, No CIPA-CT93-0080, 1993-1997, France, Germany, and Latvia. (Leadership of this part.)‘’Laboratory modelling of processes in vortex structures and two-dimensional turbulence’’, Grant: International Soros Foundation (ISF), No. LBJ000 Long-term Research Grants-Programme, USA, Riga, 1994-1995. (Leadership.)

Publications ~ 200 international publications

International Collaboration

- MHD scientific center MADYLAM (Grenoble, France)- Institute of Applied Thermo- and Fluiddynamics (Karlsruhe) - Center for MHD Studies (Beer-Sheva University, Israel)- Dresden University of Technology, Institute for Aerospace

Engineering (Dresden, Germany)- Commission on World Ocean Problems (RAS, Moscow) - Fraunhofer Institute for Electron Beam and Plasma Technology,

Dresden and Ardenne Anlagentechnik, (Germany) - Ilmenau Technical University (Germany)

Intern. ConferencesOrganizing

- Heat and mass transfer in technological processes, 1991, Riga, Latvia - Workshop: Anisotropy of fluid flows in external force fields and

geophysical, technological, ecological applications, 1990, Jurmala, Latvia. - Intern. Conf.: MHD Processes to Protection of Environment, 1992, Kiev,

Ukraine - The 14th Intern. Riga Conference on Magnetohydrodynamics, MAHYD’95,

1995, Latvia- EUROMECH-327 Symposium: Effects of organized vortex motion on hheat and mass transfer, 1994, Kiev, Ukraine.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: Eugene KOTOMINIdentification code: 200949-10900Date and place of birth: September 20, 1949, Vilnius, Lithuanian Republic.Address: Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia, 8 Kengaraga Str., LV-1063 Riga, LATVIA; phone: -371-7187-480; kotomin@acad.latnet.lv

Education: 1966-1971 B.S.+M.S. degrees: Dept. of Physics, Latvian State University, Riga, Latvia1973-1974 Visiting Fellow, Dept. of Quantum Chemistry, Leningrad State University, Leningrad, Russia

Academic ranks and scientific degrees:1975 Ph. D. (Soviet Candidate of Science) in Physics1988 D. Sc. (Soviet Doctor of Sciences) in Solid State Physics 1992 Dr. habil. in Physics1996 Professor (Diploma)

Professional experience1971-1974 Engineer and Research Associate, Institute of Solid State Physics, Latvian State University, Riga, Latvia1975-1979 Assistant Professor, Dept. of Semiconductor Physics, Latvian State University, Riga1980-1985 Scientist and Senior Scientist at the Institute of Solid State Physics1986 Senior Visiting Fellow, Dept. of Theoretical Chemistry, Turin University, Italy. 1987 Associate Professor, Dept. of Semiconductor Physics, Latvian State University1987-1991 A lecturer in general physics, University of Latvia, Riga1988-present Leading Research Scientist and head of the theoretical laboratory at the Institute of Solid State Physics attached to the University of Latvia, Riga1996 Full Professor of the University of Latvia

Membership in professional, social and other organisationsNew York Academy of Sciences, 1992-1995American Physical Society, 1992-1995Materials Research Society, 1992-presentAmerican Geophysical Union, 1995-presentAssociation of Latvian Scientists, 1991-presentCouncil for Dissertations of Latvian University, 1987-1991

Publications: 3 books, 7 review articles and more than 290 papers and conference abstracts.INTERNET: http://www.cfi.lu.lv/teor

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: Vladimir KUZOVKOVIdentification code: 130448-10703Date and place of birth: April 13, 1948, Moscow, Russia.Address: Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia, 8 Kengaraga Str., LV-1063 Riga, LATVIA; phone: -371-7187-480; kuzovkov@acad.latnet.lv

Education: 1966-1971 B.S.+M.S. degrees: Dept. of Physics, Latvian State University, Riga, Latvia

Academic ranks and scientific degrees:1974 Ph. D. (Soviet Candidate of Science) in Physics1983 Docent (Diploma)1989 D. Sc. (Soviet Doctor of Sciences) in Chemical Physics 1992 Dr. habil. in Physics

Professional experience:1974-1975 Assistant Professor in the Department of Theoretical Physics, Latvian State University1975-1990 Associate Professor, in the same Department1977-1978 Senior Visitor, Dept.of Theor. Physic, Technical University Dresden, Germany.1990-1996 Leading Research Scientist, Centre of Microelectronics, Riga1996-present time Leading Research Scientist at the Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia, Riga

Publications: 3 books, 3 review articles and more than 150 papers. INTERNET: http://www.cfi.lu.lv/teor

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name Janis MANIKSIdentity No. 180337-12959

Born 18.03.1937 in Limbazi district, Latvia

Address 8 Kengaraga St, Riga, LV-1063, tel.261132, e-mail:manik@latnet.lv Miera St. 19-3, Salaspils, LV-2169, Latvia

Education: 1956-1958, Pedagogical Institute, Department of Physics and Mathematics,

Riga, student1958 -1960, University of Latvia, Department of Physics and Mathematics, Riga, student

Scientific background: 1980 : Cand.Sci.(USSR) 1992: Dr.phys 1996: Dr.habil.phys.

Professional: 1960 -1961: engineer at the Institute of Physics, Latvian Academy of Sciences, Riga 1961- 1983 - research assist. 1983- 1991 - senior res. assist. 1991 –1992 - senior res.assist. Head of Surface Physics Laboratory, 1992-1993 - leading researcher, Head of Surface Physics Laboratory, Institute of Physics, Latvian Academy of Sciences Since 1993 - leading researcher, Head of Surface Physics Laboratory, Institute of Solid State Physics, University of LatviaProfessional societies and other activities:Physical Society of Latvia, memberCouncil of promotion in physics at the University of Latvia, member Publications: total number of published scientific works - 123

CURRICULUM VITAE

Andrejs LUSIS

Personal code: 121039-10401

Born: October 12, 1939, Lejasciems, LatviaAddress: Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia

Kengaraga Street 8, Riga, LV-1063, LatviaEDUCATION

1959-1964 Student of Physics and Mathematics Department of University of Latvia, graduated with USSR higher diploma in physics (semiconductor physics);

1968-1970 Ph.D. student of Semiconductor Physics Problem Laboratory of University of Latvia, pase graduate school requirments.

Pedagogical and scientific qoulification1965 Assistant (General Physics, Semiconductor Physics);1975 Candidate of Physics and Mathematics Sciences (USSR diploma);1979 Senior Scientific coworker (USSR diploma);1991 Doctor of Physics (LR diploma);1994 Leading researcher (UL diploma).

Scientific work experience 1978 – ... Head of Semiconductor Material department.

Solid state ionics, solid electrolytes, electrochromism, batteries, sensors, Microsystems technology, microelectronics, advance measurement and control technologies, sensorics, intelligent sensor instruments, food quality control, physico-chemical monitoring of environment ;

1976 – 1977 Post doctoral studies at Cornel University (USA)Bronzes of transitional metal oxides and superconductivity;

1968 – 1975 Head of Semiconductor Material Department of Semiconductor Physics Problem laboratory of University of Latvia.

Electrophysics and conductivity switching effect of semiconductor glasses (oxide, chalcogenide);

!965 – 1967 Assistant of General Physics chair.Metal – semiconductor contact phenomena, Shotki diodes based on A2B6.

Scientific outputScientific papers: 120;Inventions: 17 (USSR licence-13, US Patents-2, Swizerland-2);Innovation: Established research area of Solid State Ionics in Latvia.

Managing experience1. In 1970-1990 member 7 Councils of scientific-technical branches of USSR and coordinator 3

subprograms of USSR and LSSR state scientific-technical programs.2. Member of SPIE.3. Council member of EC Network of Excellence for Multifunctional Microsystems (NEXUS).4. Board member of Latvian Electroengineering and Electronics Industry Association.5. Member of Expert Council Electronics and Information Technologies at Ministry of Economics.

CURRICULUM VITAE

OF NICKOLAY A. NICKOLAEV, M.D., Ph.D.

Born in 1947, april 09, in LatviaStudied Medicine at Riga Medical Institute. Graduated from it with the first-grad honour degree in 1972.His Ph.D. grade obtained in 1987. Clinical speciality – Neurology.Since 1972 till now works at Latvian Medical Academy. In 1990 was elected as Professor of Latvian Medical Academy and the Head of International Course for Medical Acupunctureb and Traditional Chinese Medicine. Works in the foeld of Medical Acupuncture since 1974. Both his theses (M.D. and Ph.D. werw in close connection with Medical Acupuncture.Studied Traditional Chinese Medicine in P.R.China (Tianjin University of Traditional Chinese Medicine) in 1988 – 1989. Is the Honourary Professor of Tianji University of T.C.M.Since 1990 till now is the President of the Association for Medical Acupuncture and Traditional Chinese Medicine of the Republic of Latvia.Is the Founder and the Director of the Baltic States Regional Center for Acupuncture and Traditional Medicine (consolidating the professional Associations of Latvia, Liithuania and Estonia).Sincee 1989 is the Head of Acupuncture and T.C.M. Department in the Ministry of Social Welfare of the Republic of Latvia.The Constant Director of the International Association of Integrative Medicine (U.S.A.) and the Editor – in – Chief of the International Journal of Integrative Medicine.The Member of Honourary International Scientific Committee of I.C.M.A.R.T. (International Council for Medical Acupuncture) since 1990.The Councillor of Europe Association for Medical Acupuncture.The author of more than 150 scientific Articles, 5 monographs and 12 papents dealing with Acupuncture.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: Juris PurānsPersonnel date: 290852 - 10401Date of birth: 1952.g., RīgaAddress: LU CFI, Ķengaraga ielâ 8, tel. 2-251691

Education: 1969-1974, Latvian University (LU), student;1976-1979, LU, Institute of Solid States Physics (CFI), Post-graduated student ;1991-1993, LVU CFI, Hab. studium.

Teaching and Scientific qualifications:1974 M.S. degree in Physics and Mathematics;

1980 Ph.D degree (Cand. of Science) in Physics and Mathematics;1993 Doctor Habilitatum in Physics;1999 Qualified on the professor position in France.

Professional experience:1974-1975, Junior research scientist at LU CFI;1980-1983, Research scientist LU CFI;1983-1995, Senior research scientist LU CFI;1995-1998, Leading research scientist LU CFI;1998-present, Head of the EXAFS laboratory LU CFI; 1991-1999- Associated Professor (1-3 months): France (Paris, Marseille, Bordo, Amien);

Switzerland (Lausanne); Italy (Trento, Rome).Participation in scientific structures and programmes:Latvian official representative in the Management Committee of European action COST D18;Scientific advisor of two Latvian National grants;Scientific advisor of LV 8001 and LJ 8001 projects - International Science Foundation (SOROS);Member of European Synchrotron Radiation (SR) Society Committee;Head of Latvian Synchrotron Radiation Society;PECO International (CE) project - participant ;Co-ordinator of Agreement on scientific cooperation LU CFI with Joint Institute for Nuclear Research of Dubna;Co-head of Collaboration project of LU with University of Marseille;Member of Association of Latvian Scientists and Latvian Physics SocietyPublications: I am the author and co-author of 205 scientific papers.Date in INTERNET http://www.lza.lv/scientists/purans.htm

CURRICULUM VITAE

NAME: Uldis ROGULIS

IDENTIFICATION No: 250557-12760

DATE OF BIRTH: Mai 25, 1957

ADDRESS: University of Latvia, Institute of Solid State Physics, Kengaraga Str. 8, LV-1063 Riga , Latvia; rogulis@latnet.lv.

EDUCATION: 1975 – 1981 University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, student.1983 - 1985 University of Latvia, Institute of Solid State Physics, PhD student.

ACADEMIC AND SCIENTIFIC QUALIFICATION1986 Candidat of Phys. and Math. Sciences1992 Dr. of Physics of Latvia1999 Dr. habil. in Physics

PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE AND POSITION1981 - 1983 Engineer, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics (FPM), University of Latvia (UL)1983 - 1985 PhD student, Institute of Solid State Physics (ISSP), UL1985 - 1993 Scientist and Senior Scientist, ISSP, UL.1988- present, Head of the Group of Magnetooptics, ISSP, UL1994 - present, Leading Researcher, ISSP, UL

INVOLVEMENT IN PROFESSIONAL, PUBLIC STRUCTURESMember of Association of Scientists of LatviaMember of Physical Society of LatviaMember of Promotion Council in Physics, UL

JĀNIS RUŽA

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name Surname: Jānis RužaPersonal code: 220657-12955Born: 22 June,1957 in Daugavpils

Address: Radiation Physics Laboratory of the Latvian University Solid State Institute, Miera str. 31, LV-2169, Salaspils Phone: +371(2)945840, e-mail: jberzins@latnet.lv

Education: 1979-1984 student of the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics at the Latvian State University 1988-1992 external post-graduate student at the Institute of Theoretical Physics and Astronomy of the Lithuanian Academy of Sciences

Pedagogic and scientific qualification: 1993 Doctor of Physics

Working experience: 1979-1991, Irradiation service at the Nuclear reactor of the Latvian Academy of Sciences Physics Institute, engineer 1991-1992, Nuclear Reaction Laboratory of the Latvian Academy of Sciences Physics Institute, researcher 1992-1998, Nuclear Reaction Laboratory of the Latvian Academy of Sciences Nuclear Research Center, researcher 1999- up to this time, Radiation Physics Laboratory of the Latvian University Solid State Physics Institute, researcher.

Participation in professional, social and other organizations: Member of the Latvian Physics Society.

Publications: The total number of scientific publications – 49.

INTERNET information: None

Curriculum VitaeValdis SegliņšBorn: May 26, 1958

Personas kods 260558-10904

Education 1976.-1981. Leningrad Mountain Institute, Fculty of Geological Survay

student1986. Estonian Academy of Sciences, Institute of Geology, graduate

fellowQualification:

1986. Candidate of geological and mineralogical sciences 1992. Dr.Sc. Geology1997. Docent, Faculty of Geology and Earth Sciences, UL

Employment:1981.-1989. Latvian Board of Geology, Department Complex Research, geologist, senior

geologist 1989.-1993. Latvian Committee of Environmental Protection

1993. Ministry of State Reforms, secretary 1993.-1995. Centre for Environmental Science and Management Studies, UL

lecturer, vice director 1995.-1996. WWF, project supervisersince 1995. Faculty of Geology and Earth Sciences, UL

director of the Department of Geology Teaching experience:

Environmental policy; Environmental impact assessment; Geological mapping; Administration and management; Organisation of regional planning; Applied geology; Geology of Baltic sea

Memberships:1994. International Union of Hydrogeologists1995. US National Geographic Society1995. Baltic Stratigraphic Union1995. Latvian Stratigraphic Commission 1996. Estonian Union of Geologists

Publications: total number of papers over 150, including:Papers in science journals and proceedings 17Conference abstracts 21Other scientific publications 6Textbooks 1Readers 38Other 91

CV OF JURIS SENŅIKOVS

Personal informationNameDate of birth

Juris SENŅIKOVS23-Dec-1970

Languages Fluent English and RussianReasonable German

Education 1995 to 19981994 to 1995

1989 to 1994until 1989

PhD studies, University of Latvia (UL)MSc. studies, Department of Physics and mathematics (DFM). ULGraduate studies in Physics at DFM ULJelgava 4th Secondary school

Qualifications19951994

MSc. Phys.Dipl. Phys. (lecturer)

Pedagogic career 1998 to 19991996 to 1998

lecturer at DFM, ULassistant at DFM, UL

Career, researchsince 1994

since 1995 (1 to 3 months a year)

since 1991

software engineer, researcher at “Center for processes’analysis and research”, Ltd.guest scientist, Brandenburg University of Technology, Institute of Bauinformatik (Germany)technician, assistant, scientist at DFM, UL

International organisationssince 1997since 1999

Member of European Geophysical SocietyMember of American Geophysical Society

Research interests mathematical modelling of physical processes in hydraulics, oceanography, engineering

Foreign experience 1997 (1 month)

1995 (3 months)EC Tempus scolarship at University of Cagliari (Italy)EC Tempus scolarship at research company CRS4 (Italy)

Sci. publications totally 20

CURRICULUM VITAE

Atis Skudra

Year and place of birth: 1947, Latvia

Citizenship: Latvian.

Education: 1969 -1975 Latvian University, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics,1975 Diploma in Physics

Degrees and academic titles:1993 Candidate of Technical Sc. (discipline: Radio physics received from the

Institute for Radio-navigation and Time, St.Petersburg, Russia) 1993 Doctor of Physics (Latvian University)

Career:1974-1993 Research associate, Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy,

University of Latvia1993 Senior researcher, leader of the group of High Resolution Spectroscopy of the Institute of

Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy, University of Latvia

Publications:in scientific journals 20author certificates 13conference thesis 30

Academic courses:"Sources of radiation", "Introduction in patent science and technical innovation "

Research fields: Excitation energy transfer in gaseous phase of metalsTechnology of light sourcesDiagnostics of low-temperature plasmasHigh-resolution spectroscopy

Research partners: Russian Institute for Radionavigation and Time in St.Petersburg; University of St.Petersburg,

Academy of Science in Novosibirsk, Institute of Low-Temperature Plasmas in Greifswald, Germany, "PROLUX", Germany

Other activities: Member of SPIE, Member of the Association of Spectroscopy

List of main publications:1. A.Skudra, M.Jansons. Electrodeless gas discharge lamp and its manufacturing, Patent USSR, No:

1624562, 1989.2. A.Bulishev, N.V.Denisova, A.Skudra. Optical characteristics of HFEL-discharge in argon and krypton,

Opt. Spectr.,V67, N4, 1989, p.788-791.

3. A.Skudra, G.Rèvalde, N.Stankov. Spectral selective ion radiation source of mercury, Patent USSR, No: 1722137, 1992.

4. A.Skudra, G.Rèvalde, A.Úbelis. The role of excited He atoms in high-frequency electrodeless discharge, In: VIII All- Union Conference of Collisions of Atoms and Electrons, Cheboksari, 1991, p.127.

5. A.Skudra, V.Arâjs. The device for lightening purposes, Patent USSR, No: 1749951, 1992.

6. A.Skudra, N.Stankov. Lamp for photochemical separation of mercury isotopes, Patent USSR, No: 1672803, 1991.

7. S.Putnina, J.Silinsh, A.Skudra, A.Úbelis. Manufacturing and investigation of the Electrodeless Discharge Lamps for UV and VUV Spectral Regions. 14th NASTEC, Naantali, Finland, 1994, p.58-59.

8. A. Skudra, G. Revalde. Optimisation of mercury vapour pressure for high-frequency electrodeless light sources, J. of Phys. D: Appl. Phys., V31, 1998, p.3343-3348.

CURRICULUM VITAE

ANDRIS SPRICIS

Born: 1948Identification code: 040748 – 10929Address: Faculty of Chemistry, UL, 48 Kr.Valdemāra Str. Phone: 7372597e-mail: spricis@acad.latnet.lv

Education: 1966 - 1971 University of Latvia, Faculty of Chemistry, student 1976 - 1979 University of Latvia, Faculty of Chemistry, graduate student1994 - International Programme of the EPA (U.S.A.) on "Environmenta Impact Assessment" 1994 International Seminar on "Diplomacy of Environmental Protection" in 1995 Salzburg (Austria)1997 "Modeling of Water Quality" EPA (U.S.A.)Qualification: 1982 Candidate of Chemical Sciences 1986 Docent 1992 Dr. Chem. degreeEmployment:

1971 Faculty of Chemistry, UL, teaching assistant 1972 1973 Faculty of Chemistry, UL, engineer

1974 1976 Faculty of Chemistry, UL, junior research fellow 1977 1979 Faculty of Chemistry, UL, lecturer 1979 1982 Faculty of Chemistry, UL, senior research fellow 1985 1986 Faculty of Chemistry, UL, division of Inorganic Chemistry and Chemical

Technology, staff lecturer since 1986 Faculty of Chemistry, UL, division of Inorganic Chemistry and Chemical

Technology, docentsince 1991 – director of the centre for environmental studies at the Faculty of Chemistry

since 1998 - director of the centre for Baltic studies of the University of Latvia

Publications: over 100 published scientific and academic papers Research:1971 – 1992. “Novel electrochemical current sources ” 1985 – 1990. “Studies of borate properties”since 1991 g. “Effects of environmental factors on water quality”

“Environment and the waste problem “ since 1993.g. “Chemical impacts of the environment on stone materials of cultural monuments in Latvia” (the Latvian Council of Science grant).

Memberships and social activities:since 1992.g. director of the Open university for environmental studies since 1994.g. director of graduate studies in Environmental Chemistry since 1997.g. director of professional studies program "Environmental protection and assessment"

Member of the board for studies in chemistry at the ULMember of the Committee of Standards for Environmental quality" of the Republic of LatviaLR. Member of the National Board of the International Baltic University

Web sites: http://www.lu.lv/jauna/strukt/f_kimija1.html http://www.lu.lv/jauna/strukt/c_baltstud.html http://www.balticuniv.uadm.uu.se

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: Emma SHIDLOVSKAYAIdentification code: 150262-10607 Date and place of birth: February 15, 1962, Vitebsk region, Byelorussia. Address: Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia, Kronvalda bulv. 4,

Riga, phone: -371-7-323 306, emma@kfi.lu.lvMailing address: Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia, Raiņa bulv. 19, Riga LV-1586, LATVIA.

Education: 1979-1984 M. Sc. + B. Sc. (Soviet Diploma): Physics, Department of Theoretical Physics, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia, Riga (Latvia). 1986-1988 Post-graduate study: Chemical Physics, Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia, Riga (Latvia).

Academic ranks and scientific degrees:1994 M. Sc. in Physics1998 Ph. D. in Physics1998 Leading Researcher (Diploma)

Professional experience:Since 1998 Leading Research Associate: Institute of Chemical Physics.1994-1998 Research Associate: Institute of Chemical Physics, University of Latvia.1989-1993 Research Associate: Department of Condensed Matter Chemical Physics, University of

Latvia.1986-1988 Junior Research Associate: Department of Physical Chemistry, Faculty of Chemistry,

University of Latvia.1984-1985 Engineer: Institute of Microdevices, "Alpha" corporation, Riga (Latvia).

Membership in professional, social and other organisations:Scientific secretary of the Council of the Institute of Chemical Physics. Member of the Association of Latvian Scientists.

Publications: 6 papers, 11 conference abstracts.Information in the INTERNET: http://www.lu.lv/jauna/strukt/i_kimfiz.html

CURRICULUM VITAEIvars SHMELD

ADRESS: PHONE:Istitute of Astronomy Office: +371 7 226337,Latvian University 223149

Raina Blvd. 19. Home: +371-2-735650Riga FAX: +371-7820180LV-1586 Latvia E-mail:shmeld@latnet.lv

BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION

Born in December 23, 1947, town Dikli, Latvia. Nationality Latvian (passport LA 0546448, issued by Police Department of Jurmala, Latvia on November 19, 1992. Married, two children.

EDUCATION

M.D. (1971) Latvian University (Riga). Major: Physics.Ph.D.(1977) Institute of Astrophysics and Physics of Atmosphere Estonian Acad.Sci. Major:

Astrophysics.Th.Ph.D. "Investigation of the anomalous microwave radiation of the cosmic H2O molecule".

PROFESSIONAL EXPIERENCE

Radioastrophysical observatory Latvian Acad Sci.(from 01.07.97 Institute of Astronomy, Latvian University:11.1970. - 05.1993. - laboratory assistant, senior laboratory assistant, post graduate researcher, junior

researcher, senior researcher, head of the department.1983 - visiting astronomer in Ioffe Physical and Technical Institute Acad.Sci. USSR, Leningrad.

Since 05.1993. - leading researcher.10.1998 – 06.2000 Postdoctoral fellowship, Latvian UniversitySince 07.1998 – Had if the research Project "Nonstationary phenomena and processes in the

cosmical objects (stars on the late stages of evolution, circumstellar envelopes, Sun)".Main field of scientific interests: mass outflow from the stars, interstellar matter. 45 scientific

publications.

MEMBERSHIP

Member of the International Astronomical Society, European Astronomical Society, Euroasian Astronomical Society (member of the Board), Latvian Assocation of Scientists. President of the Latvian Astronomical and Society.

JURIS TAMBERGS CURRICULUM VITAE

Name Surname: Juris TambergsPersonal code: 110842-10156Born: 11 August, 1942 in RīgaAddress: Radiation Physics Laboratory of the Latvian University Solid State

Institute, Miera str.31, LV-2169, Salaspils Phone: +371(2)945840, e-mail: jberzins@latnet.lv

Education: 1960-1965 student of the Faculty of Physics and Mathematics at the Latvian State University, 1967-1971 external post-graduate student at the Physics Institute of the Latvian Academy of Sciences

Pedagogic and scientific qualification:1977 Candidate of Physics and Mathematics Sciences1993 Doctor of Physics Doctor (nostrificated)1997 Habilitated Doctor of Physics

Working experience: 1966-1967, teacher at Kuldīga secondary school 1967-1992, Nuclear reactor of the Latvian Academy of Sciences Physics Institute, Nuclear reaction laboratory: 1967-1970, senior engineer 1970-1985, junior researcher 1985-1992, senior researcher 1992-1998, Nuclear Research Center of the Latvian Academy of Sciences, Nuclear reaction laboratory: 1992-1993, senior researcher, 1993-1998, professor 1999- up to this time, Radiation Physics Laboratory of the Latvian University Solid State Institute, professor. Participation in professional, social and other organizations:

Latvian Council of Sciences confirmed expert in the Theoretical PhysicsSubdivision of the Physical Sciences Division.Member of the Latvian Physics Society.

Publications: The total number of scientific and popular science publications -- 170.

INTERNET information: None

C U R R I C U L U M V I T A E ARNOLDS UBELIS

Personal: Born May 13, 1943, Latvia. Married.

Addresses: Office - University of Latvia, Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy19 Rainis blv. Riga LV-1586 LATVIAPhone: +371-7-229727 office; Fax: +371-7820113; E-mail: arnolds@acad.latnet.lvPrivate – Hapsalas 30 –4, Riga, LV-1005, Latvia; Phone: +371-9498659

Education Degree Discipline Year receivedUniversity of Latvia M.Sc. Physics 1969University of Leningrad Dr.Phys. Optics 1983(St.Peterburg)

Additional training Discipline Year received

University of Latvia Hab,Doctor studies Chemical Physics 1992-1994.Rockilde University Studies on Sustainable Development 1994/95 Grenoble, France European Research Course on Atmosphere 1996University of Latvia Project management course 1997The Baltic University Sustainable Community Development and

Uppsala Physical Planning 1998Bremen University & Wuppertal Institute for TEMPUS mobility -updating of lecture

1998. Climate, Environment, Energy: courses

Duties: 1963 Faculty Physics and Mathematics, University of Latvia - assistant; 1963-1966 Obligatory regular army service; 1966-1972 Prob. Lab. of Spectroscopy University of Latvia - senior assistant; senior engineer; 1972-1991 Department of Spectroscopy University of Latvia - head of laboratory; 1990-1993 Chairman of the Council of Latgale suburb, Riga City deputy in Municipality; 1991- present: Researcher and supervisor of research grants on atomic physics & photochemistry,

atmospheric photochemistry & air pollution issues and sustainable development at the Institute of Atomic Physics and Spectroscopy; "Physics and Technologies for Sustainable Development”;

1994- 1997 Centre for Environment Science and Management Studies researcher, lecturer and supervisor of students thesis in the field "Sustainable Development and Municipalities";

1994 -1996: Invited adviser on the issues of higher education development and financing at the Department of Science, Ministry of Education and Science;

1995: Invited expert for The first National Communication of the Republic of Latvia under United Nations Convention on Climate Change; Ministry of Environment Protection and Regional Development;

1995: Project manager for the research project - Development of Hydrometeorology and Related Monitoring State programme 1995 - 2010;.

1995. Project manager: Sustainable Development and Environment Vision for "Local Agenda 21" of Preili District and Latvian side supervisor in Democracy Project Storstroem County-Preili District. Democracy, Public Awareness Raising and Institutional Strengthening;

1995 - 1996: Consultant Studies "Air Pollution in Riga: Problems, Goals, and Policy" and "An Assessment of Selected Policies for Controlling Stationary and Point Source Pollution in Latvia" for Harvard Institute for International Development, Massachusetts (HIID), USA project "Central and Eastern Europe Environment Economics and Policy";

1997. Expert of World Bank grant Nr. WBTF O28205-LV Development of New Emission Standards for Sources of Air Pollution in Latvia and adjusting to EU directives;

Since March 1998 co-ordinator of the model project (Livani-LU) within the INTERREG IIC project Sustainable Urban Patterns Around the Baltic Sea (SUPERBS).

Since February 1999 National Contact Point of The Fifth Framework Programme of the European Community for Research, Technological Development and Demonstration Activities (1998-2002).

Membership and public duties: Member of Latvia's Union of Scientists; Member of The International Society for Optical Engineering; Member of International Network of Engineering and Scientists for Global Responsibility (INES); Member of Internat. Executive Committee of EUREKA programme project “EUROTRAC-2”; Since 1999 Programme Committee member from Latvia for Improving Human potential programme of

The Fifth Framework Programme of the European Community for Research, Technological Development and Demonstration Activities (1998-2002).

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name Vilis Valdmanis

Date of birth 14. 01.1964

Citizenship Latvian

Address Institute of Polymer Mechanics

23 Aizkraukles St., Riga, LV1006, Latvia

Phone: +371-7-543327

+371-7-543313

Fax: +371-7-820467

E-mail: vilis@pmi.lv

WWW: http://www.pmi.lv/Education

University of Latvia , (Faculty of Physics and Mathematics), 1988; Dipl. Eng.Languages : Latvian, Russian ,English, German.Experience

1984 -1988, Institute of Polymer Mechanics, Laboratory of Dynamics and Fracture, assistant.1989 -1998, University of Latvia , (Faculty of Physics and Mathematics), lecturer.1988 - present, Institute of Polymer Mechanics, Laboratory of Dynamics and Fracture, research associate.

Teaching experienceCourses:

Finite element method in solid mechanics,Mechanics of composite meterials,Introduction in solid mechanics,Theory of elasticity,Theoretical mechanics,Continuum mechanics,Coputer science,Laboratory of solid mechanics.

Other experience

1988, Study in Charles University in Prague (student exchange program).1995, National Technical University of Athens, developing of master course “Finite element method in solid mechanics” ( program TEMPUS 09777-95 )1997.-1999., short time visits in Reading University, EUROSPRING EU888 and EUROBOGIE EU1841 projects coordinations meetings.

Research Projects: EUREKA project EU888 "EUROSPRING", EUREKA project EU1841 "EUROBOGIE", Research contract with Alfa-Laval Separation Co, Sweden, 1990 – 1992.

Recent/Representative PublicationsV. Valdmanis, M. Mikelsons

Theoretical and experimental investigation of strength and deformability of laminated composites under static loading., MKM -1991 Nr. 3, p. 447-458V. Tamuzs, V. Beilin, R. Joffe, V. ValdmanisMulticracking of brittle laminates., MKM -1994 Nr. 6, p.737-749

CURRICULUM VITAE

1. Name, surname: ILGONIS VILKS2. Born: 10th December 19603. Birthplace: Riga, Latvia4. Address: Work: Institute of Astronomy, University of Latvia, Boulv. Rainis

19, Riga, LV-1586, +371-7223617, e-mail vilks@latnet.lvHome: Vairoga 5 dz. 4, Riga, LV-1586, phone +371-7569055, celullar phone: +371-9442172

5. Education: 1997 - PhD degree in Pedagogics at Institute of Pedagogics and Psychology, University of

Latvia; 1994 - master degree in Physics at Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, University of Latvia; 1984 - graduated from Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, University of Latvia;6. Experience: since 01.01.98. Scientific secretary, researcher at Institute of Astronomy, University of

Latvia; 1997 - 2000 teacher of Physics and Astronomy at Brīvās izglītības centra skola, Riga; 1996 - 2000 teacher of Astronomy at French lyceum, Riga (not permanently); since 1999 teacher of Astronomy at Yurmala Alternative School; since 1995 lecturer of Astrophysics at University of Latvia; 01.05.94.-31.12.97. Head of Astronomical Observatory and researcher at University of

Latvia; 1993 -1994 scientific work at Astronomical Observatory, University of Latvia; 1986 -1992 engineer at Astronomical Observatory, University of Latvia; 1984 -1986 teacher of physics, astronomy and computer science at Riga secondary school No

47;

7. Member of societies , etc.: national representative of Latvia in the Comission No 46 The Teaching of Astronomy,

International Astronomical Union; national representative of Latvia in the European Association for Astronomy Education; head of the Latvian Association of Astronomy Teachers (1995 - 2000);

member of the Latvian Astronomical Society Council (1993 -); member of editorial board of magazines "Starry Sky" (1992 -) and "Astronomical Calender"

(1993 - 2000); since September 2000 chief editor of popular science magazine "Terra".

8. Other information. Fluent in Russian, English, French.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Jānis VjatersBorn: March 23, 1947, RigaIdentification code: 230347-10724

Adresses: resid.: 106/2 – 68 A.Deglava Str., Riga, LV-1082 phone 9488543 , office: LU ĢĢI 19 Rainis Blvd., Rīga, LV-1586 phone: 9488543 , e-mail: slr_jv@latnet.lv

Education: 1965-1971 University of Latvia, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, undergraduate studies

fakultāte, students 1973-1976 University of Latvia, graduate studies

Qualification: 1993 MS degree in physics

Employment: 1968, laboratory assistant, Faculty of Physics and Mathematics, UL

1971-1973, engineer, Astronomical Observatory of the University of Latvia;1976-1987, junior research fellow, Astronomical Observatory of the University of Latvia;

1988-1993, LVU Astronomiskās observatorijas IB daļas vadītājs; since 1994, director of the Division of Instrument Design of the University of

Latvia;

Memberships:: Chairman of the Board of "Geosystems" Ltd.

Publications: Total number of published papers and patents – 39.

22MASTER STUDY COURSE DESCRIPTION

A Mandatory courses

PROBLEMS OF MODERN PHYSICS

Author professor Andrejs CebersProgram Master of physicsVolume 2 credit pointsSemester 9Control examination

Conditions Courses of general physics: mechanics, structure of matter and thermal processes.

Electromagnetism, optics. Mathematics courses: mathematics analysis, differential equations.

Code of courseGroup of course A

AnnotationThe modern problems in physics related with thematic of biology are considered: physics of membranes, colloidal solutions, molecular motors, conformities of structure formation in various non-linear dissipate systems.ContentLipids. Amphiphylic mono-layers. Vezikulas. Double emulsification method. Elastic energy of flexion of membranes. Heat fluctuations in membranes. Projected surface. Evans’s experiment of micro-pipettes. Determination of the elasticity of flexion with the method of magnetic vezikulas. Mechanism of entropic interaction between colloidal particles and extortion of flocculation. Mechanism of entropic pinocitoze. Entropic repulsion force of membranes. Helfrih’s potential. Laser pincers and Relay’s instability of tubules.Curie principle and transfer of chemical energy to mechanical one. Saw-like potential and its realization with laser pincers. Feynman ratchet. II law of thermodynamics and equation of detailed balance. Flagellar motors.Physical phenomena of fluids with special properties. Magnetic fluids. Phase diagram of Magnetic colloids. Instabilities of free surface of magnetic fluid. Hydrodynamics with spin.Structures. Formation of structures in reaction-diffusion systems. Labyrinthine structures. Their examples: thin ferromagnetic membranes, chemical systems in porous structure, amphiphylic mono-layers, superconductors of I kind, etc. Formation of structures for phase transitions induced by magnetic field.Requirements to obtain the credit Oral examination.

Literature1. R.Lipowsky. Statistical physics of flexible membranes// Physica A. – 1993 – V.194 – P.114-

127.2. F.Julicher, A.Ajdari, J.Prost. Modeling molecular motors// Review of Modern Physics –

1997 – V.69, P.1269-1281. 3. R.P.Feynman, R.B.Leighton, M.Sands. The Feynman lectures on physics. (in Russ.) – M.:

“Mir”, 1967 – P.138-144.

MODERN PROBLEMS OF QUANTUM PHYSICS

Professor Mārcis AuziņšCourse’s group A group for Physics Master’s programmeSub-branch 13.5Course’s volume 2 creditsSemester 10Necessary knowledge basics of microphysics and non-relativistic quantum mechanics

Annotation

The course deals with questions that are connected with experimental research performed in the 90-ties in order to deepen understanding of foundations of quantum mechanics. Analysis of works is based on the method of analysing of the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen paradox and Bell’s inequalities.

Contents

Dynamics of wave packets of highly excited atoms and molecules. Coherent superposition of quantum states. Coherent and squeezed states of the harmonic oscillator. Dynamics of quantum wave packets. Harmonic oscillator. Rectangular potential well with infinite walls. Rigid rotator. Rydberg wave packets. Hydrogen atom in the classical limit. Kepler orbits in quantum mechanics. Localised wave packets in angular coordinates. Localised wave packets in radial coordinates. Formation of wave packets in the hydrogen atom. Wave packets in molecular physics. Vibrations of molecules in the framework of wave packet dynamics. Rotation of molecules and wave packets. Dynamics of the tunnelling effect and tunnelling velocity. Historical review of different ways of defining tunnelling time in quantum mechanics. Tunnelling effect ant its analogue in optics. Experimental measurements of tunnelling time. Theoretical approaches for describing the tunnelling effect. Interaction free quantum measurements. Realization of interaction free experiment. Maximum efficiency of the interaction free experiment. Quantum Zenon effect. Ways of improving efficiency in interaction free experiments. Interaction free obtaining of images. Multiparticle interference experiments. Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen paradox. Bell’s inequalities. Two-photon interference experiments in connection with particle’s spin. Two-photon interference experiments in coordinate and impulse cases. Decoherence of particles. Schrödinger’s cat paradox. Indistinguishability of photons in interference experiments. Seminar about use of entangled states in quantum computers, quantum cryptography and quantum teleportation.

Demands for getting credits

Take part in seminars and pass an oral test

Literature

Lectures are based on review and original papers that appear in periodicals. Copies of papers are available to students.

Basics of Materials Science

Lector: Prof. Andris KruminsProgramme: Master in physicsCourse volume: 3 credits

Term: 9Examinaton form: examPreconditions: Physics bachelor courses on "Substance Structure" and

mathematics.Course code:

Group: compulsory

Annotation: By materials one denotes substances by help of which technical ideas are brought into life . Materials science is a branch of nature sciences that studies the regularities of general qualities of structure. The course is interdisciplinary comprising engineering and nature sciences (physics, chemistry, ecology). The aim of the course is to introduce the diversity of the materials and analize their common qualities (ageing, utilization, projection)

Content:Materials science: definition, tasks and history. Materials classification according to

their structure and application. Structure levels of the materials: atoms un molecules (chemical atomic and molecular bonds, crystalographical structures, crystals and amorphous substances, phase positions); microstructure (structure defects: pointshaped, linear and slideshaped) and macrostructure (heterogeneous systems and boundary surfaces).Coherence of materials qualities and structures: mechnical, electrical, optical and magnetic qualities.Main forms of classical materials: metals and alloys, glass, ceramics, polimers.Several forms of complicated materials: composites, wood, intelligent structures.Semicondutors and photonics materials.Idea about the clean technologies and industrial ecology. Materials life circle: recycling, regulation of the ageing tempo; corrosion and anticorrosion protection.

To get a credit two written tests is a must.

Literature:W. D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering, John Willey NY, 1990Graham Hill, Materials, Hodder and Stoughton, London, 1993.British encyclopedia: http://www.britannica.comPhilip Ball, Made to measure, New Materials for 21st Century, Princeton, 1997http://Kasap3.Usask.Ca

Physics of science and technology

Author Prof. I.Tāle

Program Master in physicsSize 3 credits

Semester 10Testing method examinationPreliminary knowledge Material science in physics,

Course code Course group AAnnotation

The course serves review of use of the modern advanced methods in natural sciences and related branches of industry. The aim of the course is to give overview about feasibilities of

physicists to be involved in reseearch and solving of the applied problems in various directions of natural sciences.

Content:Overview about Main methods in experimental physics in framework uf their use in

chemistry, biology, geology, environment sciences, medicine e.t.c.Methods of photon spectroscopy from gamma to far infrared. Applications in astronomy, earth- and space launched systems, long basis interferometry; chemistry, biology, earth sciences, environmental sciences.

Global positioning systems in earth sciences, geology, geodesy.Methods of radiation physics in chemistry, biophysics, biochemistry, medicine.Methods of thomography in biology, medicine, metalurgy e.t.c. Gamma, X-ray neutron,

ultrasound, NMR tomography. Radiation dosimetry and methods of radiation protection.Inteligent sensors, principles of set-up. Smell and taste sensors. Perspectives of

deveopment of intelligent sensors for testing, verification and analysis.Structure analysis methods in science and taechnique.Magnetic resonanse methods in chemistry, biology, molecular biology, geology.

Infrared spectroscopy: methods, applications in chemistry, biology, molecular biology, geology.Chromatography, applications in chemistry, biology, molecular biology, geology.

Demands for obtaining of credit: Prepared and discussed thematic essay about use of concrete metod of physics in

some kind of natural sciences or applied area.

Literature1. M. A. Seeds Foundation of Astronomy, Wadsworth, Pub. California2. G. Zubay Biochemistry3. G. Kauffmann, E. Moser Radiologie Urban, Muenchen-Wienna-Baltimore4. Thematic sources from Internet

B Optional courses

Material and Solid state physics

SOLID STATE THEORY

Authors Boris Zapol, Docent, Dr.habil.phys.Eugene Kotomin, Prof., Dr habil. phys.

Programme M. Sc in PhysicsCourse size 3 creditsSemester 9Control form examinationNecessary knowledge Courses in General Physics, Theoretical Physics, Higher Mathematics,

and Mathematical PhysicsCourse code Course group Elective (Chemical Physics)

SummaryThe course presents concepts, methods, and mathematical approaches of solid state physics

necessary for analysis of physical phenomena microscopic mechanism in solids. Special attention is drawn to kinetic, optical, magnetic and dielectric properties.

Contents Symmetry of crystals and Brillouin zone. Translation symmetry. Bravais lattices, symmetry of their sites. Wigner-Seits cells. Reciprocal lattice. First Brillouin zone. Born-Karman conditions. Lattice vibrations. Lattice dynamics. Lattice sums. Lattice heat capacity. Spectral density of lattice vibrations. Electron diffraction in a perfect crystal. Diffraction in a crystal with vibrations. Phonons. Debay-Waller factor. Thermal expansion of crystal. Static properties of solid state. Types of solids: band picture and bond picture. Bond energy. Density of states. Statistics of electrons and holes. Electron heat capacity. Dynamics of electrons. Wannier functions. Motion equations. Wannier representation. Equivalent hamiltonian. Impurity levels. Quasiclassical dynamics. Mass tensor. Electrons and holes. Excitons. Zener break-down. Electron tunneling. Electron scattering on impurities. Polarons and electron-phonon interaction. Kinetic properties. Kinetic equation. Electrical conductance. Relaxation time. Impurity resistance. Lattice resistance. Mobility of lattice charge carriers. Kinetic coefficients. Thermal conductance. Thermoelectrical effects. Lattice thermal conductance. Phonon drift. Optical properties. Dispersion and absorption. Lattice absorption. Many-phonon processes. Interband transitions. Interaction with conductivity electrons. Magnetic properties. Orbital magnetic susceptibility. Spin paramagnetism. Curie-Weiss law. Ferromagnetism. Exchange interaction. Antiferromagnetism. Ising model. Spin waves. Dielectrical properties. Polarization mechanisms in insulators. Dipole orientation. Electronic and ionic polarizability. Piezoelectricity and piezoelectrostriction. Ferroelectrical properties. Domains. Antiferroelectricity.

Credit requirementsExamination

Literature1. J. Zaiman. Solid state theory principles. Moscow, Mir Publs, 1966, in Russian. 2. Ch. Kittel. Solid state quantum theory. Moscow, Nauka Publs, 1966, in Russian.3. A.I.Anselm. Introduction to the theory of semiconductors. Moscow, Mir Publs, 1978 in Russian.

PHYSICS OF OPTICAL GLASSES

Author: Prof. Andrejs Silins, Dr. habil. phys.Credit: 3 credit pointsSemester: 9.(master studies)Test form: Pass a test

Needed knowledge: Physics of Noncrystalline SolidsCode: Group: Master studies in “Material Science and Solid Sate Physics” (B)

Annotation

Physics of optical glasses is discussed at the microscopic level. The main attention is paid to compare physical properties of optical glasses with the properties of crystals with the same chemical composition. The discussion of the course is based on the results obtained in fused silica. Attention is paid also to the discussion of technologies to produce high quality optical glasses.

Content

Definition of optical glasses on the basis material physical and chemical properties. Atomic structure of optical glasses. Description of electronic and vibronic systems in optical glasses. Interaction of light with optical glasses. Influence of point defects on the physical properties of optical glasses. Influence of hard radiation on optical glasses. Resistance to external physical and chemical influence. Production technology of high quality optical glasses. Description of practical use of optical glasses. Requirements for credit

1. Not lower grade than 42. Use of literature is allowed3. Procedure: 3.1. Test is oral 3.2. Test consists of 3 questions 3.3. Final grade is the average value.

Literature

Publications in scientific journals

Structural Methods in Solid State Analysis

Author Juris Purāns, Dr. hab. Phys.Duration of course 3 credits Semester 10. semestre

Test form: ExamenUnderground condense matter structure, quantum mechanics, statistics physics

Course codeCourse groupe Free course

Course Description The purpose of this course is to give basic concepts of microstructure of ordered and disordered solid states (SS) and modern experimental methods in their study.

Course Outline1. Microstructure definition in space-time, simulation of structure, structural analysis.2. Microstructure classification. Ordered and disordered solid states. Defects. Stoichiometric and

nonstoichiometric compounds. Nanocrystalline objects. Superstructures. Surface structure and heterojunctions.

3. Crystallography basics. Crystal lattice symmetry and geometry. Crystallographic symbols and structural relationships. Reciprocal lattice and stereographic projections.

4. Structural chemistry basics. Atomic and ionic radii. Structural polyhedra and networks. Coordination numbers. Topology of lattice.

5. Interaction of radiation with condense matter: Elastic and Inelastic Scattering. X-ray, electron and neutron sources. X-ray interaction with condense matter. Radiation interferences relationships on the periodic lattice. Diffraction and diffuse scattering. Cinematic theory of diffraction. Introduction to the dynamic theory.

6. Structural analysis of crystalline matter. Methodology. Classical methods: Laue, Rotating crystal, Debye-Scherrer (powder). Small angle scattering. X-ray diffractometers. X-ray monochromators and detectors. Multiple scattering diffraction in the crystal structure studies. Electronography. Neutronography.

7. Structural analysis of amorphous matter. Amorphography. Diffuse scattering on the disordered solids. Radial distribution and correlation functions. Short and long range order. Disordered crystals. Solid state solutions. Amorphous, vitreous and nanocrystalline solids. Structural polyhedra, topology of network. Distribution of physical parameters.

8. Interaction of radiation with condense matter: inelastic scattering and absorption. EXAFS, XANES, EELS. Synchrotron radiation (SR) sources and properties. X-ray absorption spectroscopy basics. Multiple scattering contributions in EXAFS. Local electronic structure and XANES. Examples of EXAFS studies of monocrystals, powders and glasses. Local structure of defects.

9. Microscopy methods and topography. Optic, electron and x-ray microscopy basics. Optical microscopy. Electron microscopy. Scanning microscopy. X-ray microanalysis. Atomic force and tunneling microscopy (AFM and TEM).

References1. Modern crystallography , B.K. Wainshtein.2. Structural Inorganic Chemistry , A. F. Wells.3. Solid State Chemistry , A. West.4. Kristalu structūranalīzes pamati , I. Kručans.

Semiconductor Physics and Materials

Author Prof. I.TāleProgram Master in physicsSize 3 credits

Semester 10Testing method examinationPreliminary knowledge Crystal physics

Course code Course group option B

AnnotationThe objective of the course is to present the theoretical and experimental aspects of the

fundamental and applied semiconductor physics in framework of applications in microelectronics and optoelectronics. The course is focussed on trends in of semiconductor physics, technology and application giving basis for to employ in advanced technologies.

Content Electrnic energy states in semiconductors. Energy band structure. Fermi level. Doping of semiconductors. Cherge carrier density in interisic and doped semiconductors. Degeneration. Electroconductivity. Electron Hall effect. Mobility of charge carriers. Microscopic, drift and Hall mobility. Temperature dependence of electroconductivity. Boltzman’s equation. Scatering mechanisms of charge carriers.Transport properties of semiconductors. Relaxation time of free electrons in covalent and ionic semiconductors. Thermoelectric phenomena. Galvanomagnetic phenomena. Thermomagnetic phenomena. p-n transitions. Equilibrium concentration of charge carriers. p-n transition in the external electric field. Injection and life time of the minor charge carriers. Current in p-n transition. P-n diode structures. Photoconductivity. Light aabsorption in semiconductors. Life time of photoelectrons. Qasi- Fermi level, dependence of the excitation intensity. Kinetics of photoconductivity, traping levels. Injection luminescenace in p-n structures. Light – emitting diodes.Semiconductor devices. Diodes, transistors. P-n-p and n-p-n transistors. Field effect transistors.Semiconductor materials: Ge, Si, GaAs, InP. Narrow –gap materials: HgTe, HgCdTe. Wide – gap materials: CdS, ZnS, GaN, AlN.Epitaxial growth of semiconductor thin films. Methods of epitaxie: Ge, Si. Semiconductor heterostructures. Electrons in quantum wells and quantum dots. Metthods of growth of multicomponent semiconductor thin films and heterostructures.Semiconductor heterostructure thin film related devices: light emitting devices, photodetector UHF devices.Demands for obtaining of the credit: credit of excersizes in semiconductor physucs.Literature

1. Semicinductor Physics, Springer, 1997.2. The Blue Diode, Springer, 1996.

THIN FILMS PHYSICS AND APPLICATIONS

Lecturer: doc, Dr.Phys. Pēteris CikmačsSemester: 10Credits: 3Course code:Course included: B-grade course for Master in PhysicsPrerequisites: Experimental Physics, Solid State Physics..

Annotation: Course acquaints students with physical basics of solid thin films production methods and application of solid metallic, isolating and supperconducting thin films.

Topics:1. Thin films application in techniques.2. Structural and electrical properties of very thin metallic films.3. Production of thins films by means of ion plasma deposition. Interaction of energetic ions with solid materials. Ion sputtering, sputtering coefficients. Sputtering of mono crystalline and complex materials. Gas atmosphere and sputtering coefficients.Thin films grow in ions plasma process.4. Reactive ion plasma deposition process.5. Deposition thin films by means thermal evaporation. Thermal evaporation of materials. Differences of evaporation and ion-plasma sputtering process6. Thin films growing process control methods. Non-contact methods. Masspectroscopy. Optical emissions spectroscopy.7. Deposition of thin films by eximer laser ablation.8. Application of isolating thin films.9. Production and application of superconducting thin films.

Classes: lectures-32 h, practical classes – 16 h, informative outdoor classes – 32 h.

Assessment and grading: pass a test

Textbooks:1. Технология тонких пленокю М.Элисон,. М. 1977.2. Ионно-плазменная обработка материалов, М., 1984.3. Технология тонких пленок., под. Ред. Л.Майсена,том.1, М.,1977.4. Superconductivity – Fundamentals and Aplications. VHC Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim? 1991/

pp.323.

POINT DEFECT IN SOLIDS

Author: Prof. Andrejs Silins, Dr. habil. phys.Credit: 3 credit pointSemester: 10.(master studies)Test form: Pass a testNeeded knowledge: Physics Crystalline and Noncrystalline SolidsCode: Group: Master studies in “material Science and Solid Sate Physics” (B)

Annotation

Questions of point defect physics in solids is discussed at the microscopic level. The main attention is paid to geometric and energetic structure of point defects. Disericption of

experimental and theoretical results is based on vide gap crystals and glasses. Point defect influence on physical properties in these materials is discussed.

Content

Definition of point defects in vide gap crystals, semiconductors and glasses. Theorethical discription of point defects in different materials. Point defect influence on optical,

electrical and other physical properties of materials. Optical and magnetic methods of point defects inverstigations. Radiation induced point defects interractions in solids.

Practical use of point defect in optical materials.

Requirements for credit

1. Not lower grade than 42. Use of literature is allowed3. Procedure:

3.1. test is oral3.2. Test consist of 3 questions3.3. Final grade is the average value.

Literature

Publications in scientific journals

PHYSICS OF POLAR DIELECTRICS AND APPLICATIONS.

Lecturer: Prof. Andris KrūmiņšCourse size: 3 credit pointsSemester: 11Examination form: testPreconditions: solid state physics, quantum mechanics, crystal physics and physics of dielectricsCourse code:Course group: free choice

Annotation.The aim of the course is to describe the macroscopic and microscopic properties of ferroelectrics, piezoelectrics and pyroelectrics. Special emphasis have been put to phase transitions and to the application of polar dielectrics.

Contents.

Ferroic materials: ferromagnetics, ferroelectrics and ferroelastics. The difference between piezoelectric, pyroelectric and ferroelectric materials.

Structural phase transitions (PT) in crystals; 1-st order and 2-nd order phase transitions. Landau theory of PT. Domain structure. Ferroelectric PT. Ferroelectricity in prevoskites (BaTiO3).

Anomaly of physical properties in PT region. Thermal and dielectric properties.

Thermal fluctuations and microscopic theory of ferroelectrics.

Piezoeffect and electrostriction in the materials with centrosimmetric paraelectric phase.

Dynamic theory of polar dielecrtrics: soft mode and the anharmaonic lattice vibrations. Application of polar dielectrics: crystals, ceramics and thin films. High permittivity capacitors, ferroelectric memories, pyroelectric transducers, electro-optic devices and PTC thermistors.

Requirements. Completing of two task-tests.

Literature:1. Б. А. Струков, А.П. Леванюк Физические основы сегнетоэлектрическихявлений в кристалах

М., Наука, 19952. М. Лайнс, А. Гласс Сегнетоэлектрики и родственние им матерналы, М., Мир3. Г. А. Смоленский и др. Сегнетоэлектрики и анти- сегнетоэлектрики., Л., Наука,19714. K. Uchino Ferroelectric Devices, Marcel Dekker AG, Basel, 2000

SOLID-STATE CHEMISTRY

Author Prof. I.TāleProgram Master in physicsSize 3 credits

Semester 11Testing method examinationPreliminary knowledge Thermodynamics and statistical physics,

Crystal physicsCourse code

Course group option B

Anotācija The course offers study of the fundamentals of solid-state chemistry, relation between the

physical and chemical properties ans processes in solid – state. The main problems considered are thermodynamics of crystals with defects, defect – related processes and main quasi – chemical reactions of neutral and charged defects, reactions on the surface. The application of chemistry of solids is demonstrated considering problems of crystal

growth, annealing, purification of crystals. The cours is aimed to the further studies in the material science.

Content:The thermodynamic systems. Parameters of the state. State equation of the thermodynamic system. Thermodynamic laws. Cyclic processes. Entropy and chemical potential. Chemical equilibrium. Calculation methods of the chemical equilibrium.Phase equilibrium and diagramm od the system state. Gibbs phase rule. Single and two phase systems. Equilibrium solid – vapor. Equilibrium solid – liquid – vapor. Thermodynamics of the crystal growth. Methods of the crystal growth. Purification thermodynamics and methods of the raw material.

Physical chemistry of defects. Thermodynamics of disordered systems. Equilibrium concentration of neutral defects. Rule of acting mass. Reaction constant. Electrons and

holes. Diagrams of the equilibrium defect concentrations. Equilibrium of charged defects. Assotiation of charged and neutral defects. Interaction of defects. Quasi-chemical reactions

between defects. Thermodynamics of impurity defects in solids.Diffusion and solubility of defects. Ionic conductivityCrystallization and glass-forming.Thermodynamics and reactions of surface defects. Adsorption. Catalysis.

Demands for obtaining of credit: Credit of solving of test exercises.

Literature5. N. B. Hannay Solid – State Chemistry , Prentince-hall, New Jersey6. F. A. Kroger The Chemistry of Imperfect Crystals 1964. North-Holland Publishing

Amsterdam.

MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTROSCOPY

Lecturer Ivars Tale Dr. habil. phys., U. Rogulis Dr. habil. phys.Course size 3 credit points (54 hr.)Semester 11Examination form ExaminationPreconditions Solid state physics, quantum mechanics, thermodinamics and statistics

Course codeCourse group Free choise

Annotation The aim of the course is to get a systematic knowledge of the applications of magnetic resomance spectroscopy techniques to identify the nature and structure of point defects in solids. Content 1. Introduction. Structure of point defects. Main concepts to determine the structure of defects by elecron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) techniques. Superhyperfine (SHF) structure of EPR spectra in solids. 2. Main principles of EPR. Magnetic properties of electron and nuclea. Electron and nucleus in external magnetic field. Operator of the angular moment, its time dependence and macroscopic magnetisation. Magnetic resonance experiment. Spin- lattice relaxation. Kinetic equations for two level system. Bloch equations. Techniques of the conventional EPR.

3. EPR spectra. Spin- Hamiltonian. Electron Zeeman interaction. Fine structure- (FS), hyperfine- (HF) and SHF- splittings of the EPR spectra. 4. EPR optical detection (ODEPR). Spectral shape of the optical transitions in defects. EPR optical detection via the magnetic circular dichroism of the absorption (MCDA). MCDA- excitation spectra of the ODEPR lines. Detection of the EPR in ground and excited states of the defect by optical pumping. EPR detection via the donor- acceptor pair recombination luminescence. ODEPR of the triplet states. ODEPR of the self- trapped excitons. 5. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and electron- nuclear double resonance (ENDOR). Resolution problems. Information provided by EPR and NMR. Indirect detection of the NMR, double resonance. Examples of the ENDOR spectra. 6. Determination of the defect symmetry by ENDOR angular dependencies. Introduction to the neighbour nuclea cells, interaction tensors and ENDOR angular dependence. 7. Theoretical interpretation of the SHF and quadrupole interaction. Structure of point defects. Nature of Zeeman, HF and quadrupole interactions. HF interaction with a central nucleus. 8. Experimental technique of the ENDOR. 9. Sensitivity and experimental details of the ODEPR and ENDOR techniques.Requirements for credit points

1. before the examination, all home task- tests should be done.2. oral examination

Literature1. R. Drago. Physical Methods in Chemistry. (in Russian) “Mir”, 1981.2. J. Wertz, J. Bolton. Electron spin resonance, theory and practical applications. (in Russ.) “Mir”, 1975.3. J.-M. Spaeth, J.R. Niklas, R.H. Bartram. Structural analysis of point defects in solids. Springer, 1992.

SOLID STATE IONICS AND SENSORS

Author docent Andrejs LUSISProgram Master of PhysicsCourse credits 3 creditsTerm 11 termExamination form testPreconditions General Physics courses: Mechanics, Constitution of Substance and

Thermal Processes, Electromagnetism, Optics, Statistics and Thermodynamics. Mathematics courses: Mathematical Analyses, Geometry and Algebra, Fractals.

Course codeCourse group for choice

Annotation Course are viewed ion transfer processes in solids, on surfaces and heterogeneous systems of them and ion-electron processes through multi phase boundaries, as well as phenomena based on these processes (generation, storage and conversion of electrical energy; sources, pumps and detectors of ions; electro-optical effects; poly-chromism etc.), caused by external influences (electrical, thermal, chemical, photone), and application of these phenomena in devices (multi-functional coatings for "smart windows", "smart sensors", micro-optics; solar energy convertors, batteries, galvanic and fuel cells etc.).

ContentIons in Solids. Ionic crystals and defects. Non-stoichiometric compounds. Diffusion and conduction mechanisms. Einstein relation. Superionic conductivity. Solid electrolytes. Electrons in ion conductors. Mixed electron-ion conduction. Hydrogen in solids. Ion-electron processes on surface. Ion exchange and intercalation. Mixed conductors. Metals and nonmetals. Transition metal oxides and chalcogenides. Metal

hydrides. Nano-crystalline and porous materials. Heterogeneous compounds. Polymers and composites. Electrolytes and electrodes. Interfaces. Heterojunctions an their potential. Electrode reactions. Ion and electron transfer over heterojunction. Current-voltage relation. Ion injection-extraction and changes of material characteristics. Impedance. Metal-nonmetal transition. Electro-optical effects. Poly-chromism. Ionic devices and their functional models. Galvanic cells and batteries. Fuel cells. Ion pumps. Gase and ion sensors. Electrochromic coatings and their applications.

Requirements Fulfilment of practical works (seminar, laboratory works).

Literature 1. Lidiard A. – Ionic conductivity. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 1957.2. Hannay N.B. – Solid State Chemistry. New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, 1966.3. Mandelcorn L., editer – Non-stoichiometric Compounds. New York, Academic Press, 1971. 4. Collongues R. – La Non-Stoechiometrie. Paris, Masson et Cle, 1971.5. Subbaro E.C. – Solid Electrolytes and Their Application. New York, Plenum Press, 1980.6. Gray F.M. – Solid Polymer Electrolytes: Fundamentals and Applications. Publisher: Wiley, John &

Sons, 1991.7. Bates J.B., editer – Thin Film Solid Ionic Devices and Materials. Publisher: Electrochemical Society,

1996.

SURFACE PHYSICS

Author Dr.habil.phys. Janis MANIKSProgramme master of physics

Credit 3 credit pointsSemester 11Test form pass a testNeeded knowledge General physics : mechanics, solid state physics. Higher MathematicsCodeGroup Free choise

AnnotationThe course introduces the students in the foundations of surface and interface physics and physics of surface phenomena. The properties of surfaces and interfaces as well as their role in the physical, chemical and mechanical behaviour of solids is considered. The course includes also technological topics, such as surface treatments and modification, thin film and ultrahigh vacuum techniques.

ContentSurfaces, interfaces, grain and phase boundaries, their characterization. Introduction in surface thermodynamics. Surface energy and the methods of its determination. Real and atomically-clean surfaces. Methods for obtaining clean surfaces. Ultrahigh vacuum technique.Structure and morphology of surfaces. TLK-model of solid surfaces. Surface reconstruction.Surface forces. Surface phenomena: adsorption and desorption, chemisorption and chemical reactions, condensation and evaporation, wetting, adhesion, surface diffusion.Modification of surfaces. Rebinder’s effect. Surface coatings. Ion implantation. Analytical tools for the surface analysis: electron microscopy, low-energy electron diffraction (LEED), x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS, ESXA), Auger electron spectroscopy (AES), secondary ion mass-spectroscopy (SIMS), atomic force microscopy (AFM), scanning tunnelling microscopy (STM), etc.Requirements for credit: written form test work

References1. Surface Science. The First Thirty Years. B.Duke (Ed.), Elsevier, North-Holland, Amsterdam,

London, New York, 1994.2. H.Luth. Surfaces and interfaces of solids. Springer Series in Surface Sciences,vol.15, Springer,

Berlin, Heidelberg, 1991.3. Lannoo, M., Friedel, P.(Eds.) Atomic and Electronic Structure of Surfaces. Springer Series in Surface

Sciences,vol.16, Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1991.4. М. W.Rоbеrts, C.S.McKee. Chemistry of the metal-gas interface. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1978.5. V.T.Tcherepin, M.A.Vasiljev. Methods and equipement for surface analysis of materials. Naukova

Dumka, Kiev, 1982 (in Russian).

Astronomy and Astrophysics

FUNDAMENTALS OF GEOPHYSICS

Author: associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsCredit value: 4Prerequisites: no

Assessment examCourse code:

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce the students with Fundamentals of Geophysics. The course is divided into two parts, one of them is devoted to physics of “solid” Earth (methods of gravimetry and seismology, thermal and electric properties of the Earth, as well as geomagnetism and geodynamics). The second part of the course comprises introduction to physics of atmosphere. Surveyed are fundamentals of thermodynamic processes in atmosphere, chemical processes in its neutral and ionised components and methods of their investigation. Under consideration is also structure of ionosphere and propagation of radio waves in it.

ContentsA. Geophysics of solid Earth.

Earth among other planets. Solar system and types of planets. Common and different characteristics of Earth group planets. Geophysical processes in planetary

interiors and on their surfaces. Continental plates, their structure and drift. Interaction of continental plates.

Form of the Earth and its field of gravity. Field of gravity and its potential, Stock’s theorem. Rotation of the Earth, force of gravity and accelerations of inertia. Form and size

of the Earth. Absolute and relative gravimetric measurements. Gravity anomalies, their types and interpretation. Simulation of gravity anomalies. Tidal forces and their role.Seismic methods and Earth’s inner structure. Fundamentals of the theory of elasticity.

Seismic waves, their types and peculiarities of origin. Free oscillations of the Earth. Seismology of earthquakes and forecasting of earthquakes. Seismographs and principles of

their construction. Inner structure of the Earth and its investigation with applications of seismic methods.

Thermal and electric properties of the Earth. Thermo dynamical fundamentals of geothermism. Distribution of temperature in Earth’s interiors and heat transfer. Electric properties of the Earth, methods of their investigation. Determination of Earth’s age and geochronology.

Geomagnetism and paleo magnetism. Magnetic field of the Earth, its origin. Magnetosphere, ionosphere and Van-Allen radiation belts. Geomagnetic measurements. Changes of Earth’s magnetic field. Magnetism of rocks and paleo magnetism. Magnetic fields of other planets.

Geodynamics. Theory of isostasy and its models. Isostatic anomalies of gravity. Reology, viscous flows and deformations. Rigidity of litosphere and viscosity of mantle. Convections in mantle and dynamics of continental plates.B. Introduction to the physics of atmosphere

Earth’s atmosphere and processes in it. Terms of hydrostatic equilibrium. Processes in atmosphere (convection, dissociation, recombination, ionisation). Chemical reactions in upper atmosphere. Greenhouse effect.

Atmosphere thermodynamics. Adiabatic equilibrium and adiabatic gradient of temperature. Main types of heat transfer. Distribution of density, pressure and temperature. Classification of layers of atmosphere.

Density investigation methods. Investigation of density of higher atmosphere with Earth orientated space research methods. Variations of density and temperature, influence of diffusion. Optical and spectral methods of density investigation.

Atmosphere chemistry. Neutral and ionised components of the atmosphere. Ion reactions and their rate. Dissociative recombination and ion circulation in the atmosphere.

Ionosphere. Stationary and sporadic zones of ionosphere. Night ionosphere, causes of ionisation. Chepmen’s theory in stationary and non-stationary approximation. Diffusion in plasma, influence of temperature.

Radio waves propagation in ionosphere. Radio sensing methods of ionosphere. Refraction and absorption of radio waves. Determination of concentration of electrons in ionosphere. Non-coherent scattering.

Night sky brightness. Light scattering in Earth’s atmosphere, twilight effects. Resonance scattering and spectral methods of temperature measuring. Auroras, their morphology, spectra and mechanisms of generation.

For obtaining the creditThe mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature.1. William Lowrie Fundamentals of Geophysics, Cambridge University Press, 1997,2. В.Н.Жарков Внутреннее строение Земли и планет, Москва, Наука, 1983,3. Н.П.Грушинский Основы гравиметрии, Москва, Наука, 1983,4. John T. Houghton The Physics of Atmospheres, Cambridge University Press, 1999,5. W.M.Kaula An Introduction to Planetary Physics, the Terrestrial Planets, John Wiley

& Sons Inc. 1968.

STELLAR ASTRONOMYAuthor: leading researcher, dr.astr.h.c. Andrejs Alksnis

and associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsCredit value: 2

Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy Assessment: exam

AnnotationThe course comprises methods of stellar kinematics with elements of dynamics for stellar systems. Considerable attention is paid to the questions of structure of the Galaxy and other stellar systems. Presented is also qualitative overview of structure of Metagalaxy and problems of evolution of the Universe are also touched upon.Contents

Main methods and basic tasks of stellar astronomy.Information from observations. Peculiar motions and radial velocities of the stars. Trigonometric parallaxes. Spectral classification of the stars. Photometric and colorimetric measurements, bolometric corrections. Stellar luminosity, Hertzsprung-Russell diagram. Photometric methods of determination of distances to the stars. Stellar masses, their determination. Interstellar medium. Cosmic sources of X-rays and gamma rays. Cosmic sources of infrared radiation.Stellar kinematics. Velocity vectors of the stars (in spatial motion) and motion of the Sun. Statistical parallaxes. Proper velocities of the stars and methods of investigation of their distribution. Rotation of the Galaxy. Oort formulae.Fundamentals of dynamics of stellar systems.Structure of the galaxy. Stellar statistics and luminosity function. Early models of the Galaxy. Star clusters – moving, scattered and globular. Methods of determination of spatial density of stars in clusters. Associations of stars. Absorption of electromagnetic radiation in interstellar medium. Function of stellar density. K.Shwarcshield’s integral equations. Methods of determining of stellar density. Mass and structure of the Galaxy.Metagalaxy, its structure. Statistics of the galaxies and their classification. Clusters of galaxies and structure of Metagalaxy. Pictures of evolution of the Universe.

For obtaining the credit:The mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature1. Куликовский П.Г. Звездная астрономия, Москва, Наука, 1985.2. Паренаго П.П. Курс звездной астрономии (3-е изд.), Москва, Гостехиздат, 1954.3. Зонн В., Рудницкий К. Звездная астрономия, Москва, Изд. иностранной

литературы, 1959.4. Курс астрофизики и звездной астрономии, том 2, под ред. А.А.Михайлова (2-е

изд.) Москва, Физматгиз, 1962.5. Огородников К.Ф. Динамика звездных систем, Москва, Физматгиз, 1958.6. Холопов П.Н. Звездные скопления, Москва, Наука, 1981.7. Курт Р. Введение в звездную статистику, Москва, Мир, 1969.

INTRODUCTION TO RADIO ASTRONOMY

Author: Dr.phys. A.Balklavs-GrīnhofsCredit value: 4

Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy course Assessment: exam

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce the students with radio astronomy, which has

emerged in the XX century, has opened the widest window in the spectrum of electromagnetic radiation and has become one of the most fruitful of astronomical investigations. It has revealed many innovative insights about nature of objects and

processes of the universe, essentially enriching our views about space surrounding us. Attracting and using methods of radio astronomy it has become possible to discover such celestial objects as pulsars (neutron stars), quasars, HI regions, space masers, etc. At the

end of the course the students must be aware of possibilities offered by radio astronomy in solution of important astrophysical problems.

ContentsHistorical overview. Radio astronomy as a branch of astronomy, its origins and development.Instruments and equipment of radio astronomy. Radio telescopes and radio interferometers. Sensitivity and angular resolution power. Methods of compensation and modulation for subtraction of signal from noise. Radio meters and radio spectrometers. Mechanisms of origination of space radio emission and its propagation. Notion about transformation of gravity and other energies in radio emission. Thermal and non-thermal (synchrotron) radio emission. Propagation of radio emission in atmosphere of the earth and in outer space.Radio emission of space objects. Radio emission of the sun. Solar flares and their classification. Solar- terrestrial connections. T Tauri and other variable stars. Radio emission of pulsars (neutron stars). Radio emission of the moon and planets and radio location. Defining the value of astronomical unit more exactly. Sporadic radio emission from Jupiter. Interstellar medium radio emission. 21-cm radio line and other radio lines. Molecules in interstellar medium and space origin maser emission. Radio emission from the centre of the galaxy (Milky Way) and radio emission from other galaxies. Radio emission from supernovae remnants. Radio galaxies and quasars. Radio emission from accretion disks of black holes and other compact objects. Space jets. Motions with speed exceeding speed of light.Radio cosmology. Relativistic cosmology and the Big Bang. Cosmic background radiation. Evolution and statistics of radio sources. Angular diameters of extra-galactic radio sources. Gravity lenses.

Search for extra-terrestrial intelligence and related philosophical problems.Trends and possibilities of development of radio astronomy. Global net of radio interferometry (VLBI). Space radio interferometry and specifying scale of metagalaxy.

For obtaining the credit The mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature.

1. Bernard F. Burke und Francis Graham-Smith, An Introduction to Radio Astronomy, Cambridge University Press, 19972. Gerrit L.Verschur, The Invisible Universe Revealed, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1987, 3. Extragalactic Radio Sources, Proc. of the 175th Symposium of the IAU, Bologna, Italia 10-14 October 1995, edited by R.Ekers et al., Kluwer Academic Publishers, 4. CO: Twenty-Five Years of Millimeter-Wave Spectroscopy, Proc. of the 170th Symposium of the IAU, Tuscon, Arizona, May 29 - June 5, 1995, edited by William B.Latter et al., Kluwer Academic Publishers5. W.N.Christiansen, J.A.Hogbom, Radio Telescopes (second edition), Cambridge University Press, 1985, 6. Serendipitious Discoveries in Radio Astronomy, Proc. of a workshop held in National Radio Astronomy Observatory, May 1983, published by the NRAO, Green Bank, K.Kellermann and B.Sheets, editors, 7. SETI Workshop, report of the SETI workshop held in the NRAO, May 1985, published by the NRAO, Green Bank, K.Kellermann and B.Sheets, editors,8. Физика космоса. Маленькая энциклопедия. Москва, 1986.

INSTRUMENTS AND METHODS OF RADIO ASTRONOMY

Author: Dr.phys. A.Balklavs-GrīnhofsCredit value: 4Prerequisites: General Astronomy course (Astronomy and Astrophysics)Assessment: examCourse code:

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce the students with instruments and methods used in radio astronomy. Radio astronomical instruments – radio telescopes and radio interferometers - are tools, which are used very widely in most varied astrophysical research and radio astronomy has allowed to obtain the highest angular resolution power and investigate details of space objects and processes invisible in other wavelengths. At the end of the course the students should have developed understanding about radio interferometry, global radio interferometry net and aperture synthesis method, which has multi-fold enhanced possibilities and significance of results obtained in branch of astronomy, which is fundamental to all astronomical investigations – astrometry. Contemporary dealing with astrophysical problems is impossible without proper knowledge of instruments and methods of radio astronomy.

Contents1. Introduction. Radio window of atmosphere of the earth. Role of radio astronomy in astrophysical investigations. 2. Parameters and propagation of electromagnetic waves. Maxwell equations. Vectorial waves. Polarisation of waves. Stox parameters. Faradey rotation.3. Detecting and processing of signals. Processing of signals and stationary stochastic process. Sensitivity of detectors. Coherent and non-coherent radio meters. Amplifiers of low noise level. Correlation detectors and polarimeters. Radio spectrometers. Multi-channel detectors.4. Fundamentals to theory of aerials. Hertzian dipole. Parameters of aerials (power diagram, main beam, effective aperture, temperature of aerial). Full aperture aerials.5. Radio interferometry and aperture synthesis, Angular resolution power. Two-element and multi-element radio interferometers. Aerial smoothing equation. Spectra of spatial frequencies. Aperture synthesis and global radio interferometry (VLBI).6. Methods of observation. Atmosphere of the earth. Calibration procedures. Observation of radio frequency spectral lines. Reconstruction of images of radio interferometry. Problems of confusion of radio sources.7. Mechanism of emission of cosmic radio sources. Black body radiation. Synchrotron radiation. Radiation of ionised gas clouds. Non-thermal radiation mechanisms. Examples of sources of thermal and non-thermal cosmic radiation.8. Observations of lines of radio frequency. Parameters of spectral lines. 21 cm neutral hydrogen line. Emission and absorption lines. Zeeman effect. Recombination lines. Observation of molecules from interstellar medium and molecular spectral lines.

For obtaining the credit 1. The mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.2. The exam is oral.

Literature.

1. K.Rolfs, T.L.Wilson, Tools of Radio Astronomy (second edition), Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1996.2. C R Kitchin, Astrophysical Techniques (third edition), Institute of Physics Publishing, London, 1998.3. Radio interferometry: Theory, Techniques, and Applications, Astronomical Society of the Pacific Conference Series, vol.19, edited by T.JCornwell and R.A.Perley, printed by Book Crafters, Inc., 1991.4. CO: Twenty-Five Years of Millimeter-Wave Spectroscopy, Proc. of the 170th Symposium of the IAU, Tuscon, Arizona, May 29 - June 5, 1995, edited by William B.Latter et al., Kluwer Academic Publishers.5. W.N.Christiansen, J.A.Hogbom, Radio Telescopes (second edition), Cambridge University Press, 1985.6. Физика космоса. Маленькая энциклопедия. Москва, 1986.

STELLAR SPECTROSCOPY

Author: Dr.phys. Ilgmārs EglītisCredit value: 4Course code:

Prerequisites: General Astronomy course Assessment: exam

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce the students with spectroscopic observations, which are main source of astrophysical information. The students will deal in detail with most widely used radiation receivers and principles of operation of spectral analysers. The course will help the students to understand the fundamentals of analysis of stellar spectra and get insights in variety of contemporary applied methods by performing chemical analysis of stellar atmospheres.

ContentsSpectral instruments. Prism spectrograph, its structure and resolution power. Main formulae for prism spectrograph. Diffraction spectrograph, its structure and resolving power. Diffraction grating. Radiation receivers. Photographic emulsion, its characteristic curve, light and spectral sensitivity. Limiting stellar magnitude in photography. Photoelectric receivers of light. Photoelectric effect, dark current, sensitivity of photo element. Photoelectric multipliers, electron-optical transformers, diodes, photo resistors, balometers.Spectral photometry. Absolute spectral photometry, relative spectral photometry. Law of thermal radiation. Planck’s formula, Wien’s law, Stephan-Boltzmann formula. Effective, colour temperatures. Spectral photometric gradient, relative spectral photometric gradient. Spectral calibration. Photometry of spectral lines, instrumental profile of lines. Monochromatic stellar magnitudes.Determining stellar temperatures from spectral photometric data.Spectral classification of stars. Temperature and luminosity classification. Absolute magnitudes of stars. Diagram spectrum-luminosity.Qualitative analysis of stellar spectra. Choosing of spectral lines. Tables and atlases of spectral lines.Quantitative analysis of stellar spectra. Curves of growth.

For obtaining the creditThe mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature.

1. Бакулин П.И., Кононович Э.В., Мороз В.И. Курс общей астрономии, 1983, Москва, Наука.2. Гринстейн Дж.Л. Звездные атмосферы, 1963, Москва, изд. иностр. литературы (Augšanas

līknes).3. Куликовский П.Г. Звездная астрономия, 1974, Москва, Наука,4. Ломоносова Л.С., Фалькова О.Б. Спектральный анализ, 1958, Москва, Научно-техническое

изд.5. Мартынов Д.Я. Курс практической астрономии, 1960, Москва, изд. физико-математической

литературы.

PHYSICS OF INTERSTELLAR MEDIUM

Author: leading researcher, Dr.phys. Ivars ŠmeldsCredit value: 3Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy, General Physics Assessment: exam

Annotation

The aim of the course is to introduce the students with fundamentals of the physics of interstellar medium. The listeners are introduced with structure of interstellar medium, its components and properties. The students get insights into physical and chemical processes taking place in this medium, their usage in investigation not only interstellar medium itself, but also remote space objects. The students are introduced with main methods of theoretical investigations and practical observations of interstellar medium.

ContentsGeneral characteristics of interstellar medium, its composition. Main components of interstellar medium and their interaction. Composition of interstellar gas, its spatial distribution and motion. HI and HII zones. Clouds of interstellar dust and their connection with processes concerning star formation. Interstellar dust. Interstellar masers. Interstellar magnetic field. Cosmic rays. Electromagnetic radiation in interstellar medium. Nebulae: dark, reflecting, ionised and formed by shock waves. Properties of interstellar medium in central parts of the Galaxy. Properties of interstellar medium in central parts of other galaxies.Interstellar absorption lines, their significance in investigation of interstellar medium. Formation of interstellar absorption lines, their dependence upon the composition of interstellar gas. Absorption coefficient of interstellar medium, its spectral profile. Methods of growth curves and relations of pairs of spectral lines.21-cm atomic hydrogen radio line. Its significance in determination of characteristics of interstellar medium. Population of levels. Intensity of radiation in 21-cm radio line . 21-cm radio line in absorption. Usage of Zeeman effect in measuring magnetic field of interstellar medium. Recombination radio lines. Formation of recombination radio lines, their observation and nomenclature. Determining of gas parameters by using observations of recombination radio lines.Dispersion of radio waves in interstellar medium. Measure of dispersion. Faradey effect in interstellar medium. Twinkling of radio emission of pulsars and its usage in investigation of interstellar medium.Heat and ionisation balance of interstellar gas in zones HI. Physical state of interstellar atomic hydrogen, main physical processes in it. Heat instability and its significance in processes of interstellar cloud formation. Interaction of ionised radiation with interstellar medium. Ionisation of interstellar gas and recombination processes. Heating and cooling processes.Interstellar molecules. Most widely spread interstellar molecules, their spatial distribution. Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy. Isotopic effects. Cosmic masers. Main kinds of chemical reactions in interstellar medium. Processes of formation of interstellar molecules and their decay. Usage of molecular radiation in investigation of interstellar medium.Interstellar dust. Composition of interstellar dust, its size and structure. Total amount, temperature and electrical charge of interstellar dust. Mechanisms of formation and decay of dust. Absorption and scattering of radiation in interstellar dust. Polarisation of interstellar dust. Mechanisms of spatial orientation of interstellar dust.

For obtaining the credit

The mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral

Literature.

1. Н.Г. Бочкарев Основы физики межзвездной среды, Москва, 1992.2. G.L. Verschuur The Invisible Universe Revealed, Springer-Verlag, 1987.3. С.А. Каплан, С.Б. Пикельнер Физика межзвездной среды, Москва, 1979.4. М. Гринберг Межзвездная пыль, Москва, 1979.

STELLAR STRUCTURE AND EVOLUTION

Author: Dr.phys. Uldis DzērvītisCredit value: 4Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy Assessment: exam

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce the students with views of contemporary physics about inner structure of stars and their evolution, which are considered to be one of the main achievements of physics in XX century. Considering that 97p.c. of luminous matter in our Milky Way and other galaxies are stars, without this fundamental knowledge about inner structure of stars, causes and mechanisms of radiation of radiation, as well as stellar evolution, understanding of cosmological conceptions and models is impossible.

ContentsCharacterization of physical state of matter in stars. Most significant factors, which determine non-transparency of stellar matter. Thermonuclear processes – source of stellar energy. CNO and p-p cycles. -capture process. Convection and turbulence in stars. Mathematical basis for description of inner structure of stars. Politrops.Process of stellar formation. Evolution in the stage of proto-star (pre main sequence).Stage of main sequence. Amount of mass and contents of metals – main factors determining the structure.

The sun as star. Main characteristics, structure, evolution. Non-stationary processes on the sun. The problem of solar neutrino.Post main sequence evolution. Structure of red giants, horizontal branch stars, asymptotic giant branch. Formation of heavy elements in stars in the process of neutronisation. Formation of peculiarities of chemical composition of atmospheres in non-stationary phases of evolution. Zirconium and carbon stars.Influence of mass loss on evolution. Stellar wind. Dust envelopes of stars.Structure of stellar atmospheres. Mathematical foundations of the description of radiation transfer. Influence of magnetic field. Stellar chromo spheres and coronas. Acoustic, gravitation and magneto hydrodynamic waves in atmospheres. Shock waves.Stellar activity: main characteristics. Flare and T Tauri type stars.Stellar pulsations. Physical mechanisms and fundamentals of mathematical description. Cepheids, RR Lyrae type stars, long period variable stars. Period-luminosity interconnection. Non-radial pulsations. Astro seismology.Influence of stellar rotation on inner structure of stars. Meridional circulation. Influence of rotation upon pulsations.Mass transfer caused by close binarity. Roche limit. Deviations from main scenario of stellar evolution, caused by mass transfer. Most familiar types of stars formed as a result of mass transfer and loss: Wolf-Rayet stars, barium stars, symbiotic stars, novae, X-ray stars, barsters.Closing stages of stellar evolution. White dwarfs. Collapse. Supernovae. Neutron stars and pulsars. Black holes.

For obtaining the credit The mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral

Literature.1. Физика космоса. Маленькая энциклопедия, 1986. 2. Физическая энциклопедия 1-5, 1988/98. (Raksti par attiecīgajiem tematiem). 3. Франк-Каменецкий Д. Физические процессы внутри звезд, 1959. 4. Чандрасекар С. Введение в учение о строении звезд, 1950. 5. Шварцшильд М. Строение и эволюция звезд, 1960. 6. Масевич А.Г., Тутуков А.В. Эволюция звезд: теория и наблюдения, 1988. 7. Михалас Д. Звездные атмосферы 1-2,1982. 8. Тассуль Ж.П. Теория вращающихся звезд, 1982. 9. Гурзадян Г.А. Звездные хромосферы, 1984.10. Климишин И.А. Ударные волны в оболочках звезд, 1984.11. де Ягер К. Звезды наибольшей светимости, 1984.12. Шапиро С., Тьюколски С. Черные дыры, белые карлики и нейтронные звезды 1-2, 1985.13. Кокс Дж.П. Теория звездных пульсаций, 1983.14. Манчестер Р., Тейлор Дж. Пульсары, 1980.15. Липунов В.М. Астрофизика нейтронных звезд, 1987.16. Звездные атмосферы, 1963. 17. Пульсирующие звезды, 1970. 18. Эруптивные звезды, 1970. 19. Явления нестационарности и звездная эволюция, 1974. 20. Внутреннее строение звезд, 1970.

PHYSICS OF THE SUNAuthor: leading researcher, dr.phys. Boriss Rjabovs,Credit value: 3Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy course Assessment: test

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce the listener with physics of the sun as a typical star. Rehearsal of most necessary parts of general astrophysics (mainly those concerning heat transfer), as well as introduction to plasma physics (characteristics of ionised plasma and its behaviour in magnetic field). Stressed are radio astronomical investigations of the sun, the experimental base of which can be Ventspils Space Intelligence Centre radio telescope RT-32.

ContentsThe sun as star, formations in its photosphere. General qualitative characterisation of the sun as typical main sequence star on Hertzsprung Russel diagram. Contemporary views about structure of the sun (solar atmosphere and inner structure). The role of nuclear synthesis and convection. Sunspots, floccules and granulation of the photosphere. Solar activity as a form of expression of convection. Cycles of solar activity.Transfer of energy and radiation in solar atmosphere. Contemporary views on mechanisms of energy and radiation transfer in solar debris. Transfer of radiation in solar atmosphere, energy transfer equation. Energy transfer equation in long wavelength zone.Spectrum of the sun and chemical composition of the atmosphere. Changes of temperature and pressure with altitude in the atmosphere of sun. Characteristic spectral lines of various layers of solar atmosphere. Spectral lines of the chromo sphere and solar corona. Relative quantities of hydrogen, helium and heavy elements.Physics of upper atmosphere of the sun (corona). Possible mechanisms of heating of solar corona. Plasma dynamics in solar corona (solar wind). Characteristic features of large-scale structures of solar corona (coronal holes, arches, streamers). Plasma kinetic temperature and density relation in large-scale structures and in the atmosphere of quiet sun.Action of magnetic field in solar debris, solar atmosphere and surrounding interplanetary medium. “Freezing” of magnetic field in plasma of solar atmosphere. Degree of ionisation in various layers of solar atmosphere. Low ionisation of photosphere and total ionisation of corona. Directions of plasma

movements in corona and dependence of its large-scale structure on magnetic field. Flow of solar wind from corona into interplanetary medium. Characterisation of solar wind (density of particles and their velocities) in the vicinity of orbit of the Earth.For obtaining the credit The mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.Literature.

1. Гибсон Э. Спокойное Солнце, Москва, Мир, 1980,2. На переднем крае астрофизики (сборник), Москва, Мир, 1979,3. Мартынов Д.Я. Курс общей астрофизики, Москва, Наука, 1988.4. Пикельнер С.Б. Основы космической электродинамики, Москва, Наука, 1966.

METHODOLOGY OF TEACHING OF ASTRONOMY

Author: Dr.paed. Ilgonis VilksCredit value: 2Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy Assessment: test

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce the students with contemporary views about teaching of astronomy in comprehensive secondary school. Main attention in the course is paid to qualitative explanation of notions of fundamental astronomy, characteristics of celestial bodies, Solar system and processes taking place in the universe and with main methodological principles and methods in teaching them. The listeners are introduced also with analysis of peculiarities of teaching of astronomy and possibilities of applying integrative teaching-learning contents.

Contents Introduction. System of astronomical education in Latvia and other countries. Change of motivation

of learning astronomy connected with increasing role of astronomy and space science in formation of scientific view of formation and structure of the universe.

Fundamentals of the methodology. Methodological principles or formation of picture describing spatial distribution, motion and development of celestial bodies. Revealing of scientific trend in the development of science. The principle of more profound acquisition of main notions. Common elements in methodology of astronomy and physics. Peculiarities of methodology of astronomy. Links of astronomy with physics, biology, chemistry, fundamentals of philosophy and other subjects.

Methods of teaching. Application of methods of modelled perception, artificial and symbolic visual aids in learning of astronomy. Possibilities of usage of investigation type learning. Methods of organising school observation sessions. Adaptation of teaching material to circumstances of Latvia. Using of computers in teaching and learning of astronomy, consolidation and control of obtained knowledge. Methodology of eliminating incorrect views. Elements of ecological and aesthetic upbringing.

For obtaining the credit The mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature.1. Ed. by L. Gouguenheim, D. McNally and J. R. Percy. New Trends in Astronomy Teaching.

Proceedings of International Astronomy Union Colloquium 162. Cambridge University Press, 1998.

2. Ed. by A. Fraknoi. The Universe at Your Fingertips. Project ASTRO Resource Notebook. Astronomical Society of the Pacific, San Francisco, 1995.

3. I. Vilks, I. Murāne, M. Isakovs, I. Dudareva. Astronomija. Metodiski ieteikumi, Rīga, IZM ISEC, 1996.

4. I.Vilks ar līdzautoriem. Latvijas Izglītības informatizācijas sistēmas projekts "Astronomija tīklā", 1999, Internet adrese http://www.liis.lv/astron/.

NUMERICAL METHODS

Author: associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsCredit value: 4Course code:Prerequisites: Mathematical Analysis and Algebra Assessment: exam

AnnotationThe course comprises main numerical methods, which are used in solution of astronomical problems. But these methods are with the same frequency used in numerical analyses of problems connected with physics and other natural sciences. Main stresses of the course are laid on non-classical numerical methods of statistics, mathematical analysis and algebra, as well as on skill to turn them in algorithms, which can be easily and effectively realised as computer software.

ContentsStatistic treatment of experiment. Errors of experiment. Random error distribution function. Central boundary theorem of probability theory. Mean error, possible error of measurement and confidence interval. Method of classical theory of errors. Law of distribution of mean error. Drawbacks of classical method. Student distribution. Method of small selections. Usage of indirect measurements in small selection method. Measurements with different degree of precision, their weights. Chebishew inequality and proof of the law of normality of distribution. Comparison of values and dispersions. Fisher criterion. Coefficients of correlation and moments of correlation. Regressions. Auto-correlation of stochastic functions. Estimation of guaranteed accuracy of indirect measurements.Approximation of functions. Linear interpolation of functions. Newton interpolation polynomial, its precision and Lagrange form. Ermit interpolation polynomial. Convergence of interpolation and non-linear interpolation. Splice interpolation and multi-dimensional interpolation. Linear mean quadratic approximation in Hilbert space. Method of least squares and its matrix form. Kalman filter. Non-linear approximation and even approximations.Numerical differentiating. Polynomial methods of differentiating. Runge and Romberg methods. Differentiating on quasi-regular grids. Differentiating of fast changing functions and regularization of differentiating.Numerical integrating. Integration with method of polynomial approximation. Formula of trapezes and Simpson method. Formula of mean values and Euler method. Eitken process. Gauss-Kristoffel formulae and Markov formulae. Non-linear formulae and case of interrupted functions. Improper integrals and multiple integrals. Monte-Carlo method. Systems of algebraic equations. Gauss method. Determinant and inverse matrix of system. Cases of special type matrixes. Method of square root and Halecky method. Non-linear equations with one unknown value. Method of dichotomy. Method of iterations, Newton method and secant method. Lobachevsky (or quadrating) method. Peculiarities of solution of systems of non-linear equations.Algebraic problem of proper values. Problem of proper values and simplest methods of its solution. Shur theorem. Iterative rotation method and final rotation method. Solution of characteristic equation. Iterative method of calculating proper vectors. Reflection method. Case of non-ermit matrixes. Method of

non-unitary transformations. Matrixes of transformation of rows and colons. Special case of determination of proper values.Method of minimisation (determining extremes). Minimums of one-argument function. Minimums of multi argument function. Relief of function. Methods of coordinates and gradient. Method of connected directions and valleys. Minimum of function in limited space. Method of weight functions. Linear programming and simplex-method. Ritz method and grid methods.Ordinary differential equations and integral equations. Methods of solution of Koshi problem. Pikar method and small parameter method. Euler method. Runge-Kuta method and Adams method. Boundary problems, ballistic method. Method of differences for linear boundary problems. Method of differences for non-linear boundary problems. Method of proper value determination. Correct integral equations and methods of their solution. Incorrect integral equations, their regularization.

For obtaining the creditThe mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature

1. Калиткин Н.Н. Численные методы, Москва, 1978.2. Агекян Т.А. Основы теории ошибок для астрономов и физиков, Москва, 1968ю3. Эльясберг П.Е. Измерительная информация, сколько ее нужно, как ее

обрабатывать, Москва, 1983.4. Hamming R.W. Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, Mc. Graw Hill Book

Co.Inc. 19625. Jenkins G.M., Watts D.G. Spectral Analysis and its applications, Holden-Day Co.

1969.

ASTRONOMY OF EPHEMERIS

Author: associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsSemester:

Credit value: 2Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy and Theoretical Mechanics Assessment: examAnnotationAstronomy of ephemeris may be considered as theoretical fundamentals of astrometry,

which includes modern theory of coordinate systems and kinematical and dynamic methods of Earth’s rotation. Theories concerning astronomical instruments, which until recently were considered to be one of the main constituents of astrometry, in last decades have changed so revolutionary, that at present it is disputable, which of the new methods will have standing value. Therefore this part of the course is left outside the framework of

the course and instead the course of astrometry is offered the course of astronomy of ephemeris.

ContentsRotation of rigid Earth around its centre of mass. Euler rotation equations, their solution. Kinematics of Earth’s rotation. Perturbing forces causing precession and nutation. Poisson equation, its solution and specifying. Precession and nutation effects caused by gravitation of the Sun and the Moon. Precession of the point of vernal equinox. Motion of the body of the Earth in reference to the axis of rotation. Irregularities in rotation of the Earth.Effects caused by elasticity and liquid inner structure. Formulation of the problem and equations, Tisseran method. Approximation of Molodensky. The case of elastic mantle and liquid nucleus. Free nutation of the nucleus and resonance of liquid nucleus. Var’s theory, its special cases. Exact measurements of Earth’s rotation and its special cases.Celestial systems of coordinates. Defining and forming of the coordinate systems. Ideal systems of coordinates. Coordinate systems based on stars. HIPPARCOS programme. Stellar catalogues. Kinematic systems of coordinates. Coordinate systems based on extragalactic objects. Quasars and other compact astronomical objects. Dynamic coordinate systems for investigation of planets. Coordinate systems for motion of the satellites. Relativistic theory of celestial coordinate systems.Terrestrial systems of coordinates. Totality of geodesic information concerning form of the Earth. Conventional Terrestrial coordinate systems. Motion of the poles. Monitoring of the Earth’s rotation. Coordinate systems used in monitoring. New methods of observation: laser ranging of satellites and of the Moon, radio interferometric observations (VLBI). Forecasting of parameters of Earth’s rotation. Irregularities in rotation of the Earth.Connections between coordinate systems. Transformation from mean celestial coordinate system to true celestial coordinate system. Transformation from true celestial coordinate system to terrestrial coordinate system. Comparison of celestial coordinate systems. Comparison of kinematic and dynamic coordinate systems. Comparison of conventional terrestrial coordinate systems. Measuring of time. Basic principles of time measuring, astronomical time. Time scales, their stability. Time and dynamic models, time of ephemeris. Stability of time of ephemeris. Time of pulsars. Atomic time, its definition, realisation and accuracy. Standards of frequencies and atomic clocks. Second of atomic time as basic unit of time. Comparison of atomic clocks. Algorithms of time scales. Coordinated universal time UTC, its distribution. Concept of time in general theory of relativity.Standards. Standards of celestial and terrestrial coordinate systems. Kinds of standards and their aims. Systems of constants. Standards of coordinate systems, their terminology. Standards of Earth’s rotation parameters. Methods of standard’s improvement.For obtaining the credit

1. The mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.2. The exam is oral.

Literature.

1. Woolard E.W. Theory of the rotation of the Earth around its center of mass, Astronomical Papers vol. 15, part 1, Washington, 1953 (Moscow, Fizmatgiz, 1963).

2. Reference Frames in Astronomy and Geophysics, edited by J.Kovalevsky, I.Mueller & B.Kolaczek, Astrophysics and Space Science Library, vol.154 (current research), Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1989.

3. Абалакин В.К. Основы эфемеридной астрономии, Москва, Наука, 1979.4. Справочное руководство по небесной механике и астродинамике, под ред.

Г.Н.Дубошина, Москва, 1976.

SOLAR SYSTEM DYNAMICS

Author: associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsCredit value: 4Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy, Higher Mathematics, Theoretical

Mechanics Assessment: exam

AnnotationThe Solar system is a complex and attractive dynamical system. The aim of the course is to give the listeners insights into physical models and develop their skills of applying mathematical methods, which explain and describe this system. Starting with classical problems of celestial mechanics (two and three body problems and theory of perturbations) the listeners advance towards resonance phenomena and understanding the role of tide effects in evolution of Solar system. At the end of the course planetary rings and expressions of chaos phenomena in Solar system are touched upon.

Contents

Limited three body problem. Motion equations and Jacobi integral. Tisseran formula. Lagrange points of libration, their distribution and stability. Motion in the vicinity of libration points L4 and L5. Kinds of libration orbits and zero velocity curves. Trojan group asteroids and planetary satellites. Janus and Epitemy orbits. Hill equation. Effects of dissipative forces.Rotations, tides and form. Theory of potential and tidal deformations. Rotation deformations. Darvin-Radau formula. Form of planetary satellites and their inner structure, Roche zone. Tide suspension and energy transfer. Tides in planetary satellites, evolution of tides. Tides on Io and Titan. Double-synchronic state.Spin-orbital resonance. Tides as decelerators of rotation. Quadruple moments of field of gravity. Spin-orbital resonance. Setting in the state of resonance. Imposed libration, its characteristics and kinds.Function of perturbations. Expansions in series along Legandre polynomials. Expansions along orbital elements. Expansions of second order perturbations. Members of expansions connected with specific arguments. Applications of function of perturbations. Lagrange equations for planets. Classification of arguments of perturbation function. Effects caused by oblateness of planets.Secular perturbations. Secular perturbations in two-planet system. Jupiter and Saturn systems. Free and forced changes of orbital elements. Jupiter, Saturn and experimental particle. Gauss method of normalization. Generalised secular perturbations. Secular perturbations in Solar system. Hiraijama group and belts of dust. Secular resonance. Secular perturbations of higher orders.Resonance perturbations. Physics and geometry of resonance. Variations of orbital elements. Resonance in limited three-body problem. Pendulum model and width of libration. Hamilton approximation. Resonances 2:1, 3:1 and 7:4 in solar system. Complicated resonances. Capture dynamics and evolution of resonance. Two-body resonances in solar system. Resonances in systems of planetary satellites. Three-body resonances and Laplace resonance. Secular and resonance motion. Results of numerical simulation.Chaos and evolution. Dependence of evolution upon initial conditions. Regular and chaotic orbits. Elements of chaos in limited circular three-body problem. Algebraic mapping. Seperatrises and resonance occultations. Rotation of Hipperion. Kirkvud gaps. Neptune-Pluto system. Stability of Solar system.Planetary rings. Systems of planetary rings. Resonance in planetary rings. Density waves and “canes”. Narrow rings and sharp edges of rings. Enke gap and satellite Pan. Saturn’s F ring. Neptune’s Adams ring. Evolution of planetary rings. Earth’s dust ring.

For obtaining the credit

The mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature.

1. Murray C.D., Dermott S.F. Solar System Dynamics, Cambridge University Press, 1999.

2. Kovalevsky J. Introduction to Celestial Mechanics, D.Reidel Pub. Co. 1967.3. Roy A.E. Orbital motion, Adam Hilger Ltd. 1978 (Moscow, Mir, 1981).

BASICS OF SPACE FLIGHT DYNAMICSAuthor: associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsCredit value: 2Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy, Theoretical Mechanics and Higher Mathematics Assessment: exam

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce the students with basics of space flight dynamics. Under analyse are two, already classical groups of problems: manoeuvring of spacecraft in planetocentric orbits and calculating of optimal trajectories for interplanetary flights.Contents

1. Optimal planeto-centric orbital manoeuvres.a. Flights between coplanar circular orbits. Homan’s theorem.b. Bi-elliptical transfer between coplanar circular orbits.c. Non-coplanar bi-elliptical transfer.d. Optimal n-pulse transfer between coplanar elliptical orbits.e. Optimal transfer between symmetrically oriented orbits. Trajectories of slow and fast

transfers.f. Cotangential orbital manoeuvre (Escobal’s method).

2. Optimal interplanetary transfers.a. Models of trajectories of interplanetary flights. Spheres of gravity of planets (attraction

sphere, action sphere and influence sphere).b. Escape of spacecraft from gravitational sphere of the planet.c. Trajectories of two-pulse interplanetary transfers and flights between objects.d. Coordinate systems used for calculating trajectories of interplanetary flights.e. Trajectories of interplanetary flights with minimal fuel consumption.f. Trajectories of interplanetary flights with minimal travel time.g. Elements of dynamics of rockets. Mescherky’s and Ciolkovsky’s equations.h. Optimisation principles of multi-stage rockets.i. Functions of efficiency of space manoeuvre, their optimisation.j. General view of two-pulse space manoeuvre.

k. Planeto-centric interception manoeuvre and meeting manoeuvre in planeto centric orbit.l. Planet fly-by manoeuvre and manoeuvre of entering planetary satellite orbit. m. More complicated interplanetary fly-by manoeuvre.n. Gravitation manoeuvres in interplanetary flights.

For obtaining the creditThe mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.Literature.

1. Escobal P.R. Methods of Astrodynamics, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,1968, (Mir, Moscow, 1971).

2. Справочное руководство по небесной механике и астродинамике под. ред. Г.Н.Дубошина, Москва, Наука 1976.

3. Соловьев Ц.В., Тарасов Е.В. Прогнозирование межпланетных полетов, Москва, Машиностроение 1973.

4. Krafft A. Ehricke Space Flight, D.Van Nostrand Co. Inc. 1960. (Moscow, Fizmatgiz,1963).

5. Roy A.E. Orbital Motion, Adam Hilgert Ltd., 1978 (Moscow, Mir, 1981).6. Harry O. Ruppe, Introduction to Astronautics, Academic Press 1966 (Moscow, Nauka,

1970).

PHYSICS OF PLANETS

Author: associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsCredit value: 3

Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy, General Physics Assessment: exam

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to furnish the listeners with contemporary views about origin and structure of the solar system and planets. Considerable attention is paid to main methods of investigation of planets, their physical fundamentals, as well results of these investigations.

ContentsOptical methods of investigation of planets (in visible light, ultraviolet and infrared wavelengths). Multi-spectral and hyper-spectral methods, photometry and spectroscopy. Radiometry and polarimetry. Peculiarities of realisation of the methods in investigations of planets.Radio physical methods of investigation of planets. Radiometry and radio spectroscopy. Methods of radiolocation and aperture synthesis (SAR and SLAR). Method of radio refraction. Peculiarities of realisation of the methods in investigations of planets.Direct methods of investigation of planets. Methods of determining chemical composition of the atmospheres, mass spectrometry and gas chromatography. Determination of chemical composition of surface rocks with methods of X-ray fluorescent spectroscopy. Methods of determining density and mechanical properties of surface rocks. Seismometry and peculiarities of its realisation in the investigations of planets.Main models and theories of inner structure of planets. Chemical differentiation of rocks. Mechanisms of heating the planets and their sources of energy. Investigations of gravity fields of planets and their main results. Inner structure of terrestrial group planets. Inner structure of gas planets. Inner structure of big and intermediary satellites of gas planets.Fundamentals of geology of planets. Exogenous and endogenous processes, which form and transform planetary surfaces. Statistics of craters, its application to determination of geological age of planetary surfaces. Other methods of determination of age of planetary surfaces. Volcanic and tectonic processes on planets. Erosion of liquid and winds.Fundamentals to the physics of planetary atmospheres. Conditions of vertical and horizontal circulations in planetary atmospheres. Photo dissociation and recombination, chemical processes in planetary

atmospheres, photochemical smog in the atmospheres of Uranus and Titan. Greenhouse and anti-greenhouse effects.Fundamentals of the physics of planetary magnetospheres. Planetary dynamo effect. Formation of shock wave, magnetopause, belts of radiation and other constituents of magnetosphere around planets having magnetic fields. Magnetosphere and ionosphere, their interaction.Venus, general characterization of the planet, its surface, atmosphere and cloud cover. Inner structure of the planet. Greenhouse effect. Geological changes on the surface of Venus caused by changes in climate.Mars, general characterization of the planet, its surface and atmosphere. Inner structure of Mars. Geotectonic processes and volcanism on Mars. Water erosion and traces of climate changes on surface of the planet. Martian satellites. Search for forms of extra-terrestrial life on the surface of Mars and results of the investigations.Jupiter and Saturn, their mutual and differentiating properties. Inner structure, atmospheres, structure of clouds, rings and systems of satellites. Saturn’s ice satellites, their structure and properties (Rhea, Tethys, Dione, Iapetus, Enceladus and Mimas).Uranus and Neptune, their mutual and differentiating properties. Inner structure, atmospheres, structure of clouds, rings and systems of satellites. Uranus satellites (Ariel, Umbriel, Titania and Oberon), their structure and properties.Pluto and Charon, their investigations and main properties. Views about inner structure and origin of these planets. Investigations with Hubble Space Telescope.The Moon and Mercury, their comparing characterization. Comparison of inner structure and structures on surfaces, magnetic properties. Mineralogy of ground samples of surface of the Moon. Theories of origin of the Moon.Giant satellites of planets (Io, Europe, Ganymede, Callisto, Titan and Triton), models of their inner structure. Peculiarities and comparison of surface structures. Atmospheres of Titan and other satellites. Comparison of geological evolution.

For obtaining the creditThe mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature.1. The Solar System, a Scientific American book, W.Freeman & Co, San Francisko, 1975.2. Ксанфомалити Л.В. Планета Венера, Москва, Наука, 1985ю3. Маров М.Я. Планеты Солнечной системы, Москва, Наука, 1986ю4. Satellites of Jupiter (edited by D.Morrison), The University of Arizona Press, 1982 (Moscow,

Mir, 1985).5. Physics and Astronomy of the Moon (edited by Z.Kopal), Academic Press, 1971 (Moscow, Mir,

1973).6. Planetary Satellites (edited by J.A.Burns), The University of Arizona Press, 1977 (Moscow, Mir,

1980).7. Жарков В.Н. Внутреннее строение Земли и планет, Москва, Наука, 1983.

MOTION OF EARTH’S SATELLITESAuthor: associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsCredit value: 3Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy; Theoretical Mechanics Assessment: examAnnotation

The course introduces the students with two first order theories of satellite motion: the theory, proposed by Japanese astronomer Y.Kozai, which is developed as a result of classical theory of perturbations, in its Hamilton and Lagrange forms, and a theory proposed by Norwegian mechanic K.Aksnes, which uses ideas of the theory of intermediary orbits. In the second part of the course is considered the theory of satellite visibility, which is elaborated in University of Latvia and based on works of American space science specialist P.R.Escobal.

Contents1. Satellite motion - K.Aksnes’ intermediary orbit.Equations of motion of the satellites. Hamilton-Jacobi method. Liuville theorem. Intermediary gravity potentials in satellite motion. Aksnes and Garfinkel problems. Calculation of elliptical quadratures. Calculation of satellite coordinates. Transformations of orbital elements.2. Satellite motion – Y.Kozai perturbed orbit.

Classical theory of perturbations. Lagrange equations of the theory of perturbations. Analysis and calculation of secular perturbations. Short period perturbations of semi-

major axis. Short period perturbations of eccentricity of orbit. Short period perturbations of inclination of the orbit. Short period perturbations of longitude of ascending knot. Short period perturbations of argument of perigee. Short period perturbations of mean anomaly. Short period perturbations of orbital coordinates. Influence of other secular perturbations on satellite motion. Long period perturbations in satellite motion. Methods of extrapolation

of mean orbital elements.3. Problem of extreme approaching of satellite and observatory.

Updating of horizontal system of coordinates. Approaching equations of satellite and observatory. Theorems on approaching points. Solution of approaching equations. Results

of numerical experiments and simulations.4. Visibility of satellite and its orbit above almucantar.Visibility of satellite above geodetic almucantar. Other possible formulations of the problem. Trigonometric solutions of visibility equations. Visibility of satellite orbit above almucantar. Peculiarities of numerical calculations and algorithms.5. Visibility of satellite on the background of the sky.

Spherical and ellipsoidal models of the Earth. Darkness equations and shade equation. “Vertical type” trigonometric solutions of visibility equations. “Angular type”

trigonometric solutions of visibility equations. Eclipses of approaching points and

culminations. Trigonometric solution to the problem of vertical approaching of orbit. Trigonometric solution to the problem of angular approaching of orbit. Geometric

interpretation of obtained solutions.6. Satellite visibility forecasting.

Diana Scot method. Modified Diana Scot method. Two-dimensional systems of non-equalities. Analysis of systems of non-equalities. Kurt Arnold method. Planning of satellite

observation sessions.For obtaining the creditThe mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.LiteratureJ.Žagars Zemes mākslīgo pavadoņu redzamā kustība – habilitācijas darbs, Rīga,1999.Garfinkel B., Aksnes K. Spherical coordinate intermediaries for an artificial satellite, Astronomical Journal vol.75, #1, 1970.Kozai Y. The motion of a close Earths satellite, AJ vol.64, #1274, 1959.Escobal P.R. Methods of orbit determination, John Wilry & Sons Inc., 1965.

FUNDAMENTALS OF GRAVIMETRY

Author: associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsCredit value: 3

Course code:Prerequisites: General Astronomy and General Physics Assessment: exam

AnnotationThe course comprises concise presentation of main parts of gravimetry. Discussed are

fundamentals of classical theory of gravitation, anomalies of gravitation and their interpretation, absolute and relative methods of measuring of force of gravity, as well as

applications of these methods. Gravitation measurements are widely used in geodesy, geophysics and astronomy (especially, in physics of planets), as well as in engineer sciences

and military subjects. They are necessary in navigation in order to use effectively measurements obtained with geo positioning systems (GPS, GLONASS, GNSS).

Contents1. Normal field of gravity. Potential of gravity, its expansions and main characteristics, constant of

gravity. Force of gravity, its potential. Geoid. Clero theorem. Stox theorem. Normal force of gravity. Second derivatives of potential of force of gravity, their normal values.

2. Form of the Earth, its determination. Connection of gravimetry with geodesy. Reference ellipsoid and related coordinate systems. Longitude of arcs of meridians and parallels and measurements of degree. Triangulation, levelling and systems of altitude. Gravimetry and GPS.

3. Anomalies of gravity. Notion of anomalies and necessity of reductions. Reduction to geoid, regularization of the Earth. Free-air anomaly and free-air reduction. Correction of relief, Fay anomaly. Buge anomaly and Prey anomaly. Measuring of force of gravity inside the Earth. Physical interpretation of reductions.

4. Geoid. Determination of altitude of geoid, Stox formula. Deviations of the vertical, Vening-Meines formula. Molodensky’s theory. Expansions of gravitation anomaly and altitude of geoid along spherical functions. Approximation of anomalous field of gravity with model of material dots.

5. Space gravimetry. Influence of the field of gravity of planets on satellite motion. Constant of gravity and determination of harmonic coefficient of gravity potential from satellite observations,

geodetic satellites. Methods of radar altimetry and laser altimetry for measuring of geoid from space. Other methods of space gravimetry.

6. Normal Earth. International Gravimetric System IGSN’71. Global net of absolute gravimetric measurements. Harmonic coefficients of field of gravity. Standard atmosphere and normal Earth.

7. Gravimetry and inner structure of the Earth. Isostasy and isostatic reductions. Connection of inner structure of the Eearth with gravitation anomalies. Local anomalies of gravity, their interpretation. Tides, their origin and main models. Classification of tidal waves. Elastic properties of the Earth and tidal deformations. Influence of tides on measurements of gravity.

8. Absolute gravimetric measurements. Ballistic method, its modification for unhomogeneous field. Influence of atmosphere and microseisms. Plumb-line method and its realisation. Supra-conductivity gravimeters.

9. Relative gravimetric measurements. Method of relative verticals. Static spring method. String gravimeters. Calibration of relative gravimeters. Relative gravimeters of La Costa-Romberg system.

10. Gravimetric gradient measuring. Importance of gradient measurements. Normal gravimetric gradient and anomalous gravimetric gradient. Structure of gravimetric gradient measurer and principle of its operation. Satellite gradient measuring.

11. Gravimetric nets. Gravimetric nets, their quality and optimisation. Regional and global gravimetric nets. Procedure of gravimetric investigation and calculation. Gravimetric measurements of sea and air, gravimetric investigation of oceans. Geophysical factors, which influence gravimetric measurements. Changes of the field of gravity with time, their determination.

For obtaining the creditThe mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature.1. Грушинский Н.П. Основы гравиметрии, Москва, Наука, 1983ю2. Torge W. Gravimetry, W.de Gruyter & Co, Berlin, 1989.3. Дубошин Г.Н. Теория притяжения, Москва, Физматгиз, 1961.4. Грушинский Н.П., Сажина Н.Б. Гравитационная разведка, Москва, Недра, 1972ю

INTRODUCTION TO CELESTIAL MECHANICS

Author: associate professor, dr.hb.phys. Juris ŽagarsCredit value: 3

Course code:Prerequisites: courses “General Astronomy” and “Theoretical Mechanics”Assessment: exam

AnnotationCelestial mechanics is the totality of the methods of mathematics and mechanics, which allow interpreting dynamically the motion of Solar system bodies as well as orbital and interplanetary trajectories of spacecrafts. The development of methods of celestial mechanics began in 17th – 19th centuries with the works of classics of mechanics and mathematics (Newton, Clero, Lagrange, Tisseran, etc.). Rapid development started in the middle of the 20th century with the beginning of the first flights into outer space, and today the methods of celestial mechanics cover rather broad amount of theoretical knowledge concerning motion of natural and artificial celestial bodies. The course comprises classical methods of celestial mechanics and their applications to the development of theory of motion of planets and satellites.

ContentsIntroduction and the problem of two bodies. Fundamental laws and theorems of mechanics. Newton laws, the limits of their application. The problem of N-bodies, its equations and integrals. The problem of two bodies in absolute and relative coordinates. The forms of trajectories and Kepler laws. Elements of orbits and their calculation.Systems of canonical equations. N-body problem in relative coordinates. The equations of 3-body problem. The equations in canonical form. Stationary cases. Integrals of system of canonical equations. Canonical transformations, their examples. Jacobi theorem. The application of Jacobi theorem to 2-body problem. Delaunai elements and osculating elements. Lagrange equations and their singularities.Theory of perturbations. Expansion of eccentric anomaly in Fourier’s series. Bessel functions and their properties. Expansions of functions in 2-body problem. Expansions along power of eccentricity, their convergence. Perturbation function and its expansions. Expansions along the small parameter. Equations for osculating elements and methods of their solution. Long period and short period members. Convergence of the solution.Motion of the satellites (Zeipel and Brauer methods). Gravity potential and its expansions. Satellite motion equations. Principles and equations of Zeipel method. Exclusion of mean anomaly. Result: satellite motion theory. Use of Lagrange equations, first and second approximation. Comparison of two methods. The case of small inclinations and eccentricities. Critical inclination. Librations of perigee in the vicinity of critical inclination. The phenomenon of libration.Motion of the Moon and satellites of planets. Principal problems of the theory of the Moon. Approximate solution of the basic problem. Main non-equalities in the motion of the Moon. Various theories of the motion of the Moon. Delaunai theory. Hill and Brown theories. Hanzen’s theory. Improvements of the theories of the motion of the Moon. Theories of motion of satellites of other planets.

Motion of the planets. Function of perturbations. Solutions of the first order. Expansions of function of perturbations, its various forms. Variables in Hanzen’s method and its solutions. Theories of planetary motion of higher orders. Numerical methods, the peculiarities of their applications. The comparison of analytical theories and numerical integration of motion.

For obtaining the creditThe mark in the exam must be not lower than 4.The exam is oral.

Literature.1. Kovalevsky J. Introduction to Celestial Mechanics, D.Reidel pub. Co., Dordrecht,

1967.2. Brouwer D., Clemence G.M. Methods of Celestial Mechanics, Academic Press, New-

York, 1961.3. Smart W. Celestial Mechanics, Longmans, Green & Co., London, 1953.4. Дубошин Г.Н. Небесная механика, Москва, Наука, 1968.5. Субботин М.Ф. Введение в теоретическую астрономию, Москва, Наука, 1968.

MASTER STUDY COURSE DESCRIPTION

B Optional courses

Laser physics, spectroscopy and technology

ATOMIC SPECTROSCOPYAuthor professor Mārcis AuziņšSub-branch 13.11. Course’s volume 4 creditsSemester 9Checking form exam

Necessary knowledge optics, microphysics, electrodynamics and quantum mechanics Course’s codeCourse’s group B – by choiceAnnotation

Almost all information about elementary processes in the gaseous phase could be obtained from absolute intensities of spectral lines, atomic concentrations, kinetics and polarisation of radiation, and from shapes of spectral lines. At the same time, elementary processes, such as elastic and inelastic collisions between atoms and molecules, energy transfer, ionisation, and photo-excitation processes, are very important in plasma physics, physics of gaseous lasers, quantum electronics, atomic physics, kinetics of chemical reactions, as well as in astrophysics.

Contents1. Intensities of spectral lines.2. Shapes of spectral lines.3. Absorption of spectral lines in substance.4. Excitation of atomic spectral lines.5. Fine structure of spectral lines.6. Polarization of atomic radiation.Demands for getting creditsMake laboratory works and pass an exam.

Literature1. S. E. Frish. Optical Spectra of Atoms. M. - L., FMLI, 1963 (in Russian).2. M. A. Jeljashevich. Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy. M., FMLI, 1962 (in Russian).3. John N. Dodd. Atoms and Light Interactions. Plenum Press. New York and London. 1991.

MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY

Author Assistant professor (docents) Jānis Āboliņš Sub-branch 13. 11.Course’s volume 4 creditsSemester 9Checking form examNecessary knowledge Atomic spectroscopy, structure of substance and symmetry of molecules.

Course’s codeCourse’s group B – by choice

AnnotationThe course includes general description of molecular systems and their physical properties in

connection with interaction of light and matter. Theory of diatomic and polyatomic molecules is presented. Methods of obtaining molecular absorption and emission spectra, as well as use of them are discussed.

Contents 1. General description of molecular systems. 2. Physical properties of molecules: electrical properties and parameters, optical properties and

parameters, chemical properties. Symmetry of molecules.3. Interaction of light and matter, its mechanisms. Absorption and scattering of light. Raman scattering.4. Rotation and vibration of diatomic molecules: rigid rotator model, harmonic oscillator model in

classical and quantum mechanics. Non-harmonic quantum oscillator.5. Vibrations and vibration spectra of polyatomic molecules. Obtaining molecular composition and

structure from vibration spectra. Manifestation of non-harmonic vibrations in the spectra of polyatomic molecules. Vibrations of regular structures.

6. Electronic absorption spectra of polyatomic molecules. Types of depiction of absorption spectra. Energy level diagram for molecules. Absorption laws. Non-radiating transitions. Energy transfer in molecules.

7. Electronic emission spectra of polyatomic molecules, their parameters and methods of obtaining.

Demands for getting credits

Make laboratory tasks and pass an exam.

Literature

1. J. Āboliņš, E. Šilters. Structure of Substance. Rīga, Zvaigzne, 1970 (in Latvian).2. A. A. Malcev. Molecular Spectroscopy. Moscow University, 1980 (in Russian).3. K. Benuel. Foundations of Molecular Spectroscopy. Moscow, Mir, 1985 (in Russian).

4. O. V. Sverdlova. Electronic Spectra in Organic Chemistry. Leningrad, Khimija, 1985 (in Russian).

OPTICAL QUANTUM GENERATORS AND AMPLIFIERS

Author professor Jānis Spīgulis Sub-branch 13.8Course’s volume 4 creditsSemester 9Checking form exam

Necessary knowledge laser physics course for bachelor students Course’s codeCourse’s group B – by choice

AnnotationCourse includes review of physical principles of lasers, different types of lasers (gaseous, solid-state, etc.), laser applications in science, technology and medicine; laser safety. Course includes also practical sessions – solving of different tasks, individual and laboratory tasks.

Contents1. Historical introduction. Spontaneous and stimulated emission of atoms. Population inversion of

energy levels. Principles of laser action, optical amplification and generation. Energy supply for laser action. Optical and electrical pumping.

2. Laser resonators and their properties. Generation modes. Theory of resonators. Continuous and pulsed action of lasers. Spectral properties of generated radiation. Mode synchronisation, single-mode generation.

3. Solid-state lasers: ruby laser, YAG laser, optical fibre amplifiers and lasers. Atomic gaseous and vapour lasers: He - Ne, Ar, Kr, Cd, Cu, Au, and Se. Molecular lasers: CO 2, CO, N2, excimer and photo-dissociation lasers. Dye lasers and other tuneable lasers. Semiconductor diode lasers.

4. Laser applications in science: laser spectroscopy, photometry and non-linear optics. Laser application in engineering and technology: optical connections, laser radars and lidars, laser displays, cutting tools. Lasers in home appliances (CD players, laser printers, bar code detectors).

5. Laser applications in medicine: laser diagnostics, photodynamic therapy, laser surgery.6. Laser safety rules and standards. Goggles and other safety devices.

Demands for getting creditsGet at the exam grade 4 at least. All laboratory and practical tasks should be passed before the

exam.

Literature1. O. Svelto. Principles of Lasers, 4th ed., Plenum Press, NY-London, 1998.2. W. T. Silfvast. Laser Fundamentals, Cambridge University Press, 1996.3. F. Kaczmarek. Introduction to Laser Physics, M., Mir, 1981 (in Russian).

CONVENTIONAL RADIATION SOURCES

Author Dr. phys. Atis Skudra Sub-branch 13.7.Course’s volume 4 creditsSemester 9Checking form exam

Necessary knowledge Optics Course’s codeCourse’s group B – by choice

AnnotationThe course deals with continuous and line spectra radiation sources in a wide spectral region – from vacuum ultraviolet till infrared – thermal radiation sources, arc discharge lamps and different gas discharge sources. The main attention is focused on the physics of plasma, which is formed in radiation sources. Knowledge of physical processes allows one to have a good understanding of different radiation sources.Contents1. Physical quantities that describe optical radiation, their measurement units. Radiation laws.

Energetic and photometric quantities. Parameters of optical sources.2. Thermal radiation.3. General properties of a discharge, classification of discharge lamps.4. Main processes in radiation sources. Emission and absorption of radiation. Diffusion of

radiation in spectral lines in absorbing gas.5. Low pressure radiating discharge. Action of discharge lamps in an electric circuit. Different

types of low pressure discharge lamps. High intensity Hg lamps.

Demands for getting creditsPass an exam about the learned subject.Literature1. G. M. Rochlin. Discharge Radiation Sources. Moscow, 1991 (in Russian)2. K. P. Kureichik, I. A. Trofimov et. al. Gas Discharge Radiation Sources for Spectral

Measurements. Moscow, 1987 (in Russian).

STRUCTURE OF SUBSTANCE AND SYMMETRY OF MOLECULES

Author Assistant professor (docents) Jānis ĀboliņšSub-branch 13. 11.Course’s volume 2 creditsSemester 10Checking form test

Necessary knowledge General and theoretical physics courses for bachelor studentsCourse’s codeCourse’s group B – by choice

AnnotationSymmetry transformations, symmetry elements and symmetry point groups. Symmetry group representations, tables of characters of irreducible representations, their application in spectroscopy – determination of normal oscillations of molecules. Correlation analysis.

Contents1. Symmetry elements, symmetry operations. Multiplication of symmetry operations. Symmetry point

groups.2. Elements of group theory.3. Representations of symmetry operations and symmetry groups. Basis and dimension of

representations. Equivalent representations. Characters of representations. Reducible and irreducible representations.

4. Determination of symmetry of molecule’s normal coordinates. Spectral activity of normal oscillations. Obtaining of molecule’s symmetry using its vibration spectrum. Correlation analysis. Method of local symmetry.

Demands for getting creditsPass a test in theory and solve all practical tasks.

LiteratureJ. Āboliņš, E. Šilters. Structure of Substance. Rīga, Zvaigzne, 1970 (in Latvian).

FOURIER OPTICS

Author Assistant professor Valdis RēvaldsSub-branch 13.7.Course’s volume 2 creditsSemester 10Checking form test

Necessary knowledge Optics and Calculus coursesCourse’s code

Course’s group B – by choice

AnnotationModern theory of image formation says that image is formed in two stages. First, Fourier analysis

of an object is made, as a result of which object’s spatial structure is obtained. Then, object’s image is created from the Fourier spectrum. Thus we get a possibility to influence an image by means of manipulations in the spectral plane, i.e. placing there different filters for spatial frequencies. This method is widely used for performance of mathematical operations, identification of objects, studies of structure of substance and processing of other information.

Contents1. Aspects of image theory in ray optics and wave optics.2. Properties of a thin spherical lens. Lens phase transformation. Fourier transformation performance

using a thin lens. Cylindrical lens. Conical lens.3. Coherent and incoherent formation of an optical image. Fourier analysis and Fourier synthesis.4. Image spatial filtration. Amplitude and phase filters. Complex or holographic filters.5. Scheme of information processing system. Image quality improvement.

Demands for getting creditsPass a test about the learned subject.

Literature1. G. Goodman, An Introduction to Fourier Optics. Moscow, Mir, 1970 (in Russian).2. Optical Processing of Information. Edited by D. Kaisesent. Moscow, Mir, 1980 (in Russian).

MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTROSCOPY

Author Dr. habil. phys., prof. Ivars Tāle, Dr. habil. phys. U. Rogulis Sub-branch 13.6.Course’s volume 3 creditsSemester 10Checking form exam

Necessary knowledge Solid state physics, quantum mechanics, thermodynamics and statistical physics

Course’s codeCourse’s group B – by choice

AnnotationThe goal of the course is to introduce to methods of the magnetic resonance spectroscopy and their application for determination of point defects and structure of solids. Contents1. Introduction. Structure of point defects. Basic concepts of determination of defect structure using

the electronic paramagnetic resonance (EPR). Hyperfine structure of the EPR spectra in solids.2. Methodical foundations of the EPR. Magnetic properties of an electron and a nucleus. An electron

and a nucleus in the presence of an external magnetic field. Angular momentum operator, its time dependence and macroscopic magnetization. Magnetic resonance experiment. Spin-lattice relaxation. Kinetic equations for a two level system. Bloch equations. The EPR conventional measurement method.

3. EPR spectra. Spin hamiltonian. Electron Zeeman interaction. Fine, hyperfine and superhyperfine structure of the EPR spectra.

4. Optically detected EPR (ODEPR). Spectral form of optical transitions of defects. EPR detection by means of magnetic circular dichroism of absorption (MCDA). MCDA excitation spectra of ODEPR lines. EPR detection of ground and excited states using optical pumping. Optically detected EPR by donor-acceptor pair recombination luminescence. Detection of triplet states with the ODEPR. Detection of auto-localized excitons with the ODEPR.

5. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and electron nuclear double resonance (ENDOR). Resolution problems. Informative possibilities of the EPR and the NMR. Indirect detection and double resonance of the NMR. Examples of the ENDOR spectra

6. Determination of defect symmetry using ENDOR angular dependencies. Defining neighbour cells, interaction tensor and ENDOR angular dependencies.

7. Theoretical interpretation of the superhyperfine and quadrupole interaction. Structure of point defects. Nature of Zeeman, HS and quadrupole interaction. Hyperfine interaction of the central ion.

8. ENDOR spectrometry techniques.9. Sensitivity of the optically detected EPR and ENDOR methods, their experimental peculiarities.Demands for getting credits 1. Pass tests about home control tasks.2. Pass an oral exam

Literature1. R. Drago. Physical Methods in Chemistry. Moscow, Mir, 1981 (in Russian). 2. G. Vertz, G. Bolton. Theory of the EPR Method and Applications. Moscow, Mir, 1975 (in

Russian). 3. J.-M. Spaeth, J. R. Niklas, R. H. Bartram. Structural Analysis of Point Defects in Solids.

Springer, 1992.

LASER SPECTROSCOPY

Author professor Ruvins FerbersSub-branch 13.8.Course’s volume 4 creditsSemester 10Checking form exam

Necessary knowledge Microphysics, quantum mechanicsCourse’s code

Course’s group B – by choice

AnnotationLaser spectroscopy has considerable advantages in studies of different processes. Primarily methods of linear spectroscopy are discussed in the course.

Contents1. Description of radiation in ray, wave and quantum optics.2. Laser spectroscopy, its advantages.3. Linear laser spectroscopy (absorption, opto-acoustic, level-crossing methods).4. Intra-cavity absorption.5. Laser induced fluorescence and molecule dissociation.6. Non-resonant optical excitation.7. Spectroscopy of excited states.8. Optical double resonance.9. Molecular beam spectroscopy.10. Non-linear laser spectroscopy (broadening of spectral lines due to intense quasi-monochromatic

radiation, optical excitation in intense radiation field, saturation spectroscopy).11. Two-photon and many-photon spectroscopy.12. Laser spectroscopy of Raman scattering.13. Laser photometry spectroscopy.

Demands for getting credits

Make laboratory tasks and pass an exam.Literature1. V. Demtröder. Laser Spectroscopy. Moscow, Nauka, 1985 (in Russian).2. N. B. Delone. Interaction of Laser Radiation with Matter. Moscow, Nauka, 1989 (in Russian).3. V. S. Letohov. Spectroscopy of Photo-ionisation Lasers. Moscow, Nauka, 1987 (in Russian).

PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES OF HOLOGRAPHY

Author Assistant professor Jānis HarjaSub-branch 13.7.Course’s volume 2 creditsSemester 10Checking form Test

Necessary knowledge OpticsCourse’s code

Course’s group B – by choice

AnnotationIn the theoretical part of the course physical principles of a stereoscopic image formation are discussed, methods of taking holograms are analysed, and introduction to applications of holography is presented. Taking different holograms and reconstruction of a stereoscopic image using both laser and white light sources are planned in the practical part of the course.

ContentsHolographic methods of reconstruction of a wave front: Gabor experiments, Leith-Upatniek two beam scheme, Denisyuk, Fourier holograms. Geometric analysis of a holographic image. Ortoscopic and pseudoscopic images. Aberrations. Thin and thick holograms. Efficiency of holograms.

Demands for getting credits Pass a test about the learned subject.

Literature

Optical holography. Edited by G. Caulfield (in 2 parts), Moscow, Mir, 1982 (in Russian).

APPLIED HOLOGRAPHY

Author Assistant professor Jānis HarjaSub-branch 13.6.Course’s volume 4 creditsSemester 11Checking form Test

Necessary knowledge OpticsCourse’s code

Course’s group B – by choice

AnnotationHolography is widely employed in our life as a useful method for both scientific investigations and technical applications. In connection with computer technologies holography presents a unique possibility to get a stereoscopic image of an object that doesn’t exist in reality. You only should give information about this object to computer.Different methods of taking classic thin and thick holograms, as well as analysing of their properties, are discussed in the course. Among many holographic applications a stress is made on the holographic interferometry, art holography and computer holography.

ContentsExperimental techniques of holography: isolation of vibrations, visibility of interference bands, coherence demands for light sources, light beam separation, expansion, and filtration. Recording materials and their properties – sensitivity, resolution and exposure characteristic.Pulsed holography. Synthesized computer holograms. Holographic elements. Rainbow holograms. Holographic portrait. Many directional holograms. Colour holograms. Holographic interferometry: two exposures method, averaging in time method, real time method.

Demands for getting credits Make laboratory tasks and pass a test about the learned subject.

Literature

Handbook of Optical Holography. H.J.Caulfield. Academic Press. New York. 1979.

PHYSICS OF LIGHT GUIDES

Author professor Jānis Spīgulis

Sub-branch 13.7.Course’s volume 2 creditsSemester 11Checking form exam

Necessary knowledge OpticsCourse’s code

Course’s group B – by choice

AnnotationThe course deals with physical principles of light guides, set-up of light guides irradiating devices, applications and advantages of light guides.

ContentsElements of physics and technology of light guides: planar and cylindrical dielectric light guides, radiation modes in them; stepped and graded profile light guides; main parameters of optical fibres and their experimental determination; materials and manufacturing technologies of optical fibres. Bundles of optical fibres and liquid light guides.Medical fibre endoscopes: image transfer using regular bundles of optical fibres, illumination of object’s zone, endoscope channels and mechanical nodes. Classification of fibre endoscopes. Video techniques in endoscopy. Light guide probes for pulsoximetry.

Literature1. A. Katzir. Lasers and Optical Fibres in Medicine. Academic Press, N-Y, 1993.2. J. Spīgulis. Optical Fibres. LVU, Rīga, 1987 (in Latvian).

SPECTROSCOPY AND PHOTOCHEMISTRY OF THE POLLUTED ATMOSPHERE

Author Dr.phys. Arnolds ŪbelisSub-branch 3.17Course’s volume 4 creditsSemester 11Checking form Test

Necessary knowledge Atomic and molecular spectroscopyCourse’s code

Course’s group B – by choice

Annotation

Physics is a science about nature. Everywhere we face different interesting and unexplainable phenomena. Human activity has changed the atmosphere very much. And physicists, who are specialized in optics, often have to solve problems of environmental and atmospheric protection.The course presents description of atmospheric phenomena, fundamental research in atmospheric optics, spectroscopy and photochemistry of the polluted atmosphere.

Contents1. Atmosphere vertical and horizontal structure, its composition and dynamics.2. Ionosphere and meteorology.3. Sky shining at night.4. Red bands in temperate latitudes. Northern lights. Coronas. Glories. Nimbi. Brockens’s ghost.

Bishop’s ring. Causes of these phenomena.5. Rainbows. Halo.6. Light refraction in the atmosphere. Astronomical refraction. Mirages.7. Dusk and brightening. Extragalactic radiation. Gravitation lenses.8. Spectral parameters of the atmosphere and pollutant gases.9. Basics of the photochemistry of gases.10. Photo-processes in the polluted atmosphere. Photochemical smog.11. Review of the measuring apparatus of the atmosphere pollution.12. International collaboration in the atmosphere protection.

Demands for getting creditsPass a test about the learned subject.

Literature1. B. J. Finlayson-Pitts, J. N. Pitts. Atmospheric Chemistry: Fundamental and Experimental Techniques.

J. Willey and Sons, 1986.2. Air Quality Guidelines for Europe. World Health Organization Regional Publication, European Series

No 23, Copenhagen, 1987.

Theoretical physics

HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER

Author professor Andrejs CebersProgram master of physicsVolume 2 credit pointsSemester 9Control exam

Conditions Courses of general physics: mechanics, structure of matter and hermal physics. Courses of mathematics: mathematical analysis, vector analysis, differential equations, equations of mathematical physics

Code of courseGroup of course B

AnnotationGeneral principles of the mathematical modeling of the irreversible processes in continuous media - II thermodynamics law, entropy production, thermodynamical forces and fluxes are considered.

ContentII thermodynamics law in continuous media. Entropy production. Thermodynamic forces and fluxes. Kinetic coefficients. Onsager relations. Curie principle. Local thermodynamic equilibrium. Conservation laws in mechanics of continuous media. Thermal fluctuations. Fluctuation-dissipation theorem. Brownian motion and its mathematical description. Fokker-Planck equation. Einstein relation. Heat and mass transfer in two-component media. Cross effects. Thermodiffusion. Irreversible processes in the magnetic field. Onsager-Kazimir relations. Electrokinetic phenomena. Dissipative structures.

Requirements to obtain the credit Oral exam

Literature1. P. de Groot, P.Mazur. Irreversible thermodynamics (in Russ.) - Mir, Moscow,19642. L.D.Landau, E.M.Lifshitz. Statistical physics (in Russ.) - Nauka, Moscow, 19763. G.Nicolis, I.Progozin. Self-organization in nonequilibrium systems (in Russ.) - Mir, Moscow, 1979

INTRODUCTION COURSE OF GENERAL RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY

Authors professor Juris Tambergs researcher Jānis RužaProgramm Master of PhysicsValue of the course 2 credit pointsSemester 9

Control examinationPrior knowledges General physics: mechanics, electrodynamics, optics. Mathematics: mathematical analysis, vector algebra, tensor algebra, vector and tensor analysis

AnnotationThe course covers mathematical apparatus of the special and general relativity theory, equivalence principle, basic understanding of gravitational field, the curvature (Reimann) tensor and its properties, Einstein gravitational field equations, their specific solutions, cosmological models, the relationships between cosmology and physics of elementary particles.

ContentBasic elements of the Special Relativity Theory (SRT). The space-time interval. Lorentz transformations. 4-dimensional vectors and tensors, operations with them. Relativistic (SRT) mechanics and electrodynamics. Basic understanding about gravitational field. Equivalence principle. The basic ideas of the General Relativity Theory (GRT). The space and time intervals in GRT. 4-dimensional geometry in curved coordinate systems. Metric tensor. Covariant differentiation and Christoffel symbols, their

relationship with metric tensor. The basic equations of mechanics and electrodynamics in GRT. Curvature (Reimann) tensor and its properties. The vector paralel transfer in the curved space. Ricci tensor and the scalar curvature of the 4-dimensional space. Einstein gravitational field equations. Their main properties. The problem of the energy-impulse tensor in GRT. The transformation of Einstein equations to the Newton theory of gravity in the limiting case. The solutions of Einstein equations, Schwarzschild metrics. Three classical effects of GRT. Gravitational collapse and black holes. Gravitational waves and the problem of their detection. Cosmological models in the case of isotropic space. Friedman metrics. The closed and open Universe models. Cosmological red shift. Hubble law. The critical density of the Universe. The standard (Big Bang) cosmological model. The „Hot Universe“ scenario. The cosmic background radiation and the discovery of its unhomogenity (1992). Cosmology and physics of elementary particles. The idea about inflationary cosmology in the „very early Universe“. The problems of the quantum gravity and quantum cosmology.

The conditions for obtaining credit points To pass the oral examination

References1. L.D.Landau, J.M.Lifshic. Field theory. 7th Edition. (Nauka, Moscow, 1988) [in Russian].2. S.Weinberg. Gravitation and Cosmology. Principles and Applications of the General Theory of

Relativity. (John Wiley and Sons Inc, N.Y.-London-Sidney-Toronto, 1972) [Russian translation: Nauka, Moscow, 1975].

3. I.M.Halatnikov, A.J.Kamenschik. Singularity, initial conditions and quantum tunneling in modern cosmology.//Uspehi fizicheskih nauk. Vol.168, No.6 (1998) pp.593-611 [in Russian].

4. V.A.Rubakov. Particle physics and cosmology: present status and perspectives.// Uspehi fizicheskih nauk. Vol.169, No.12 (1999), pp.1299-1309 [in Russian].

PRINCIPLES OF SYMMETRY IN PHYSICS

Author docent Vladimirs IvinsProgram M. Sc. in physicsCourse size 4 creditsSemester 9Control form examinationNecessary knowledges basics of group representation theoryCourse code Course group B

SummaryConcept of symmetry in physics appears to be one of the most successful in science. The symmetry of an object, an equation, or a process allows to determine properties of the body, or solution of the equation, or character of the process. The mathematical language for the symmetry is group theory and group representations. Continuous groups and their representation are considered during the course. On the basis of this theory, the formulation of quantum mechanics in the language of symmetries is presented, i.e., concepts about multiplet theory of physical systems and full group of physical system. The group of isospin, hypercharge, SU(3), quarks, Gell-Mann’s and Okubo’s mass formulas and other examples are considered.

ContentsSymmetry and its consequences. Groups of symmetry in physics. Full group of symmetry. Complicated systems: multiplication of multiplets. Non-geometrical groups of symmetry, and higher symmetries.Symmetry in classical physics. E. Nöter’s theorem. Symmetry in quantum mechanics. Transformation of space and time in quantum mechanics. Homogeneity of space and time. Infinitesimal and finite rotation of space. Isotropy of space. Angular momentum of many particle system. Algebra of angular momenta. Addition of momenta. Clebsch - Gordan coefficients.Basics of Lie’s group theory. Lie’s group and Lie’s algebra. Semisimple Lie’s groups. Cardano’s criterium for semisimple Lie’s groups. Invariant (Casimir’s) operators. Racah’s theorem. Multiplets. The

symmetry of problems in quantum mechanics with respect to transformations of the groups. Construction of invariant operators. Groups of symmetry and multipleths for physical systems. Full symmetry group of physical system.Symmetry groups for physical systems. Group of isospin. Hypercharge. SU(3) symmetry. Quarks. Gell-Mann and Okubo’s mass formulas. Multiplets of mesons and baryons. Magnetic momentum of hadrons in quark models. Quark models with spin. Activated states of mesons and baryons. Charm and SU(4) symmetries. Charmon. Mass equations. Ypsilon resonances.

Credit requirements Oral examination.

Literature1. W.Greiner, B.Mueler. Quantenmechanik. Teil 2. Symmetrien. Frankfurt am Mein: Deutsch,

1990. - 570 S.2. W.Greiner, B.Mueler. Quantum Mechanics - Symmetries. Springer - Verlag, 1989.3. К. Мак Вой. Группы симметрии в физике. - Успехи физических наук, 1967, т. 91, вып.

1, с. 121 - 149.4. В.А. Копцик. Принципы причинности, системный подход и симметрия. - В кн.:

Система. Симметрия. Порядок. М.: 1988, с. 121 - 149.

BOUNDARY INTEGRAL EQUATIONS

Author Professor Andrejs CebersProgram master of physicsVolume 2 credit pointsSemester 9Control examConditions Courses of general physics: mechanics, electrodynamics. Courses of

mathematics: mathematical analysis, vector analysis, equations of mathematical physics. Courses of theoretical physics: electrodynamics, theoretical hydrodynamics

Code of courseGroup of course B

AnnotationMethod of the solution of the boundary problems of the equations of mathematical physics based on reducing to the integral equations on the boundary of the region is considered.

ContentFundamental solution of 2D Laplace equation. Single layer potential. Solution of Newman problem by undirect boundary integral equation technique. Green formula for harmonic functions. Fundamental solution of Stokes equations. Reciprocal relation and Green formula for Stokes flow. Hydrodynamic single layer and double layer potentials. Their properties. Dynamics of viscous droplet under the action of surface forces by the boundary integral equations technique. Faxen relations. Boundary integral equations for magnetic field on the surface of the arbitrary 2D bodies.

Requirements to obtain the credit Oral exam and solution of one problem on the computer

Literature1. C.Pozrikidis. Boundary integral and singularity methods for linearized viscous flow. - 1992,

Cambridge University Press.2. C.Pozrikidis. Introduction to theoretical and computational fluid dynamics -1997, Oxford University

Press.3. A.Cebers, I.Drikis. Labyrinthine pattern formation in magnetic liquids. In: Free boundary problems:

theory and applications -1999,Chapman&Hall/CRC - P.14-3

THEORY OF PHASE TRANSITIONS

Author docent Ilmārs Madžulis, Dr. phys.Program M. Sc. in physicsCourse size 4 creditsSemester 9Control form examinationNecessary knowledges Course in statistical physicsCourse codeCourse group B

Course summary The properties of physical systems close to critical points are presented. Various mathematical methods are discussed in context of Ising model in order to describe many particle systems at vicinity of phase transition point. The accurate solution of two-dimensional Ising model of binary alloys and ferromagnetics is used for evaluating the accuracy of various physical and mathematical approximations. The development of up-to-date methods are discussed, int. al., ideas and results of Vilson’s renormgroup.

ContentPartition function for lattice. Solution of two-dimensional Ising model. Critical indexes. Binary alloys.Molecular field approximation. Bethe’s and other approximations. Connection between lattice model and Landau theory. Fluctuations at vicinity of phase transition point. Kadanoff’s transformation. Static points in phase space and critical indexes. Gauss’s static point for systems with more than one spatial dimension. Static point for systems for systems with less than four spatial dimensions. Method of renormgroup, its perspectives and problems. Method of functional integrals for investigation of phase transitions.

Credit requirements1. Solving exercises.

2. Oral examination.

Literature1. Браут К. Фазовые переходы. – М.:Мир, 1965.2. Балеску Р. Равновесная и неравновесная статистическая механика. Т. 1,2. - М.: Мир, 1978.3. Ма Ш. Современная теория критических явлений. – М.: Мир, 1980.4. Вильсон К ., Когут Дж. Ренормализационная группа и e - разложение. - M.: Мир, 1975.

BOGOLIUBOV’S METHOD( CLASSICAL AND QUANTUM STATISTICAL MECHANICS )

Author docent Vladimirs IvinsProgram M.Sc. in physicsCourse size 3 creditsSemester 10Control form examinationNecessary knowledges classical and quantum mechanics, statistical physics Course code Course group B

SummaryBogoliubov’s method (BBGKI chain of equations) is one of the most effective methods for investigation of many particle systems. This method allows to determine all one- and two- particle characteristic distribution functions for physical quantities. These functions can be found from equilibrium condition of the system (Kirkvud, Bogoliubov, Ornshtein - Cernike, hiperchain, Perkus - Jevik a.o.) or kinetic (Boltzmann, Vlasov, etc.) equations.

ContentDistribution and correlation functions. Chain of equations for reduced distribution functions. Correlations in dynamical systems. Formative functional. Distributions and correlation in quantum systems. Systems at low densities. Pair correlation functions. Boltzmann’s equation. Boltzmann - Enskog’s equations. Systems with weak interaction. Pair correlation functions and collision integral. Vlasov and Landau equations. Quantum kinetic equations. Pair correlation functions of nonequilibrium plasma. Bogoliubov - Lenard - Balescu equation. Some equations of statistical theory for liquids. Superposition approximation. Bogoliubov’s equation for radial distribution function. Direct Ornshtein-Cernike correlation functions. Hiperchain theory for liquids. Perkus - Jevik equation for radial distribution function.Statistical theory of crystal in the average field approximation.

Credit requirements Oral examination.

Literature1. Н.Н. Боголюбов. Проблемы динамической теории в статистической физике. - В кн.: Избранные

труды. Киев, 1970.

2. Н.Н. Боголюбов ( мл.), А.Н. Ермилов, А.М. Курбатов. Введение в аналитический аппарат механики. Киев: Наукова думка, 1988. - 176 с.

3. А.В. Шелест. Метод Боголюбова в динамической теории кинетических уравнений. М.: 1990.4. Математическая физика. Энциклопедия. М.: 1998. - 691 с.5. Уленбек Дж., Форд Дж. Лекции по статистической механике. М.: 1965.6. Ролов Б.Н., Ивин В.А., Кузовков В.Н. Статистика и кинетика фазовых переходов в твердом

теле. Рига: 1979.

DENSITY FUNCTIONAL THEORY

Author Docent Boriss Zapols, Dr.habil.phys.Program MSc in Physics

Course size 4 credit pointsSemester 10.Control form testNecessary knowledge Courses in General Physics, Theoretical Physics, Higher

Mathematics, and Mathematical Physics Course code Course group Elective

Summary

The Density Functional Theory is a new perspective quantum mechanical method. Nobel Prize 1998 was awarded to W. Kohn for creation of this method.The course presents physical principles of the Density Functional Theory, as well as its mathematical apparatus. Topical problems of this theory and results of its application to actual computations of structure of the matter are discussed. The course is designed for physicists and chemists who are going to be involved in computations of the structure of matter and/or want to know more about fundamental problems of modern science.

Contents

Reduced density matrices (RDM): definition, properties. Natural states and populations. The rank of wave function. Natural expansion. RDM of one configuration, its projective properties and populations. Superposition of configurations. Expansion in terms of natural spin-orbitals. Self-consistent field method. Hartree-Fock equations. N-representability problem. Density Functional Theory (DFT). Hohenberg-Kohn theorems. Exchange and correlation energy. Kohn-Sham equations. V-representability problem. Levy functional. Local density approximation. DFT for atoms and molecules. DFT for solids. DFT for excited states. RDM-1 and RDM-2 functionals. Quantum hydrodynamics. Integral transform approach in DFT.

Test requirements

The test paper contains 2 questions.

Literature1. S.Lundqvist and N. H. March, eds. Theory of the inhomogeneous elektron gas. Plenum

Press, New York and London, 1983. 2. R.M. Dreizler and E.C.U. Gross, Density Functional Theory (Springer-Verlag, Berlin,

1990).3. B.P. Zapol, Int. J. Quantum Chem. 56, 535, 1995.

APROXIMATE METHODS IN PHYSICS

Author Docent M.Belovs, Dr.math.Program Master of physicsCredits 4 credits

Required for gradeSemester 10

Prerequisites Calculus, Mathematical Physics for bachelor grade

Group of course

B

Annotation:

The objects of the course are various asymptotic methods for function approximation and their applications: integral asymptotic, asymptotic methods of the solution for differential equations, asymptotic solutions for transcendent equations and their various generalizations.

Subjects:

1. The most important operations with asymptotic expansions.2. Asymptotic expansions of the roots of Algebraic and transcendent equations. Regular and singular

asymptotic.3. Uniform asymptotic expansions in the theory of nonlinear oscillation. 4. Differential equations with boundary layer.5. Singular perturbation for linear partial differential equations.6. Differential equations with large parameters. Methods of VKB.7. Review of asymptotyc methods for the solution of operator equations.8. Asymptotic expansions of integrals.9. Advantages and deficiencies of asymptotic methods. Connection between calculating and asymptotic

methods.

Requirements for receiving of credits: 16 hours lectueres, 16 hours practical work. Students are required to fulfill 2 independent home works for themes 2, 3, 4, 6.

Recommended literature:1. Ф.Олвер. Асимптотика и специальные функции. Москва, «Наука», 1978., 376 стр. 2. А.Эрдейи. Асимптотические разложения. Москва, «Наука», 1981., 127 стр.3. М.В.Федорюк. Асимптотика. Интегралы и ряды, Москва, «Наука», 1987., 544 стр.4. А.Найфе. Введение в методы возмущений. Москва, «Мир», 1976., 455 стр.5. Н.Н.Моисеев. Асимптотические методы в нелинейной механике. Москва, «Наука», 1981., 400

стр.6. А.М.Ильин. Согласование асимптотических разложений решений краевых задач. Москва,

«Наука», 1989., 336 стр.7. Н.С.Бахвалов, Г.П.Панасенко. Осреднение процессов в периодических средах. Москва,

«Наука», 1988., 312 стр.8. В.П.Маслов. Асимптотические методы теории возмущений. Москва, «Наука», 1988., 313 стр.

CLASSICAL AND QUANTUM COULOMB SYSTEMS

Author docent Ilmārs MadžulisProgram M. Sc. in physicsCourse size 4 credits

Semester 11Control form testNecessary knowledges courses for B. Sc. in physics

Course codeCourse group optional

Course summary

Real systems of many particles in thermodynamic equilibrium are considered. There are a lot of methods describing such systems. This course considers only those methods that are useful for charged particles (with infinite interaction radius). There are two advantages for such a choice – the number of free parameters is minimal (actually: intrinsic permeability) and obtained results possesses fundamental character.The course is split in two parts: classical and quantum systems.

Content

The first part considers plasma properties at small concentrations: correlation function of electric potential, general dielectric permeability. Equation of state for Coulomb systems. Electrolytic solutions. Phase transitions with respect to concentrations of components in the system. Method of functional integrals, diagram technique. Properties of Green’s function and Dyson’s equation.The second part considers the plasma properties at high densities. Inclusion of quantum effects and Pauli principle. Properties of electron-hole system in semiconductors. Calculation of ionization degree for gases.Quantum mechanics in representation of Feynman’s path integrals. Space-time Green’s functions for Coulomb systems. The use of diagrams in calculation of Green’s function.

Credit requirements. Manual training and discussion.

Literature

1. D. Zubarev, V. Morozov, G. Ropke. Statistical Mechanics of Nonequilibrium Processes. V 1, V 2. Akademie Verlag. 1996.

2. R. Feynman, A. Hibbs. Quantum Mechanics and Path Integral. McGraw-Hill Book Company. 1965.

COMPLEX SYSTEMS

Author professor Andrejs Cēbers

Program master of physics

Volume 4 credit point

Semester 11Control exam

Conditions: courses of general physics: mechanics, structure of matter and thermal physics. Courses of mathematics: mathematical analysis, differential equations, equations of mathematical physics

Code of courseGroup of course B

Annotation:

Contemporary approaches to description of the different complex systems – polymer solutions, membranes, liquid crystals, colloidal solutions and others are considered. The basic equation for the description of static and dynamic processes in those systems are given.

Content:

General principles of the thermodynamics of irreversible processes. Brownian motion theory.Thermodynamic theory of phase transformation kinetics. The notions about the conserved and unconserved order parameters. Ostwald relaxation. Phase transformation kinetics in strong segregation limit. Stefan problem. The notion about diffusion controlled growth processes. Anizotropic liquids. Nematic and smectic liquid crystals. Elasticity theory of the nematic liquid crystals. Hydrodynamics of the nematic liquid crystals. Smectic liquid crystals. Membranes. Curvature elasticity energy of the membranes.Method of lattice–gas for the mathematical simulation of complex systems. FHP model and its modifications.

References:

1. P.M.Chaikin, T.C.Lubensky. Principles of Condensed Matter Physics – Cambridge University Press, 1995.

2. P. de Gennes. Scaling in physics of polymers – M., Mir, 1982.3. J.S.Langer. Instabilities and pattern formation in crystal growth // Reviews of Modern Physics – 1980

– v.52, Nr.1 – P. 1-28.4. P. de Gennes. Liquid Crystals – M., Mir, 1977.5. Statistical mechanics of membranes and surfaces. V. 5, edited by D.Nelson, T.Piran and S.Weinberg.6. D.Rothman, S.Zaleski. Lattice-gas models of phase separation: interfaces phase transitions and

multiphase flow // Review of Modern Physics – 1994 – v.66, Nr.4 – P. 1417-1479.

Chemical physics

METHODS OF QUANTUM CHEMISTRY

Author Docent Boriss Zapols, Dr. habil. phys.

Program MSc in PhysicsCourse size 4 creditsSemester 9Control form examinationNecessary knowledge Courses in General Physics, Theoretical Physics, Higher Mathematics,

and Mathematical Physics Course code Course group Elective

SummaryThe course is intended to provide basic knowledge in mathematical methods used in Quantum Chemistry. The many-electron system quantum mechanics, which provides grounds for the modern theoretical and computational chemistry employs various special mathematical techniques. The comprehension of these techniques is necessary to everybody who is going either to further develop the quantum chemical methods and codes or to apply them to investigations of properties and structure of matter.

Contents Theory of linear spaces. Linear spaces. Direct sum of spaces. Operators. Operator functions. Principles of the group theory. Group postulates. Isomorphism and homomorphism. Direct product of groups. Subgroups. Cosets. Classes of conjugated elements. Invariant group. Factor-group. Group representation. Irreducible representations. Characters. Direct product of representations. Clebsh-Gordan coefficients. Regular representations. Construction of an irreducible representation basis. Lee groups. Infinitesimal operators. Permutational symmetry. Groups of permutations. Classes. Young schemes. Young-Jamanuti representation. Construction of the standard representation. Conjugated representation. Construction of antisymmetrical functions. Young operators. Construction of a standard representation basis. Central symmetry. 3D rotation group. Angular moment operators. Stairs operators. Summation of angular moments. Clebsh-Gordan-Wigner coefficients. 3nj-coefficients. Graph technique in the angular moment theory. Irreducible tensorial operators. Eckart-Wigner theorem. Construction of many-spin functions. Synthetical methods. Projectors in the spin space. Analytical methods. Symmetry of molecules and crystals. Spatial transformations. Point groups. Groups of translations. Spatial groups. Density matrices. Reduced density matrices (RDM): definition and properties. Natural expansion of RDM. The rank of wave function. Dual natural states. RDM of a system of independent fermions. Variational methods. Variational principle and Schrödinger equation. Ritz method. Variational problem with restrictions.

Test requirementsThe examination is oral. The examination paper contains 2 questions and a problem.

Literature1. I. V. Abarenkov, V. F. Bratsev, A. V. Tulub. Principles of quantum chemistry. Moscow, Vysshaya Shkola Publs., 1989, in Russian.2. J. P. Elliott and P. G. Dawber. Symmetry in Physics, Vol. 1 and 2, London, Macmillan Press, 1979.

QUANTUM CHEMISTRY, 1 and 2

Author Leading Researcher Emma Šidlovska, Dr. phys.Program M. Sc. in PhysicsCourse size 6 creditsSemester 9 and 10.Control form test in 1 semester and examination in 2 semesterNecessary knowledges Courses in Quantum Mechanics, Theoretical Mechanics, Higher

Mathematics, and Numerical Methods in PhysicsCourse code Course group Elective

SummaryThe course presents methods of electronic and spatial structure calculations for molecules and crystals using a general approach: molecule or crystal is considered as a many-atomic system with nuclear and electron subsystems. The course includes methods of quantum chemistry applicable for both molecules and crystals ground state and exited states electron structure calculations, as well as those suitable for crystals only. The course contains also basic methods of nuclear movement description.The course is oriented to formation of common insight into quantum theory of materials structure.

Contents of the course

1. Nucleus and electron subsystems of a many-atomic system, description of the nuclear subsystem. 2. Electron subsystem description in the ground state. 3. Methods for taking into account the electron correlation in the ground state and in excited states. 4. Methods for electron structure calculations of molecules.5. Methods for electron structure calculations of crystals.

Examination requirementsExamination admission requirement is passing the test in the first semester. The examination is oral. It is allowed to use any literature. The examination paper contains 2 questions and 1 problem, each of them being rated separately. The total rate equals to the mean value of the answers.

Test requirementsThe test is oral. It is allowed to use any literature. The test paper contains 2 questions and 1 problem, each of them being rated separately. The total rate equals to the least value of the answers. To pass the test total rate should be 5 or higher.

Literature1. O. Madelung. Solid state theory. Moscow, Nauka Publs, 1980 (in Russian).2. S. Huzinaga. Method of molecular orbitals. Moscow, Mir Publs, 1983 (in Russian).3. 1. I. V. Abarenkov, V. F. Bratsev, A. V. Tulub. Principles of quantum chemistry. Moscow, Vysshaya Shkola Publs., 1989, in Russian.

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL KINETICS, 1 and 2

Autors Docent, Dr. habil. fiz. Boriss ZapolsHead of Laboratory, Dr. habil. fiz. Jevgeņijs Kotomins Lead. Res., Dr. habil. fiz. Vladimirs. Kuzovkovs

Program MSc in PhysicsCourse size 6 creditsSemesters 10 and 11Control form test and examinationNecessary knowledge Courses in General Physics, Theoretical Physics, and Higher

Mathematics Course code

Course group Elective (Chemical Physics)Summary

The course presents concepts and basic equations of physical and chemical kinetics. Many-body effects in kinetics and particle accumulation effects are considered. The course is aimed to mastering the solving methods of kinetics problems.

ContentsFormal chemical kinetics. Main reaction types in condensed matter. Active mass law. Classification of reactions. Particle method in chemical kinetics. Kinetic and structural particles. Diffusion in solids. Diffusion mechanisms in crystals. Concept of reaction rate. Contact reactions and tunneling reactions. Energy transfer in solids. Tunneling transfer of atoms and electrons. Defects in solids, their models. Reactions between main types of defects. Statistical description of a many-particle system. Particle densities of different orders. Correlation between particles. Correlation functions (CF). Derivation of CF equations hierarchy. Kirkwood superposition approximation and other methods of breaking the CF equation infinite chain. Linear approximation in the diffusion controlled reaction theory. Kinetics of statistical reactions. dependence of the diffusion controlled reaction constant on time. Correlated particle couple recombination kinetics. Role of interaction between reagents. Many-body effects in kinetics. Derivation of CF equations hierarchy in the cases of statistical and diffusion controlled reactions. Reaction effective rate and defect aggregatisation. Many-body effects in the distant reactions: tunneling recombination and energy transfer kinetics. Kinetics of nonstationary processes and different methods of its description. Kinetics of hop controlled processes. Particle accumulation kinetics. Concept of radiation defect types and their accumulation kinetics in nonmetallic solids. Many-body effects accounting methods for accumulation of defects. Kirkwood approximation. Account for diffusion and initial particle correlation. Effects of tunneling recombination and dynamic interaction of particles.

RequirementsTest and examination

Literature1. Eiring, S.G.Lin,S.M.Lin, Principles of Chemical Kinetrics, Moscow, Mir, !983 (in Russian).2. E.A.Kotomin, A.B.Doktorov. phys.stat.solidi b, 114, 9, (1982). 3. V.N.Kuzovkov and E.A.Kotomin. Reports on Progress in Physics, 51, 1479 (1988).

EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES FOR INVESTIGATION OF CONDENSED MATTER ELECTRONIC AND ATOMIC STRUCTURE

Authors Leading researcher D.Erts, Dr.Chem. Leading researcher J.Dzelme, Dr.Chem.Program Master physicsCoarse size 3 credit pointsSemester 10Control form testNecessary knowledge General physicsCourse code Course group Elective – Chemical Physics /B/

Summary Experimental techniques for investigation of condensed matter electronic and atomic structure: theoretical principles, realization of technique and applications will be presented. Equipment demonstration and experimental work with selected methods will be performed.

ContentsTechniques for investigation of electronic structure. Optical spectroscopy (absorption, luminescence) including time resolution, electromagnetic spectroscopy (cyclotron resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance, nuclear magnetic resonance). Electron and X-ray spectroscopy (photoelectron and secondary electron emission, Auger spectroscopy, tunnel and ion spectroscopy, field emission methods, Mössbauer spectroscopy, scanning tunnelling microscopy.Techniques for investigation of atomic structure. X-ray, electron, neutron structural analysis. Molecular and atomic beam scattering, scanning probe microscopy.Equipment demonstration and laboratory work with selected methods.

Credit requirements4 laboratory works.

Literature 1. 1. D.P.Woodruff and T.A.Delcar, Modern Techniques of Surface Science, Cambridge

University Press (1986)2. Practical Surface Analysis by Auger and X-ray Photoemission Spectroscopy. Editors D.Briggs

and M.P.Seah. J.Wiley & Sons (1983).3. Goldstein J.I., Newbury D.E., Echlin P., Joy D.C., Fiori C. and Lifshin, Scanning Electron

Microscopy and X-ray Microanalysis. E. Plenum Press (1981). 4. R.Wiesendanger Scanning Probe Microscopy and Spectroscopy. Cambridge, University Press,

637 p. (1994).5. T.A.Carlson, Photoelectron and Auger Spectroscopy, Plenum Press, New York, London,

1975.

SOLID STATE THEORY

Authors Boris Zapol, Docent, Dr.habil.phys.Eugene Kotomin, Prof., Dr habil. phys.

Programme M. Sc in PhysicsCourse size 3 creditsSemester 10Control form examinationNecessary knowledge Courses in General Physics, Theoretical Physics, Higher Mathematics,

and Mathematical PhysicsCourse code Course group Elective (Chemical Physics)

SummaryThe course presents concepts, methods, and mathematical approaches of solid state physics necessary for analysis of physical phenomena microscopic mechanism in solids. Special attention is drawn to kinetic, optical, magnetic and dielectric properties.

Contents Symmetry of crystals and Brillouin zone. Translation symmetry. Bravais lattices, symmetry of their sites. Wigner-Seits cells. Reciprocal lattice. First Brillouin zone. Born-Karman conditions.

Lattice vibrations. Lattice dynamics. Lattice sums. Lattice heat capacity. Spectral density of lattice vibrations. Electron diffraction in a perfect crystal. Diffraction in a crystal with vibrations. Phonons. Debay-Waller factor. Thermal expansion of crystal. Static properties of solid state. Types of solids: band picture and bond picture. Bond energy. Density of states. Statistics of electrons and holes. Electron heat capacity. Dynamics of electrons. Wannier functions. Motion equations. Wannier representation. Equivalent hamiltonian. Impurity levels. Quasiclassical dynamics. Mass tensor. Electrons and holes. Excitons. Zener break-down. Electron tunneling. Electron scattering on impurities. Polarons and electron-phonon interaction. Kinetic properties. Kinetic equation. Electrical conductance. Relaxation time. Impurity resistance. Lattice resistance. Mobility of lattice charge carriers. Kinetic coefficients. Thermal conductance. Thermoelectrical effects. Lattice thermal conductance. Phonon drift. Optical properties. Dispersion and absorption. Lattice absorption. Many-phonon processes. Interband transitions. Interaction with conductivity electrons. Magnetic properties. Orbital magnetic susceptibility. Spin paramagnetism. Curie-Weiss law. Ferromagnetism. Exchange interaction. Antiferromagnetism. Ising model. Spin waves. Dielectrical properties. Polarization mechanisms in insulators. Dipole orientation. Electronic and ionic polarizability. Piezoelectricity and piezoelectrostriction. Ferroelectrical properties. Domains. Antiferroelectricity.

Credit requirementsExamination

Literature

4. J. Zaiman. Solid state theory principles. Moscow, Mir Publs, 1966, in Russian. 5. Ch. Kittel. Solid state quantum theory. Moscow, Nauka Publs, 1966, in Russian.6. A.I.Anselm. Introduction to the theory of semiconductors. Moscow, Mir Publs, 1978 in Russian.

DENSITY FUNCTIONAL THEORY

Author Docent Boriss Zapols, Dr.habil.phys.Program MSc in Physics

Course size 3 credit pointsSemester 10.Control form testNecessary knowledge Courses in General Physics, Theoretical Physics, Higher Mathematics,

and Mathematical Physics Course code Course group Elective

Summary

The Density Functional Theory is a new perspective quantum mechanical method. Nobel Prize 1998 was awarded to W. Kohn for creation of this method.The course presents physical principles of the Density Functional Theory, as well as its mathematical apparatus. Topical problems of this theory and results of its application to actual computations of structure of the matter are discussed. The course is designed for physicists and chemists who are going to

be involved in computations of the structure of matter and/or want to know more about fundamental problems of modern science.

Contents

Reduced density matrices (RDM): definition, properties. Natural states and populations. The rank of wave function. Natural expansion. RDM of one configuration, its projective properties and populations. Superposition of configurations. Expansion in terms of natural spin-orbitals. Self-consistent field method. Hartree-Fock equations. N-representability problem. Density Functional Theory (DFT). Hohenberg-Kohn theorems. Exchange and correlation energy. Kohn-Sham equations. V-representability problem. Levy functional. Local density approximation. DFT for atoms and molecules. DFT for solids. DFT for excited states. RDM-1 and RDM-2 functionals. Quantum hydrodynamics. Integral transform approach in DFT.

Test requirements

The test paper contains 2 questions.

Literature1. S.Lundqvist and N. H. March, eds. Theory of the inhomogeneous elektron gas. Plenum Press, New

York and London, 1983. 2. R.M. Dreizler and E.C.U. Gross, Density Functional Theory (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1990).3. B.P. Zapol, Int. J. Quantum Chem. 56, 535, 1995.

CHEMICAL PHYSICS OF SURFACES OF SOLIDS

Author Leading researcher Juris Dzelme, Dr.Chem.Programme M. Sc. in physicsCoarse size 1 credit pointsSemester 11.Control form testNecessary knowledge General physics, quantum mechanics, quantum chemistryCourse code Course group Elective – Chemical Physics /B/

SummaryA review of surface investigation methods is given In the Course. Atomic and electronic structure of surfaces, and defects at surface are considered. Special attention is paid to physical and chemical processes at surfaces. Different types of sorption, diffusion processes, catalytic, electrochemical reactions at surfaces, and dissolution processes are considered in detail. Role of surface defects in surface processes and their application in electronics are considered.

Contents

Methods of investigation of surfaces. Electronic structure of surfaces. Reconstruction of surface of a solid. Radiation interaction with surface. Surface defects. Adsorption. Chemosorption. Surface diffusion. Reactions at surfaces. Electrochemistry. Catalysis. Dissolution. Lioluminescence. Colloidal physics and

chemistry. Applications of surface defects in electronics. Structure of polymer surfaces. Processes at polymer surfaces.

Credit requirementsTest

Literature

1. D.P.Woodruff and T.A.Delcar. Modern Techniques of Surface Science. Cambridge University

Press 1986. 2. J.Kuppers, G.Ertl. Low Energy Electrons and Surface Chemistry. Monographs of Modern Chemistry,

Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 1974. 3. H-J.Guntherodt and R.Wiesendanger (Eds.). Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. Part I, II. Berlin,

Springer Verlag (1992). 4. M.Kalniņš. Physical Chemistry of Polymers. Riga, Zvaigzne, 1988, 242 p.

METHOD OF PSEUDOPOTENTIALS

Author Docent Boriss Zapols, Dr.habil.phys.Course size 3 credit pointsSemester 11.Control form testNecessary knowledges Courses in General Physics, Theoretical Physics, Higher Mathematics,

and Mathematical Physics Course code Course group Facultative - Chemical Physics /B/

Summary

Theoretical studies of large and complex quantum systems require for simplified approaches to be used in order to made computations faster, cheaper, or just possible. Often it is sufficient to describe precisely only the most important part of the system, replacing the rest of the system with an effective field. The potential of this field is called the pseudopotential. This cannot be found using only the laws of classical electrodynamics since, besides of Coulombic field from the rest of the system, it contains also essentially quantum mechanical contributions such as exchange, correlation, and Pauli force terms, as well as relativistic corrections.

The method of pseudopotentials (PP) is widely used in studies of structure of the matter as it provides a drastic reduction of the amount of computations. Application of this technique requires for knowledge of its mathematical apparatus as well as comprehention of the physical essence of the pseudopotentials.

The course is designed for physicists and chemists involved in researches on the electronic and spatial structure of matter. Both physical principles and mathematical formalism of the method of PP are presented. PP for different systems, according to the number of valence electrons and degree of the account of correlation, as well as specific mathematical epressions used for model PP are considered. Methods of derivation of the PP and core-core potentials are discussed.

A great deal of attention is paid to the consistent variational approach. For this goal, the electron group functions theory is presented, the strong orthogonality approximation used therein as well as a technique for dealing with non-orthogonal group functions are discussed. Gauge transformations of group functions are introduced and are shown to provide a natural way for generalisation of the notion of pseudopotential for the case of internally correlated subsystems. This part of the course is based on the original studies of the author.

Specific models and results for atoms, molecules, and solids are presented.

Test requirements

The test is oral. The test paper contains 3 questions, each of them being rated separately. The total rate equals to the mean value of the answers.

Literature 1. L.Szasz. Pseudopotential theory of atoms and molecules. J.Willey&Sons, 1985.2. B.P.Zapol, V.E.Puchin, Int. J. Quant. Chem., 41, 581-590, 1992.

METHODS OF CALCULATIONS OF THE POINT DEFECTS IN CRYSTALS

Author Leading Researcher Emma Šidlovska, Dr. phys.Program M. Sc. in PhysicsCourse size 3 creditsSemester 11.Control form test Necessary knowledges Course in Quantum Chemistry (material of the first semester)Course code Course group Elective

Summary

The course presents modern methods of electron structure calculations of point defects in crystals, as well as main approaches for description of the point defects: the Molecular Cluster Model and Green Functions Method.

Contents of the course

1. Localisation and delocalisation of one-electron wavefunction. Bloch functions and Wannier functions, relation between them. Concept of structural elements.

2. Equations for one-electron wavefunctions with arbitrary localisation. Invariance of one-electron density matrix and total wavefunction under linear transformation of one-electron wavefunctions. Adams-Gilbert equations.

3. Embedded Molecular Cluster (EMC) model. Basic ideas of the model. Pseudopotential from the crystalline environment. Response of the remaining part of crystal on the defect.

4. Green Functions Method (resolvent method). Perturbed cluster model. Perturbed crystal model. The case of localised perturbing potential. Band, local and quasi-local states.

Test requirements

The test is oral. It is allowed to use any literature. The test paper contains 3 questions, each of them being rated separately. The total rate equals to the least value of the answers.

Literature 1 I. V. Abarenkov, V. F. Bratsev, A. V. Tulub. Principles of quantum chemistry. Moscow, Vysshaya Shkola Publs., 1989, in Russian.2. J. Zakis, L. Kantorovich, E. Kotomin, V. Kuzovkov, I. Tale, A. Shluger. Models of processes in wide-gap defectedm solids. Riga, Zinatne Publs, 1991, in Russian.

RADIOLYSIS OF SOLID STATE

Authors Leading researcher Juris Dzelme, Dr.Chem.Leading researcher Stanislav Chernov, Dr. hab. phys.

Programme M. Sc. in physicsCoarse size 2 credit pointsSemester 11.Control form testNecessary knowledge General physicsCourse code Course group Elective – Chemical Physics /B/

SummaryThe following matter is considered in the Course: Types of ionizing radiation, its interaction with substance, types of defects produced by radiation, physics of the defects, relevant research methods, dependence of substance properties on defects, as well as ionizing radiation dosimetry and its applications in technology.

Contents

Types of ionizing radiation. Ionizing radiation interaction with substance. Fotoionization of solids. Optical constants and methods of their determination. Zones of optical absorption: a) absorption due to exciton production; b) absorption due to electron-hole pair production. Fotoionization quantum yield and its spectral dependence. Ionization of solids absorbing g-quanta and X-rays from a trigging charged particle. Defect formation mechanisms. Frenkel un Shottki defects. Defect formation threshold mechanism. Defect formation subthreshold mechanisms. Exciton and electron-hole mechanisms. Mechanisms of ionization. Reactions with defects. Reactions causing emission of light quanta. Radioluminescence. Luminescence related to intrinsic defects and impurities.

Agglomeration of defects. Dependence of substance properties on defects. Experimental methods of investigations on defects. Dosimetry. Ionization radiation applications in technology.

Credit requirementsTest

Literature1. K.K.Švarcs, J.A.Ekmanis. Dielectrical materials. Radiation processes and resistance to radiation. Riga, Zinatne, 1989, 187 p. (in Russian)2. V.M.Agranovich, M.D.Galanin. Electron excitation energy transfer in condensed matter. Moscow, Nauka, 1978, 382 p. (in Russian)3. V.S.Vavilov et al, Radiation influence onto semiconductors. Moscow, Nauka, 1988, 187 p. (in Russian)4. M.A.Elango. Elementary non-elastic radiation processes. Moscow, Nauka, 1988 (in Russian)

NANOPHYSICS AND NANOCHEMISTRY OF SURFACES

Authors Leading researcher D.Erts, Dr.Chem. Leading researcher J.Dzelme, Dr.Chem.Programme M. Sc. in physicsCoarse size 3 credit pointsSemester 11.Control form testNecessary knowledges General physics, quantum mechanics, quantum chemistryCourse code Course group Elective – Chemical Physics /B/

Summary

Creating, properties, quantum effects, applications and perspectives of solid state, organic and biological nanostructures will be presented.

ContentsOne-, two-, and three-dimensional nanostructures. Surface structure of solid state and defects, thin films, Langmuir-Blodgett, self-assembled, and biological structures.Methods of creating and investigation of nanostructures. Electron, X-ray, and optical lithography, scanning probe microscopy, epitaxial and plasma methods, heterogeneous, chemical, and electrochemical reactions, self-organized structures.Quantum processes in nanostructures. Quantum limits of microelectronics, electron spectrum and current quantization, conductivity channels, transmission, reflection, Landau formulae, experiments with atomic contacts. Semi-open quantum box, quasi-bounded states, wave functions, state extension, lifetime, resonant tunneling through quasi-bounded states. Transmission coefficient, Breit-Wigner resonance equation. Control of electron levels, electrostatic gates, effects of magnetic field. Electron configuration and transport dependence on charge, Coulomb blockade, conductance oscillations. Interaction between confined electrons and electromagnetic field, 2D systems, resonance dynamics, Rabi oscillations.Bionanotechnology. Sensors, information processing, possibilities of chemical transformation of materials, energetics.Molecular electronics. Principles and experiments.Creating of neuron nets and action.

Test requirementsOral test.

Literature 1. Mesoscopic phenomena in Solids, ed. B.L.Altshuler, P.A. Lee, R.A. Webb. North-Holland Amsterdam Oxford New Yourk Tokyo 556 p. (1991).2. Mesoscopic Electron Transport, Ed. L.L.Sohn, L.P.Kouwenhoven, G.Schön. Kluwer Academic Publishers Dordrecht\ Boston\London, SeriesE: Applied Sciences – Vol. 345 677 p. (1996).3. J.J. Storhoff , C.A. Mirkin, Programmed materials synthesis with DNA, Chem. Rev. 99, 1849-1862 (1999)4.H-J.Guntherodt and R.Wiesendanger (Eds.) Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. Part I, II. Berlin, Springer Verlag (1992)

SCANNING TUNNELLING MICROSCOPY AND SPECTROSCOPY

Authors Leading researcher Donāts Erts, Dr.Chem. Leading researcher Juris Dzelme, Dr.Chem.Program M.Sc. in physicsCoarse size 3 credit pointsSemester 11.Control form testNecessary knowledges General physicsCourse code Course group Elective – Chemical Physics /B/

Summary Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy (STM) allows observing individual atoms and electronic structure of surfaces. Principles, construction, application of STM and other scanning probe methods will be explained. Project work will be done using one of scanning probe methods.

ContentsSTM – principles and applications. STM constructions. Vibroisolation, scanning, electronics, programs, tips. Surface scanning using constant current and height, nonlinear, and noise methods.Theories of electron tunnelling. One dimensional approach, collision, Bardeen hamiltonian, semi-classical, Giaver, and one-electron tunnelling theories.Tunnelling spectroscopy and applications. Constant current, constant and variable height methods. Investigations of band and chemical structures of surfaces.Other scanning probe methods. Scanning Force Microscopy (principles, construction, surface morphology, Atomic Force Spectroscopy, Noncontact Force Microscopy). Scanning Magnetic Force, Near-Field Optical, Acoustic, Thermal, Electrochemical, Pipette Microscopy.STM comparison to other methods for investigation of atomic and electron structure.STM nanophysics and nanochemistry of surfaces. Creating and investigation of nanostructures. Scanning Probe Microscopes in nanotechnology.Minisymposium on SPM problems and applications.Project work with STM or Atomic Force Microscope.

Test requirements1. Report at minisymposium.

2. Project work. Literature 1. R.Wiesendanger (Editor) Scanning Probe Microscopy and Spectroscopy. Cambridge, University Press (1994). 2. C.J. Chen. Introduce to Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. New York: Oxford Univ. Press. (1993)3. H-J.Guntherodt and R.Wiesendanger (Eds.) Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. Part I, II. Berlin, Springer Verlag (1992). 4. J.A.Stroscio, W.J.Kaiser (Eds.) Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. Academic Press, Inc. (1993).

MASTER STUDY COURSE DESCRIPTION

B Optional courses

Didactis of physics

ONTODIDACTIC OF PHYSICS

Author docent A.BroksProgram master of science in physicsCredits 4 creditsSemester 9 and 10Required for grade examPrerequisites Course code Course group B Annotation Considering the remarkable impact of scientific and technological progress on world’s life today and introducing main concepts of systemology, actual changes and transformations in physics education and development of new general physics courses is studied. SubjectsCHANGES AND TRANSFORMATIONS IN LIFE AND EDUCATION: progress of science and technique - process and results. Main sectors of life experience and education, modern science and technique education - human in natural and technical environment, mission of general physics, chemistry and biology, crisis of science education today. Systems theory in pedagogic and notion of ontodidactic.PHYSICAL PHENOMENA STUDY ON PRESCHOOL, BASIC AND MIDDLE STAGE OF EDUCATION: artistic and scientific consciousness of human, development of unified system of notions and scientific understanding of the world. General guidelines for the development of educational courses ( principles of the unity of philosophy and psychology, intellect and moral, theory and practice, factology and causality).GENERAL PHYSICS COURSE FOR BASIC AND MIDDLE (SECONDARY) STAGE OF EDUCATION: the set of main notions and relations, it’s scientific, fundamental and general character. Basic physics for lower

secondary school (7 - 9 grades). General physics for upper secondary school (10 - 12 grades), thematic structure of the course and methods of its realization. Physics as the part of integrated natural science’s course, physics for the general mathematics, natural sciences and technologies educational program. Requirement for receiving of credits : 64 academic contact hours ( 28 h - lectures, 36 h - seminars ). Exam in written and oral form, each student presents his or her own individually and in groups prepared study project and gives answers to appropriate questions.Literature :1. P.Black. INNOVATION AND CHANGE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION. - Proceedings of GIREP-ICPE international

conference New ways of teaching physics, Ljubljana, 1996, (pp. 23-33).2. S.Šēbergs. KRITISKI VĒRTĒJOT IZGLĪTĪBAS PERSPEKTĪVAS DABASZINĀTNĒS. - “Skolotājs”, 5/98( 21.- 25.lpp.).3. A.Broks. IZGLĪTĪBAS SISTEMOLOĢIJA. - Rīga, raka, 2000, (175 lpp.)4. A.Broks. VISPĀRIZGLĪTOJOŠĀ FIZIKA VIDĒJĀS IZGLĪTĪBAS PAKĀPĒ. - Starptautiskās zinātniskās

konferences “Dabaszinātnes un skolotāju izglītība” (Daugavpils, 2000.g.27.-28.aprīlis) rakstu krājums, I daļa, Daugavpils , DPU izdevniecība “Saule”, 2000 (86.-99.lpp.).

SYNERGETIC

Author Doc. Tomass Romanovskis, Dr. phys.Program master of science in physicsCredits 2 creditsSemester 9Required for grade examPrerequisites General physics and calculus

Course code Course group B

Annotation

Introduction in non-linear phenomena and self-organisation in physics , chemistry, biology and cosmology. Computer simulation of non-linear phenomena and self-organisation and basic concepts of synergetic.

Subjects1. Non-linear phenomena, chaos, fractals

2. Research methods of non-linear phenomena

3. Determined chaos

4. Basic ideas of synergetic

5. Non-equilibrium systems and order

6. Thermodynamic and conditions for evolution

7. Chaos and creation of structures

8. Evolution in cosmology

9. Evolution in chemical and biological systems

10. Selected labs and computer simulation

Sources

R.Manke, J.Šmelcers, G.Repke. Nelineārās parādības un pašorganizēšanās. Rīga, "Mācību grāmats", 1995, 206 lpp.

HISTORY OF PHYSICS

Author: Prof., Dr.hab.phys. E d v ī n s Š i l t e r sProgram: physics master study program Credits: 2 Semester 10Part of the program: B (option)Form of assessment: examPre-requisites: natural sciences bachelor program

Course annotation.Course is developed as methodological course. Main methodological principles and historical development of general ideas of physics are discussed.

Content.

Establishment of physics as autonomous science. Evolution of physics methodology in different periods of history. Experimental and theoretical methods in physics, their relations. Physics in schools and for other nonprofessional groups, physics as science. Physics in the context of other natural and engineering sciences.Views of antic physics. Atomism and Aristotle’s physics. Development of the idea of extreme action in mechanics, optics, theoretical mechanics, principle of minimum action in modern physics. Ideas of relativistic physics. Period before Einstein’s special theory of relativity. Crisis in electromagnetism. Special theory of relativity.Phenomenon of gravitation. Views on gravitation before Newton. Newton’s theory of gravitation. Principle of equivalence. General theory of relativity as theory of gravitation field.

Century of quantum physics. M.Plank and theory of radiation. Principles of Borh’s quantum theory. Development of wave and matrix mechanics. Interpretations of quantum mechanics. Theories of quantum fields.Evolution of ideas in thermodynamics- from S.Carno till thermodynamics of nonequilibrium processes.

Requirements for receiving of credits.Essay on freely chosen theme and written exam.

Literature.

S.Kudrjavcevs. Fizikas vēsture (krievu valodā). Izd. Mir 1960., 650 lpp.Makss Borns. Einšteina relativitātes teorija ((krievu valodā). Izd. Mir 1968., 446 lpp.

PHYSICAL BASIS OF METROLOGY

Author: Prof., Dr.hab.phys. E d v ī n s Š i l t e r sProgram: physics master study program Credits: 2 Semester: 10Part of the program: BForm of assessment: examPre-requisites: natural sciences bachelour program

Course annotation.Course is developed as methodological course. Systems of units, standards of units and evolution of its realization, as well as physical principles of basic standards are discussed.

Content.

Metrology as science. Structure, tasks and tendencies of the development of metrology. Place and role of metrology in Physics Didactic. Organization of metrological services.Distance measurements. Development of metric system. Astronomic standard of meter. Modern definition of the meter and its realization, based on use of interferometric methods.Time measurements. Astronomic scales of time. Modern definition of the second and its realization, using quantum generators.Mass and derived quantities measurements. Classical standard of mass. Main functions of the notion MASS. Principle of equivalence. Determination of derived quantities.Measurements of electrical quantities. Development of absolute electrical unit system. Modern systems of units. Quantum standard of electric potential difference.Measurements of thermodynamic quantities. Scales and measurements of temperature. Absolute and thermodynamic temperature. Reference points for temperature scales.Physical constants. Place and role of physical constants in physics evolution. Classification of constants. Absolute constants.

Requirements for receiving of credits.

Colloquy (two control tests) and written exam.

Literature.

Regulations for use of physical units.

FUNDAMENTALS OF SYSTEMOLOGYAuthor docent A.BroksProgram master of science in physicsCredits 2 creditsSemester 10Required for grade colloquyCourse group B (option)Annotation:Main principles of systemology as general science of universe order-disorder analysis, studies include the development of understanding scientific research methodology as well as philosophical and psychological background of modern homo sapiens spiritual life. Joint theoretical and practical problems are the subjects for discussion and independent studies.

SubjectsUNIVERSE and HUMAN: reasonable human (homo sapiens) - feelings, mind and will. Universal cycle of human’s action - cognition, consciousness, behavior; conscious and nonconscious life, artistic (emotional) and scientific (rational) reflection of the universe in human’s consciousness. Observation and communication processes, real and unreal world as reflected universe in human’s consciousness, direct and indirect communication of people, spirit as information and processing of information as the basis of human’s spiritual activity (obtaining, treatment, storing and utilizing of information). Organization of human’s consciousness, systemic way of the reflection of universe by human.ABC of SYSTEMOLOGY : main notions - media and system, content of system and it’s hierarchy, structure of system, properties of system and their origin. Scientific research of systems - linguistic aspects, notions of space and time. Factology (statics, kinetics) and causality (dynamics, energetics). Myths and models. Aim oriented design of systems. Basic kinds of systems and their classifications: division according to the content of system - material and ideal, real and unreal, natural and artificial(technical) systems, etc.; division of systems according to the character of their mutability: deterministic and stochastic, static and kinetic, uniformly and nonuniformly changing systems, etc.; division of systems according to their properties: substantial (material), informational, producing, serving, managing, executing systems, etc. Examples of practical systems. Requirements for receiving of credits :

32 academic contact hours ( 10 h - lectures, 22 h - seminars ). Colloquy in written form, each student presents his or her own study progress report (self - evaluation), what contain at least three original conclusions, based on systemic studies of his or her actual problems. Literature :1. A.Broks. IZGLĪTĪBAS SISTEMOLOĢIJA. - Rīga, RaKa, 2000, (175 lpp.)2. Draper L.Kauffman, Jr. INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEM THINKING, 1994.3. J.B.Best. COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY. - West Publishing Company, 1989 (583 p.).4. A.Broks. SISTĒMAS AP MUMS UN MĒS SISTĒMĀS. - Rīga, “Zinātne”, 1988 (94 lpp.).5. В.В.Дружинин, Д.С.Конторов. ПРОБЛЕМЫ СИСТЕМОЛОГИИ. - Москва, “Советское радио”,

1976 ( 296 с.).

COMPUTERS IN TEACHING PHYSICS

Author docent Tomass Romanovskis, Dr. physProgram master of science in physicsCredits 2 creditsSemester 10Required for grade testPrerequisites General physics and calculus Course code Course group B (option)

AnnotationUse of IT tools in teaching physics in school and high school. Teaching in computer based laboratory.

1. Automation of measurements 1.1. Hardware for automation

1.1.1. Digital multimeter with serial port1.1.2. Measuring boards for computer1.1.3. Measuring equipment with serial/parallel interface1.1.4. Portable units for data acquisition

1.2. Sensors and actuators1.2.1. Sensors for displacement, temperature, illumination1.2.2. Sensors for force, magnetic field, radioactivity1.2.3. Special sensors: ultrasound, pH, pulse1.2.4. Actuators: step motors, alarm devices, switches.

1.3. Software1.3.1. MEV – data acquisition via serial port1.3.2. Coach Junior and Coach 5 - software for education in science classes1.3.3. HP VEE and Labview – professional software for data acquisition and

control

2. Mathematical tools2.1. Computeralgebra system DERIVE

3. Multimedia tools3.1. Exploration of motion in video-sequence

3.1.1. Coach 5 Video3.1.2. CD ROM "Multimedia Motion LV"

3.2. Exploration of sound

3.2.1. CD ROM "Multimedia Sound" 4. Selected labs in computer based laboratory

Physical oceanography

Physics of atmosphere and ocean, I, II

Authors Dr.phys. Uldis Bethers, MSc.phys.Juris SeņņikovsProgramme master of physicsCourse size 8 creditsSemester 9, 10Control form test and examPrerequisites Mathematical analysis, Geometry and Algebra, Differential equations,

HydrodynamicsCourse code

Course group optional (B)Summary

The basics of the physics of atmosphere and oceans are concerned during the course. The methods of development of simple mathematical models related to the course themes are foreseen. The practical exercises concern techniques of solving the physical problems related to the atmosphere and ocean.

Contents1. General geophysical description of oceans and atmosphere. Chemical composition and physical

characteristics.2. Global cycles in the atmosphere and oceans. Energetic and substance budget of the Earth.3. Equations of the hydro- and thermodynamics of the atmosphere and oceans. Introduction to the

development of mathematical models of processes in atmosphere and oceans.4. Physical principles of global atmospheric circulation. Air masses and their genesis. Theory of

developing of the atmospheric formations.5. Atmosphere-ocean interaction. Factors determining water motion. Turbulence in the atmosphere and

ocean. Stability of atmosphere and ocean.6. Waves in the atmosphere and oceans. Surface gravity waves. Internal waves. Tidal waves. Sound

waves.7. Physical processes of the shelf zone. Influence of boundaries to the oceanic flows. Physical processes

in estuaries, gulfs and fjords.8. Physical processes of littoral zone. Energy transformation in the coastal zone. Sediment transport.

Genesis of the coastline. 9. The physical processes in the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Riga.

Requirements for creditThe defending of exercises during practical classes. The participation in seminar with the lecture concerning selected atmosphere/ocean physics related topic. Successfully passed test and exam.

References1. H. J. McLellan. Elements of Physical Oceanography. Pergamon Press, 1968.2. A. E. Gill. Atmosphere-Ocean Dynamics. Academic Press, 1982.3. J. Pedlosky. Geophysical Fluid Dynamics. Second Edition. Springer-Verlag, 1987.4. J. T. Houghton. The physics of atmospheres. Cambridge University Press, 1986.5. Е.Б.Краус. Взаимодействие атмосферы и океана. Гидрометеоиздат, 1976.6. Ле Блон, Майсек. Волны в океане. Ленинград, Гидрометеоиздат,1981.7. Kantha. Numerical modeling of ocean processes. Harcourt Publishers Ltd., 2000.8. К.Боуден. Физическая океанография прибрежных вод. Москва, "Мир", 1988.9. Berzinsh V. Hydrology. Ecosystem of the Gulf of Riga between 1920 and 1990. Edited by

Prof. E. Ojaveer, Tallin, 1995., p. 7-31.

TurbulenceAuthor docent Andris JakovičsProgram M. Sc. in physicsCourse size 2 creditsSemester 9Control form testNecessary knowledges courses of B. Sc. in physics

Course codeCourse group optional (B)

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce students with general concepts of theory of turbulence, and

up-to-date potential of computing turbulent fluxes. The development of turbulent fluxes, physical models, essential parameters of these fluxes, various approaches in turbulent processes are considered during the course.

ContentVariety of turbulent fluid dynamics. Basic concepts describing fluid flow in mechanics of continuous media.

Introduction in description of turbulent phenomena. Analysing the equation of motion. Reynolds approach and averaged equations. Parameters of pulsation and correlation functions. The analysis of turbulent boundary.Statistical description of turbulence and physical models. Statistical definitions (stationarity, ergodicity, homogeneity, isotropy) and angular momentum.Spectral theory of turbulence. Harmonic analysis and spectrum. Spectrum in k-space and parameters of energy spectra.Turbulent diffusion and dissipation of energy. Cascade-like transfer of energy.

Transition from laminar to turbulent flow. Waves, interaction of perturbation and their development in laminar flow.

Simple closed schemes of turbulence models (mixing scale, turbulent viscosity, Karman hypothesis).The models for turbulent viscosity and transfer of kinetic energy. Semi-empiric two-parameter model group, Prandtl-Kolmogorov, Rodi, Spalding and Launder approaches. Three models of transfer processes.

Invariant modelling on basis of Reynolds equations. Equations for angular momentum and problems of their closing.

Numerical modelling of turbulent fluxes. Spectral approach. Two-parameter k-e model and use of it. Modelling of large vortexes. Software packets for computing turbulent fluxes.

Experimentally detectable parameters of turbulent fluxes. Measurement of pulsation of velocity, temperature and pressure – thermal, electromagnetic, mechanic and etc. methods.

Credit requirementsElaboration and defending of individual exercise. Test with theoretical question.

Literature 1. W. Frost, T.H. Moulden. Handbook of turbulence. – New York, Plenum Press, 1977, 536 pp.2. A. Moņins, A. Jagloms. Statistiskā hidromehānika. 1. Un 2. Daļa. – Maskava, Zinatne, 1965, 820 lpp (krievu val.). 3. B. Launder, D. Spalding. Lectures in mathematical models turbulence. – New York, Academic Press, 1972, 260 pp.

Techniques of oceanographic measurements

Author Viesturs Bērziņš Programme master of physics Course size 6 credits Semester 9Control form test with mark Prerequisites Physics of oceans and atmosphere Course codeCourse group optional (B)

Summary The techniques of the measurements and calculations of the main oceanographic parameters (water temperature, salinity, density, oxygen content) are introduced during the course. During practical classes the skills of performing the measurements, comparing different measurement methods, correction of the measurement results and calibration of particular measurement method are trained.

Contents10. The identification of the measurement location. 11. The methods of determining the depth of measurements. 12. Measurements of water temperature. Classical methods. Reversing mercury thermometers, their

instrumental and reductional corrections. 13. Measurements of water temperature by temperature sensors. Calibration of temperature sensors

employing comparison of different temperature measurement methods. 14. Classical methods for measuring of water salinity. Knudsen’s argentometric titration. 15. Conductivity methods for measuring of water salinity. UNESCO tables. 16. Measuring salinity by sensors. Calibration of salinity sensors employing comparison of different

salinity measurement methods. 17. Calculation of water density. 18. Dissolved oxygen concentration, its importance for evaluation of water environment conditions. 19. Chemical methods for measuring of oxygen content. Vincler’s method. 20. Measuring of oxygen content by sensors. Calibration of oxygen sensors employing comparison of

different oxygen measurement methods.

Requirements for obtaining the creditDefending of practical exercises. The participation in seminar with the lecture concerning selected topic related to measuring of particular oceanographic parameter, correction and interpretation of measurement results. Successfully passed test.

References1.A. E. Gill. Atmosphere-Ocean Dynamics. Academic Press, 1982.2.Руководство по гидрологическим работам в океанах и морях. Гидрометеоиздат, Ленинград, 1977. 3. Руководство по морским гидрохимическим исследованиям. Гидрометеоиздат, Москва, 1959.

Numerical methods in hydrodynamics

Author docent Andris JakovičsProgram M. Sc. in physicsCourse size 4 creditsSemester 10Control form testNecessary knowledges courses of B. Sc. in physics

Course codeCourse group optional (B)

AnnotationThe aim of the course is to introduce students in general concepts of computational fluid dynamics,

potential of up-to-date calculations using various software packets. The provision of conservation laws and agreement of a physical problem with discrete model are considered.

ContentDifferent possibilities expressing the equations of motion of incompressible liquid. Navier-Stokes

equation. Model equations of transfer processes for testing of discrete analogue. Birgers equation.Approximation methods of characteristic differential operators. Basic concepts – convergence,

coherence, stability, precision. Integral, control volumes and spectral approaches.Conservation of difference schemes. Criteria of stability and approaches of its testing. Open and

closed two-layer difference schemes for model equations – analysis of their properties. Numerical dissipation and dispersion. Problems in numerical calculations for the case with dominating transfer by convection. Three-layer and multiple-step schemes. Two-dimensional schemes, schemes of varying direction.

Methods of solving the equations of motion by flux functions and rotor of velocity. Formulation of boundary conditions, calculation of pressure distribution.

Solving the equations of motion in natural variables – velocity and speed. Method of markers and cells (MAC). SIMPLE method and its modifications. Calculation of temperature and density fields.

Application of software packets (FLUENT, ANSYS/FLOTRAN, etc.).

Credit requirementsElaboration and defending of two labour exercises. Test with theoretical question.

Literature 1. P. J. Roache. Computational fluid dynamics. – Albuquerque, Hermosa Publ., 1976, 616 pp.2. C. A. J. Fletcher. Computational techniques for fluid dynamics. Berlin, Springer Verlag, 1991, Vol. 1 – 402 pp.; Vol. 2 – 420 pp.3. D. Anderson, J. Tannehill, R. Pletcher. Computational fluid mechanics and heat transfer. – New York, Hemisphere Publ., 1990, 726 pp.

Software packages for modelling of hydraulic processes

Authors Dr.phys. Uldis Bethers, MSc.phys.Juris SeņņikovsProgramme master of physicsCourse size 6 creditsSemester 10Control form testPrerequisites Computers and software, Mathematical analysis, Geometry and Algebra,

Numerical methods, Physics of atmosphere and oceanCourse code

Course group optional (B)

Summary The course consists of several laboratory classes (using computers) introducing commercial software packages for solving various hydraulic problems employing numerical methods. The skills of using such packages are improved during the course.

ContentsTwelve practical exercises are offered, employing following commercial software

1. MeshEditor: Generation of finite element mesh. Connection with geodetic and cartographic information.

2. HeliFlow2.1. One-dimensional modelling of river hydraulics.2.2. One-dimensional modelling of water quality in rivers.

3. Swevolver3.1. Two-dimensional modelling of wave fields.

3.1.1. Short (wind) waves3.1.2. Long (tidal) waves

3.2. Two-dimensional modelling of river hydrodynamics.3.3. Two-dimensional non-stationary modelling of hydrodynamics of open water bodies.3.4. Two-dimensional non-stationary modelling of load transport in rivers.3.5. Two-dimensional non-stationary modelling of load transport in the coastal zone.3.6. Two-dimensional modelling of coastal morphodynamics.

4. CRAST: One-dimensional modelling of wave transformation, longshore current and load transport for the cross-shore depth profile.

5. HiFiGeo5.1. Three-dimensional modelling of geological structure.5.2. Three-dimensional modelling of groundwater flows.

Requirements for creditDefending of 6 individual simple practical exercises and 1 research oriented exercise.

References10. Corresponding to the selected individual exercise. 11. Corresponding software manuals.

Sea meteorology

Author Viesturs Bērziņš Programme master of physics Course size 2 credits Semester 11Control form test with mark Prerequisites Physics of atmosphere and ocean Course codeCourse group optional (B) Summary

Course introduces students with the visual and instrumental methods for measuring of hydrometeorological parameters (air temperature and humidity, air pressure, wind speed and direction, cloudiness, horizontal visibility, waves and sea surface conditions, water color and turbidity). The techniques of measuring sea meteorological parameters are taught during the practical exercises.

ContentsMeteorological elements : 1.1. Air temperature, its distribution on the Globe. 1.2. Air humidity, its distribution on the Globe, measurements. 1.3. Air pressure, its vertical and horizontal distribution. 1.4. Wind speed, measuring, dependency on pressure gradient. 1.5. Clouds and precipitation, their development and classification. 1.6. Atmospheric phenomena, horizontal visibility, interdependency.

Synoptic meteorology : 2.1. Air masses, their development and main types. 2.2. Atmospheric fronts, classification, weather conditions near the front. 2.3. Baric formations, their classification and representation on the synoptic charts. 2.4. Global atmospheric circulation, development of anticyclones. 2.5. Development and dynamics of tropical and non-tropical cyclones.

Requirements for creditDefending of practical exercises. The participation in seminar with the lecture concerning selected topic related to measuring of particular meteorological parameter, correction and interpretation of measurement results. Successfully passed test.

References1. Наставление гидрометеорологическим станциям и постам. Вып. 9, Ч. 3., Гидрометеоиздат,

Ленинград, 1966.. Дремлюг В. В. Шифрин Л. С. Навигационная гидрометеорология., М. 1976.Weather for the Mariners. (LJA faksimilizdevums).

Pavlovskis G., Kautiņš A. Meteoroloģisko lielumu un jūras ūdens temperatūras noteikšana., 1994. (LJA faksimilizdevums).

Pavlovskis G., Kautiņš A. Vēja un viļņu elementu noteikšana., 1994. (LJA faksimilizdevums).Психрометрические таблицы., Л, 1981.

Biological oceanography

Author Dr. biol Andris AndrušaitisProgramme master of physics Course size 4 credits Semester 11Control form exam Prerequisites Ecology, General HydrologyCourse codeCourse group optional (B) SummaryThe aim of course is to introduce students to the up-to-date concepts of structure and functioning of ocean and sea ecosystems, particularly, focusing to the role of environment specific physical properties.

Contents1. Subject of biooceanography. Study object. History of biooceanography.2. Abiotic environment of the sea, its impact to the biota.3. Methods of biooceanographic research. Collection and processing of samples, individual process

studies.4. Sea plankton, classification.5. Autotrophic plankton: composition, ecology, primary production of organic matter.6. Zooplankton: composition, ecology, secondary production. Role of zooplankton in the trophic chains

of the sea and regeneration of nutrients.7. Bacterioplankton: composition, ecology, physiology. Role of sea bacterioplankton in the circulation

of substances.8. Seminar about sea plankton.9. Sea benthos, classification. 10. Phytobenthos: composition, ecology, role in the functioning of coastal ecosystems.11. Zoobenthos: composition, ecology, role in the sea trophic chains and substance circulation.12. Bacteriobenthos and its role in the substance circulation.13. Seminar about sea benthos.14. Sea necton. Role of fish in the sea trophic chains. 15. Functioning of sea ecosystems. Modelling of sea ecosystems. 16. Examples of specific sea ecosystems: coral reefs, zones of upwelling, Baltic Sea. Protection and

conservative use resources of ecosystems.

Requirements for credit Successfully passed exam.

References1. Lalli, C.M., Parsons T.R.: Biological Oceanography: An Introduction, Pergamon . Press, Oxford 19942. Parsons T.R., Takahashi M., Hargrave, B.: Biological Oceanographic Processes. Pergamon Press,

Oxford 19773. Raymont, J.E.G.: Plankton and Productivity in the Oceans. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1976 (izdota arī

krieviski)4. Tardent P.: Meeresbiologie. Eine Einführung. Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 19935. Valiela I.: Marine Ecological Processes. Springer N.Y., 1995

Physical kinetics

Author docent Ilmārs MadžulisProgram M. Sc. in physicsCourse size 2 creditsSemester 11Control form testNecessary knowledges courses of B. Sc. in physicsCourse codeCourse group optional (B)

AnnotationThe principal microscopic kinetic equations based on general principles of classical and quantum mechanics are considered in the course. The overview of the main mathematical and physical methods is given that are used to describe the processes in many particle systems. The most interesting experimental observations: Bernar cells, Belousov-Zhabotinsk reaction and other examples are shown. The course includes also such topics as up-to-date concepts about Brownian motion, transfer processes, stochastic and self-organisation processes (synergetic).

ContentThermodynamics of linear irreversible processes. Non-linear thermodynamics. Glensdorph-Prigogine criteria of evolution. Dissipate structures – Bernar cells, Belousov-Zhabotinsk reactions.Liouvillle kinetic equation – classical and quantum cases. Boltzmann problem. Microscopic reversibility and macroscopic irreversibility.Reaction of the system on varying external conditions in linear approximation. Kubo formulas.Boltzmann kinetic equations as the limit of Bogoliubov’s equation. Methods of solving Boltzmann equation.Brownian motion. Langevin equation. Concept about Wiener integrals and their use in study of Brownian motion. Kinetics of chemical reactions.Concept about stochastic force. Fokker-Planck equation. Inclusion of fluctuations in Landau-Ginzburg theory. Connection between microscopic and macroscopic kinetic equations (Navier-Stokes equation). Concept about local equilibrium in hydrodynamics. Enskog equation of transfer and equation of hydrodynamics. Calculation of coefficients for heat transfer and viscosity.

Credit requirements. Completion of practical exercises and discussion.

Literature1. Базаров И.П., Геворкян Е.В., Николаев П.Н., Неравновесная термодинамика и физическая

кинетика. M.: Изд. Моск. Унив., 1989.2. Zubarev D., Morozov V., Ropke G. Statistical mechanics of Nonequilibrium Process. Vol. 1, 2.

Academie Verlag, 1998.4. Manke R., Šmelcers J., Röpke G. Nelineārās parādības un pašorganizācija. Rīga, 1996. 5. Балеску Р. Равновесная и неравновесная статистическая механика. Т. 1,2. - М.: Мир, 1978.

Hydroinformatics SystemsAuthor Prof. K.- Peter Holz Program M. Sc. in Physics

Course size 6 creditsSemester 11Control form ExamNecessary knowledge’s

Course codeCourse group

SummaryThe contemporary ICT methods of collaborative engineering are introduced. The practical skills are illustrated and developed “just-by-doing”. The approach is concretised in a field of hydraulic engineering.

Content of the courseSoftware Technology, Data Mining, GIS, Numerics, System Application, Project Environment:1. SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGY

1.1. Hydroinformatics Systems:Structures, Components, Interfaces1.2. Software Technologies for Hydroinformatics Systems1.3. Object Oriented Modelling (OOM) (incl. UML)1.4. WWW Technology1.5. WWW based Simulation Systems1.6. Examples for WWW based Simulation Systems1.7. WWW based Collaborative Engineering

2. DATA MINING 2.1. Prediction (neural networks, nonlinear dynamics, chaos theory, support vector method) 2.2. Knowledge Discovery (genetic programming, decision tree induction)

3. GIS3.1. Topographical Modelling & Grid Generation 3.2. GIS-Application in Hydroengineering

4. NUMERICAL SIMULATION4.1. Basic Differential Equations and Approximation Methods: Generalization and Classification 4.2. Numerical Simulation Methods for Integrated Simulation

5. SYSTEM APPLICATION 5.1. Water Flow and Chemical Transport in Variably Saturated Porous Media 5.2. Unsaturated Soil Hydraulic Parameter Estimation 5.3. Sedimentgraph Prediction for Small Agriculture Watersheds further system application examples

6. SYSTEM APPLICATION6.1. System Application Examples Lakes and Rivers 6.2. Hydro- and Morphodynamic Simulation in Coastal Engineering

7. PROJECT ENVIRONMENT7.1. Concepts for distributed Hydroscience and Hydroengineering Projects 7.2. WWW based Engineering Reports and Document Management 7.3. WWW based Project Platforms

Credit requirementsWritten examination.

Literature1. Materials from Internet (www.bauinf.tu-cottbus.de).

Solid mechanics

APROXIMATE METHODS IN PHYSICS

Author Docent M.Belovs, Dr.math.Program master of physicsCredits 2 credits

Required for gradeSemester 9

Prerequisites Calculus, Mathematical Physics for bachelor grade

Course code

Group of course

B

Annotation:The objects of the course are various asymptotic methods for function approximation and their

applications: integral asymptotic, asymptotic methods of the solution for differential equations, asymptotic solutions for transcendent equations and their various generalizations.

Subjects:10. The most important operations with asymptotic expansions.11. Asymptotic expansions of the roots of Algebraic and transcendent equations. Regular and singular

asymptotic.12. Uniform asymptotic expansions in the theory of nonlinear oscillation. 13. Differential equations with boundary layer.14. Singular perturbation for linear partial differential equations.15. Differential equations with large parameters. Methods of VKB.16. Review of asymptotyc methods for the solution of operator equations.17. Asymptotic expansions of integrals.18. Advantages and deficiencies of asymptotic methods. Connection between calculating and asymptotic

methods.

Requirements for receiving of credits: 16 hours lectueres, 16 hours practical work. Students are required to fulfill 2 independent home works for themes 2, 3, 4, 6.

Recommended literature:9. Ф.Олвер. Асимптотика и специальные функции. Москва, «Наука», 1978., 376 стр. 10. А.Эрдейи. Асимптотические разложения. Москва, «Наука», 1981., 127 стр.11. М.В.Федорюк. Асимптотика. Интегралы и ряды, Москва, «Наука», 1987., 544 стр.12. А.Найфе. Введение в методы возмущений. Москва, «Мир», 1976., 455 стр.13. Н.Н.Моисеев. Асимптотические методы в нелинейной механике. Москва, «Наука», 1981., 400

стр.14. А.М.Ильин. Согласование асимптотических разложений решений краевых задач. Москва,

«Наука», 1989., 336 стр.15. Н.С.Бахвалов, Г.П.Панасенко. Осреднение процессов в периодических средах. Москва,

«Наука», 1988., 312 стр.16. В.П.Маслов. Асимптотические методы теории возмущений. Москва, «Наука», 1988., 313 стр.

FINITE ELEMENT METHOD IN SOLID MECHANICS

Author prof. V.Tamužs ,asist. V.ValdmanisProgram master of physicsCredits 5 credits

Assessment examSemester 9

Prerequisites Theory of elasticity

Course code

Group of course

B

AbstractThis course contain review about application of finite element method in solid mechanics.

Content

IntroductionElement of construction. General scheme of calculation. Element of elastic body. Method of displacement.Common concept of finite element. Variations principle.Plain stress, plain deformation. Elements properties. Stiffness matrix. Anisotropy. Stresscalculation.Axialsimetric stress state. Elements properties. Stiffness matrix. Volumetric forces.Three-dimensional stress state.Tetrahedron element. Displacement functions. Stiffness and deformation matrix. Compound elements.Shape function.Plane rectangular elements.Sirendipe and Lagrange families. Triangular elements. One-dimension elements. Volumetric elements.Curvlinear isoparametric elements.Shape functions. Principle of continuity. Elements matrix . L-coordinates. Numerical integration.Bending of plate.Formulation of problem. Shape functions of displacement. Stiffness matrix. Triangular and rectangular elements. Singular shape functions. Conforming and anconforming shape functions.Shells.Plane shell element. Local coordinates. Global coordinates. Triangular and rectangular shell elements. Axialsimetric shells. curvilinear elements. Thick shells.Physicaly nonlinear problems.Plasticity. Creep. Method of initial stress and deformation. Convergence.Geometricaly nonlinear problem.Iterative method. Large displacement on initial stability. Energetic interpretation of stability criterion.Automatic mesh generation.

References

1. K.J.Bathe. Finite Element Procedures. Prentici Hall, 1996.2. O.C.Zienkiewicz, R.L.Taylor. The Finite Element Method. McGraw Hill, 1994.

PROBLEM OF NON-LINEAR STRUCTURAL MECHANICS AND SOLUTION METHODS

Author Arnis RiekstiņšProgram master of physicsCredits 2 credits

Assessment testSemester 10

Prerequisites differential equations, tensor analysis, theory of elasticity, finite element methods

Course code

Group of course

B

AbstractThe nonlinear problems of elastic bodies considered include large displacements, stability, vibrations. The influence of plasticity and viscoelasticity on the stability of structures also is treated.

Content1. Energy methods in the analysis of discrete elastic systems.

1.1. Potential energy, determination of an equilibrium state.1.2. Second variation of potential energy. Stable and unstable equilibrium.1.3. Principle of virtual displacements.1.4. Non-linear elastic constitutive equations.1.5. Large deformations in the total and updated Lagrange formulations.1.6. Incremental form of the equilibrium equations.1.7. Determination of equilibrium states by means of iterative solution methods. Predictor - corrector type procedures. Newton-Raphson method, Riks method and their modifications.

2. Stability of Elastic Systems.2.1. Linear estimates to fiburcation buckling loads. Column, plate, cylindrical panel.2.2. Second variation of potential energy. Critical state. Critical points of the equilibrium path.2.3. Various types of instabilities. Snap-through instability, bifurcations. Examples of unstable systems.2.4. Incremental work criterion at equilibrium displacements.2.5. Role of imperfections in strucutre-load systems. Geometric, material and load imperfections. Examples of imperfect systems.

3. Dynamic analysis of stability.3.1. Derivation of the finite element equations in dynamic analysis from the variational principle of virtual displacements. Lagrange equations of motion of the structure.3.2. Dynamic loading. Examples. Conservative and non conservative forces.3.3. Pulsating loads and parametric resonance. Damped and undamped vibrations.3.4. Definition of stability in the sense of Liapunov.3.5. Behaviour of dynamical systems without and with energy dissipation. Representation of trajectories in phase space. Linear (un)damped and (un)forced oscillators.

4. Solution of equilibrium equations in dynamic analysis.4.1. Direct integration methods. The central difference method, the Hubolt method, the Wilson method, the Newmark method.4.2. Methods for reducing the base of governing equations. Change of basis to modal generalised displacements. Analysis with damping neglected.

5. Structure-load systems with plastic material behaviour.5.1. Types of inelastic and time-independent material behaviour. Perfectly plastic and hardening elastoplastic behaviour.

5.2. Buckling of inelastic columns under axial compression, effect of the slenderness on the non-linear behaviour. Reduced and tangent modulus loads. Stress distribution in the column before and during buckling.5.3. Imperfect columns and other non symmetric structures.

6. Viscoelastic material behaviour.6.1. Integral-type creep law.6.2. Differential-type creep law.6.3. Concept of stability for viscoelastic structures.

References

1. Z.P.Bažant and L.Cedolin. Stability of Structures: Elastic, Inelastic, Fracture, and Damage Theories. Oxford University Press, Inc., New York, 1991.

2. K.J.Bathe. Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1982.

3. J.M.T.Thompson and G.W.Hunt. A general Theory of Elastic Stability. John Wiley & Sons, London, 1973.

4. K.Washizu. Variational Methods in Elasticity and Plasticity. 3rd ed., Pergamon Press, Oxford New York, 1982.

FRACTURE MECHANICS

Author Prof. V.TamužsProgram master of physicsCredits 2 credits

Assessment testSemester 10

Prerequisites Theory of elasticity, Differential equations, Complex variable theory

Course code

Group of course

B

AbstractFundamentals of fracture and damage mechanics are given. The Griffit's-Irwin concept in linear fracture mechanics and approaches to nonlinear crack propagation are considered. Damage mechanics and application to fracture of composites is treated.

Content1. Theoretical strength of cristal lattice.2. Defects in solids, dislocations, pores, cracks.3. Griffith's experiments, balance of energy, energy release rate G, critical energy release rate Gc.4. Stress state in vicinity of crack tip at tension and shear.5. Stress intensity factors KI KII. Dependence of K and G.6. Critical Kc and Gc values for different materials. Resistance curve (R curve). Bridging

phenomenon in cracks.7. Practical determination of Kc and Gc. Standarts.8. Nonlinear fracture mechanics J integral as measure of energy flow.9. Solid with many cracks. Effective modulus of cracked body.10. Models of dispersed failure (damage).11. Interaction of crack and damage field.12. Fracture of composites. Fiber strength distribution. Accumulation of damages. Brush-like

failure of unidirectional composite.13. Delamination of laminates.

References

1. V.Tamuzs. Lectures in fracture mechanics (Manuscript to be distributed).2. D.Gross. Bruchmechanik. Springer Verlag, 1996.3. M.Kanninen, C.Popelar. Advanced Fracture Mechanics, Oxford Un.Press 1985.4. L.Kachanov. Fundamentals of fracture mechanics (in Russian).

STRENGTH AND DURABILITY OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS

Author Jānis Andersons, Dr. Sc. Ing.

Programme Master of physics Credits 2 Semester 10Assessment testPrerequisites mechanics of composite materials, fractur mechanics.

CodeGroup B

Abstract The mechanisms of failure of the engineering materials, their relation to the structure of material and loading mode, and the basic modelling methods for strength and durability are treated.

ContentDesign principles. Cost, consumption, availability. Structure of isotropic engineering materials. Theoretical strength. Yield strength. Strength of brittle materials. Scale effect. Weibull’s model.Fatigue of metals. Stage I and II cracks. Initiation and propagation of fatigue crack. Paris law. Empirical rules for low cycle and high cycle fatigue. The effect of mean stress. Goodman diagram. Spectrum loading. Miner’s rule. Multiaxial loading.Strength and fatigue of polymers. Structure, failure modes. Zhurkov’s theory. Adhesion. Thermodynamics of surface interaction. Relation to fracture mechanics and strength of materials approaches. Adhesion test methods: fiber pull-out, push-through, fragmentation. UD composite. Strength of fibers: typical values, test methods, failure modes. Longitudinal tensile strength of composite: rule of mixtures, bundle strength, probabilistic models. Hybrid composites. Transverse tensile strength and in-plane shear: stress magnification factor, fracture mechanics approach. Test methods.Compressive strength of UD composite. Fiber buckling, kink band formation and propagation, shear failure. Test methods.Laminates. Constrained cracking. Edge effect. Stress estimation: numerical and variational methods; crude approximations. G estimation: O`Brian. Delamination. Notch effect. Point stress and average stress models. Fatigue of composites. The relation between constituent ultimate strains and fatigue. Correlation between modulus, proportionality limit, ultimate strength and fatigue life. Damage. The effect of stress level on damage accumulation. Residual strength and modulus models.Statistical analysis of strength and fatigue data. Evaluation of distribution function parameters: method of moments, maximum likelihood.

Literature1. D. Hull. An introduction to composite materials. Cambridge University Press, 1981.2. А.К. Малмейстер, В.П. Тамуж, Г.А. Тетерс Сопротивление жестких полимерных материалов.

Издательство «Зинатне», Рига, 1972.

PLATES AND SHELLS

Author Prof. V.TamužsProgram master of physicsCredits 2 credits

Assessment testSemester 10

Prerequisites Theory of elasticity

Course code

Group of course

B

Abstract:The fundamentals of design of thin walled structures are given.

Content

1. Introduction. Kirchof's and Timoshenko hypothesies.2. Linear bending theory of plates. Biharmonical equation of bending. Boundary conditions.

Solutions for different simple shapes of plates.3. Variational methods of solution.4. Anisotropic plates.5. Geometrically nonlinear bending theory.6. General equations of theory of shells.7. Membrane theory of shells.8. Cylindrical shells. Shells of rotation.9. Flat shells.

References:

1. S.Timoshenko, S.Woinowsky-Krieger. Theory of plates and shells, 1963 (in Russian, or McGraw Hill Publ. 1959).

2. N.Kolkunov. Fundamentals of design of elastic shells, 1963 (in Russian).

MECHANICS OF COMPOSITES

Author Prof. V.Tamužs, asist. Vilis ValdmanisProgram master of physicsCredits 2 credits

Assessment testSemester 10

Prerequisites Theory of elasticity

Course code

Group of course

B

Abstract

The properties of unidirectional, laminated and dispersal reinforced composites are treated. Fundamentals of design and strength laminated of composites are considered.

Content

1. Constituents of composites. Matrix and fibers. Their properties.2. Properties of unidirectional (UD) composites as function of constituents.3. Strength and failure of UD composites. Ineffective length of fiber. Stress concentration.

Statistical strength distribution. Single fiber composite test.4. Effective moduli of composite with spherical inclusions. Eshelby's formula.5. Deformation of laminate composites. Bending of laminates. Effective moduli of laminates.

Edge effects.6. Strength theories (failure criterions) of anysotropic solids and composites. Malmeister's and

Hashin's criterions.7. Failure of laminates.

References

1. A.Malmeisters, V.Tamužs, G.Teters. Strength of Polymer and Composite materials. Riga, Zinatne (in Russian).

2. B.Agarwal, L.Broutman. Analysis and performance of fiber composites. John Wiley & sons, 1980.

3. R.Christensen. Mechanics of composite materials. John Wiley & sons, 1979.

ENVIRONMENTHAL INFLUENCE ON COMPOSITES

Author Prof. V.Tamužs, asist. Vilis ValdmanisProgram master of physicsCredits 2 credits

Assessment testSemester 10

Prerequisites general courses of physics, mechanics of composites

Course code

Group of course

B

AbstractGeneral problems of composite ageing are treated. Influence of environment on ageing is considered. The prediction of long term behaviour is discussed.

Content

1. Introduction, definition of ageing of polymers.2. Influence of different environments. Corrosion, electromagnetic radiation, mechanical loading,

moisture, heating, light, aggressive environments etc.3. Synergetic influence.4. Prediction of durable environmental influence (statement of problem).5. Viscoelasticity. Creep. Relaxation phenomenon. Spectrum of relaxation.6. Temperature-time analogy (Williams-Landel-Ferry concept).7. Stress-time, vibro-time and other analogies.8. Influence of moisture on the properties of polymers and composites.9. Peculiarities of long term failure of composites.10. Ecological problems of composite production, recycling and recovery.

References

1. Уорд И. Механические свойства твердых полимеров. М., 1975, 350 с.2. Бартенев Г.М., Зеленев Ю.В. Курс физики полимеров. Л., 1976, 288 с.3. Уржумцев Ю.С., Максимов Р.Д. Прогностика деформативности полимерных материалов.

Рига, 1975, 416 с.4. Тынный А.Н. Прочность и разрушение полимеров при воздействии жидких сред. Киев,

1975, 208 с.5. Нарисава И. Прочность полимерных материалов. М., 1987, 400 с.6. Степанов Р.Д., Шленский О.Ф. Расчет на прочность конструкций из пластмасс,

работающих в жидких средах. М., 1981, 136 с.7. Справочник по композиционным материалам. Под ред. Дж.Любина. Т2. М., 1988, 584 с.8. Environmental Effects on Composite Materials, Ed. by G.Springer. 1988, 498 p.9. Advanced Composite Materials - Environmental Effects. Ed. by J.R.Vinson. ASTM STP 658,

1978.10. Environmental Effects on Fibre Reinforced Plastics. Symposium, Imperial College, London,

UK, 12-13.07.83, Composites, Vol. 14, No 3, 1983, p. 201-300.11. Handbook of Polymer-Fibre Composites. Ed. by F.R.Jones. 1994, 418 p.12. Brandrup J., Bittner M., Michaeli W., Menges G. Recycling and Recovery of Plastics. 1996,

Cod Hanser Verlag, Munich. 893 p.

COMPUTATIONAL MODELLING LABORATORY

Author doc. L.Buligins, doc.A.Muižnieks, lekt.S.LācisCredits 6Semester 11

Exam pass/nopassPrerequisite BSc in Physics

Course codeCourse group B

SummaryApplications of numerical methods in continuum physics using commercial software FLUENT, ANSYS, ECLIPSE a.o.

ContentNumerical models of heat and mass transfer in continuous and discrete phase. Modeling of chemical reactions. Turbulence modeling. Methods of modeling of electromagnetic field. Modeling of magnetohydrodynamic flows. One – and two-phase flow modeling in porous media. Basic methods of modeling in solid mechanics.

RequirementsSimulation of specified problem, analysis of results.

Literature.1. Ļ.Landau, J.Lifšics. Nepārtrauktas vides elektrodinamika. (krievu val.).2. Ļ.Landau, J.Lifšics. Hidrodinamika (krievu val.).3. M. Van-Deiks. Šķidruma un gāzes plūsmu albūms.4. G.Šlihtings. Robežslāņa teorija.5. V. Kolmana red. Turbulento plūsmu aprēķinu metodes.6. S.Turns. An Introduction to Combustion. McGraw-Hill, 1996.

Physics of conteneous media

HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER

Author professor Andrejs CebersProgram magistr of physicsVolume 2 credit pointsSemester 9Control examConditions Courses of general physics: mechanics, structure of matter and

hermal physics. Courses of mathematics: mathematical analysis, vector analysis, differential equations, equations of mathematical physics

Code of courseGroup of course B

AnnotationGeneral principles of the mathematical modeling of the irreversible processes in continuous media - II thermodynamics law, entropy production, thermodynamical forces and fluxes are considered.

ContentII thermodynamics law in continuous media. Entropy production. Thermodynamic forces and fluxes. Kinetic coefficients. Onsager relations. Curie principle. Local thermodynamic equilibrium. Conservation laws in mechanics of continuous media. Thermal fluctuations. Fluctuation-dissipation theorem. Brownian motion and its mathematical description. Fokker-Planck equation. Einstein relation. Heat and mass transfer in two-component media. Cross effects. Thermodiffusion. Irreversible processes in the magnetic field. Onsager-Kazimir relations. Electrokinetic phenomena. Dissipative structures.

Requirements to obtain the credit Oral exam

Literature4. P. de Groot, P.Mazur. Irreversible thermodynamics (in Russ.) - Mir, Moscow,19645. L.D.Landau, E.M.Lifshitz. Statistical physics (in Russ.) - Nauka, Moscow, 19766. G.Nicolis, I.Progozin. Self-organization in nonequilibrium systems (in Russ.) - Mir, Moscow, 1979

Boundary integral equations

Author Professor Andrejs CebersProgram magistr of physicsVolume 2 credit pointsSemester 9Control examConditions Courses of general physics: mechanics, electrodynamics. Courses of

mathematics: mathematical analysis, vector analysis, equations of mathematical physics. Courses of theoretical physics: electrodynamics, theoretical hydrodynamics

Code of courseGroup of course B

AnnotationMethod of the solution of the boundary problems of the equations of mathematical physics based on reducing to the integral equations on the boundary of the region is considered.

ContentFundamental solution of 2D Laplace equation. Single layer potential. Solution of Newman problem by undirect boundary integral equation technique. Green formula for harmonic functions. Fundamental solution of Stokes equations. Reciprocal relation and Green formula for Stokes flow. Hydrodynamic single layer and double layer potentials. Their properties. Dynamics of viscous droplet under the action of surface forces by the boundary integral equations technique. Faxen relations. Boundary integral equations for magnetic field on the surface of the arbitrary 2D bodies.

Requirements to obtain the credit Oral exam and solution of one problem on the computer

Literature4. C.Pozrikidis. Boundary integral and singularity methods for linearized viscous flow. - 1992,

Cambridge University Press.5. C.Pozrikidis. Introduction to theoretical and computational fluid dynamics -1997, Oxford University

Press.6. A.Cebers, I.Drikis. Labyrinthine pattern formation in magnetic liquids. In: Free boundary problems:

theory and applications -1999,Chapman&Hall/CRC - P.14-3

THEORY OF PHASE TRANSITIONS

Author docent Ilmārs Madžulis, Dr. phys.Program M. Sc. in physicsCourse size 4 creditsSemester 9Control form examinationNecessary knowledges Course in statistical physicsCourse codeCourse group B

Course summary The properties of physical systems close to critical points are presented. Various mathematical

methods are discussed in context of Ising model in order to describe many particle systems at vicinity of phase transition point. The accurate solution of two-dimensional Ising model of binary alloys and ferromagnetics is used for evaluating the accuracy of various physical and mathematical approximations. The development of up-to-date methods are discussed, int. al., ideas and results of Vilson’s renormgroup.

ContentPartition function for lattice. Solution of two-dimensional Ising model. Critical indexes. Binary alloys.Molecular field approximation. Bethe’s and other approximations. Connection between lattice model and Landau theory. Fluctuations at vicinity of phase transition point. Kadanoff’s transformation. Static points in phase space and critical indexes. Gauss’s static point for systems with more than one spatial dimension. Static point for systems for systems with less than four spatial dimensions. Method of renormgroup, its perspectives and problems. Method of functional integrals for investigation of phase transitions.

Credit requirements3. Solving exercises.4. Oral examination.

Literature5. Браут К. Фазовые переходы. – М.:Мир, 1965.6. Балеску Р. Равновесная и неравновесная статистическая механика. Т. 1,2. - М.: Мир, 1978.7. Ма Ш. Современная теория критических явлений. – М.: Мир, 1980.8. Вильсон К ., Когут Дж. Ренормализационная группа и e - разложение. - M.: Мир, 1975.

EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN HYDRODYNAMICS

Author Dr.phys. I.Bucenieks, Dr.phys. I.Platnieks, Dr.phys.J.Koļesņikovs

Credits 4Semester 9

Exam pass/nopassPrerequisite BSc in Physics

Course codeCourse group

Summary

The aim of the course is to teach the students specializing in hydrodynamics the methods of experimental investigation of gas and fluid flow parameters with applications in atmospheric and ocean flows, as well as flows in industrial devices.

Content

Visualization of gas and fluid flows. Gas and fluid flowrate measurements. Methods of measurement of average velocities and pressure. Methods of measurement of velocity fluctuations. Determination of one- and two-point correlations. Experimental methods for atmospheric and ocean flows. Modeling of vortex structures in flows. Computational methods of data processing at flow measurements. Liquid metal flow in magnetic field.

Requirements

8 laboratory experiments.

Literature.

1. M. Van-Deiks. Šķidruma un gāzes plūsmu albūms.2. Physics of Fluids. 1990-2000.3. R.J.Goldstein. Fluid Mechanics Measurements. Taylor & Francis. 1996.

ELECTRODYNAMIC OF CONTINUOUS MEDIUM

Author prof. G.SermonsVolume 4 credit p.

Semester 10Controlform examinationPreliminery coursis of therotecal physics

Annotation

The course contains electromagnetic equations in substance and its applications for analyze process of the electromagnetic phenomena in the dielectrics and in a substances with various magnetic properties in stationary, quasi-stationery and high-frequency fields. Consider its possibilities model- ling electromagnetic fields and various technical applications.

Content

Electromagnetic field in a substance and its polarization. The material relations and its dependence from properties of the substance. Boundary condition on the boundary surface between two substances. The covariant form Maxwell's equation in a substance. The Minkowskian equation. The motion of charged particles in electromagnetic field. The Lagrange's and Hamilton's equations in the electrmagnetic field. Electromagnetic energy and momentum coservation's law for the partickle's system and field. Electrostatic conductors and its energy. The methods of computing electostatic fields. Forces, acting on the conductor in a electric field. Applications electric fields. Electric field in a dielectric, dielectric permittivity. The thermodynamics relations in a electric field. Electro-striation isotropic dielectrics. Application dielectrics. The methods of computing electric fields in a dielectric. Direct current. Direct current's density, specific conductivity and thermodynamic's relations. The Hall effect. Contact potential difference. The Voltaic element. Electrocapillarity. The thermo-electricity effects and its thermodynamics. The thermodynamic's relations in the magnetic field. Energy of the currents systems, inductence's and mutualinductance's coefficients. Magnetic circuit and methods its calculation. The magnetic forth. The ferromagnetic properties. Magnetic cycle. The Curie point. Domain structure of the ferromagnetics. Superconductors, its properties and applications. The quasy-stationary electromagnetic field. Eddy currents and skin-effect. The impedance and methods its calculation. Application of the quasi-stationary fields: levitation of conducting bodies and deformation from the impulse's fields; The conduction and induction magnetichydrodynamic machines and its action's principles. Electromagnetic waves in a dielectrics. Dispersion of the dielectric permittivity and magnetic permeability. The deflection and reflection electromagnetic waves. Electromagnetic oscillation in a resonators, propagation electromagnetic waves in a waveguides.

Requirements for credit examination

LiteratureL.Landau, E.Lifshiz. Electrodynamics of Continous Media, 1982 (Russian).A.Voldek.Induction's MHD Machines with Liquid Metal action's Body.1970.(Russian).G.Sermons.Dynamic of Solid Body in Electromagnetic Field. 1974.(Russian).

MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS

Author Prof.A.GailītisCredits 4Semester 10

Exam pass/nopassPrerequisite BSc in Physics

Course codeCourse group B

SummaryCourse gives an insight into magnetohydrodynamics (MHD). MHD in the last 50 years has become an integral part of hydrodynamics and Institute of Physics of UL has become one of the worlds leading institutions in this field.

Content

MHD subject. The role and applications of MHD. Conductive fluid equations of motion in magnetic field. Laboratory and industrial MHD. Laminar chanel flow in magnetic field. Hartman solution. Flow regimes in strong magnetic field. Turbulence in magnetic field. Two-dimensional character of turbulence in strong magnetic field. MHD phenomena in industrial devices. Astrophysical MHD. MHD phenomena at high electric conductivity. Principle of freezed magnetic field. Alfven waves. Theory of field generation. Field generation problem as eigenvalue problem. Magnetic Peynolds number as generation criteria. Cowling theorem. Herzenberg model. Field generated by thoroidal vortices. Ponomarenko model. Field generation in turbulent flow media. Steenbeck theory.

RequirementsExam in theory.

Literature.7. J.Birzvalks. Magnetohidrodinamika.8. Ļ.Landau, J.Lifšics. Nepārtrauktas vides elektrodinamika. (krievu val.).9. G.Moffat. Magnētiskā lauka ierosināšana vadošā vidē. (krievu val.).10. D.Šerklifs. Magnētiskās hidrodinamikas kurss. (krievu val.).11. H.Branovers, A.Cinobers. Nesaspiežamas vides magnetohidrodinamika. (krievu val.).

COMPLEX SYSTEMS, I, II

Author professor Andrejs Cēbers

Program master of physics

Volume 8 credit point

Semester 10, 11Control exam

Conditions: courses of general physics: mechanics, structure of matter and thermal physics. Courses of mathematics: mathematical analysis, differential equations, equations of mathematical physics

Code of courseGroup of course B

Annotation:

Contemporary approaches to description of the different complex systems – polymer solutions, membranes, liquid crystals, colloidal solutions and others are considered. The basic equation for the description of static and dynamic processes in those systems are given.

Content:General principles of the thermodynamics of irreversible processes. Brownian motion theory.Thermodynamic theory of phase transformation kinetics. The notions about the conserved and unconserved order parameters. Ostwald relaxation. Phase transformation kinetics in strong segregation limit. Stefan problem. The notion about diffusion controlled growth processes. Anizotropic liquids. Nematic and smectic liquid crystals. Elasticity theory of the nematic liquid crystals. Hydrodynamics of the nematic liquid crystals. Smectic liquid crystals. Membranes. Curvature elasticity energy of the membranes.Method of lattice–gas for the mathematical simulation of complex systems. FHP model and its modifications.

References:7. P.M.Chaikin, T.C.Lubensky. Principles of Condensed Matter Physics – Cambridge University Press,

1995.8. P. de Gennes. Scaling in physics of polymers – M., Mir, 1982.9. J.S.Langer. Instabilities and pattern formation in crystal growth // Reviews of Modern Physics – 1980

– v.52, Nr.1 – P. 1-28.10. P. de Gennes. Liquid Crystals – M., Mir, 1977.11. Statistical mechanics of membranes and surfaces. V. 5, edited by D.Nelson, T.Piran and S.Weinberg.12. D.Rothman, S.Zaleski. Lattice-gas models of phase separation: interfaces phase transitions and

multiphase flow // Review of Modern Physics – 1994 – v.66, Nr.4 – P. 1417-1479.

TURBULENCE THEORY

Author Dr.phys.J.KoļesņikovsCredits 4Semester 11

Exam pass/nopassPrerequisite BSc in Physics

Course codeCourse group B

SummaryFundamentals of turbulence, contemporary methods of description. For students specializing in hydrodynamics, aerodynamics, metereology, heat transfer, chemical technology.

ContentDescription of turbulent flows. Reynolds equations. Reynolds stress tensor. Measurements of stress tensor components. Numerical solution of unsteady Navier-Stokes equations. Infinite sequence of one-point moments. Methods of closing Friedman-Keller equations. One-point correlations of velocity, kinetic energy of turbulence, tensor of dissipation rate of kinetic energy of turbulence. Convective and diffusive transfer of Reynolds stresses. Generation of kinetic energy of turbulence. Energy redistribution through stress pulsation.Concept of turbulent viscosity and its physical content. model of turbulence. Second order models of turbulence. Comparison of turbulence models.

RequirementsExam in theory.

Literature.1. M. Van-Deiks. Šķidruma un gāzes plūsmu albūms.2. G.Šlihtings. Robežslāņa teorija.3. V. Kolmana red. Turbulento plūsmu aprēķinu metodes.4. Turbulent shear flows 1, 2, 3, 4. Springer Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1979-1990.

COMPUTATIONAL MODELLING LABORATORY

Author doc. L.Buligins, doc.A.Muižnieks, lekt.S.LācisCredits 6Semester 11

Exam pass/nopassPrerequisite BSc in Physics

Course codeCourse group B

SummaryApplications of numerical methods in continuum physics using commercial software FLUENT, ANSYS, ECLIPSE a.o.

ContentNumerical models of heat and mass transfer in continuous and discrete phase. Modeling of chemical reactions. Turbulence modeling. Methods of modeling of electromagnetic field. Modeling of magnetohydrodynamic flows. One – and two-phase flow modeling in porous media. Basic methods of modeling in solid mechanics.

RequirementsSimulation of specified problem, analysis of results.

Literature.12. Ļ.Landau, J.Lifšics. Nepārtrauktas vides elektrodinamika. (krievu val.).13. Ļ.Landau, J.Lifšics. Hidrodinamika (krievu val.).14. M. Van-Deiks. Šķidruma un gāzes plūsmu albūms.15. G.Šlihtings. Robežslāņa teorija.16. V. Kolmana red. Turbulento plūsmu aprēķinu metodes.17. S.Turns. An Introduction to Combustion. McGraw-Hill, 1996.

Biomedical optics

BASIC PHYSICS (SELECTED CHAPTERS)

Author Prof. Marcis Auzinsh Programme Master of physics (biomedical optics)Credits 4

Semester 9Assessment examPrerequisites course on General Physics for non-physics specialties

CodeGroup B

Abstract

Selected chapters of the General Physics course with emphasis on medical physics topics: mechanics and acoustics (18 h.), thermodynamics (10 h.), electricity and magnetism (18 h.), optics (6 h.), quantum physics (6 h.), ionising radiation and its dosimetry (6 h).

Content

Physical measurements, their accuracy. Kinematics and dynamics of material point. Energy and its conservation. Rotation of solid objects. Fundamentals of biomechanics. Hydrostatics and aerostatics, pressures in living bodies. Sound and acoustic diagnostics. Rules of thermodynamics, thermometry. Electric field and current; electro-cardiography. Charged particles in external fields. Electromagnetic induction, its rules. Physical nature of light; interference, diffraction and polarisation. Geometrical optics, optical instruments, eye optics, fibre optics. Luminescence and photo-biological processes. Wave functions, Schroedinger equation. Energy structure of atoms and molecules, emission and absorption spectra. Magnetic resonance in medicine. X-rays, their influence to living objects; dosimetry.

Literature

1. Russell K. Hobbie, Intermediate Physics for Medicine and Biology, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Springer – Verlag,, 1997

2. A.N.Remizov. Medical and biological physics. Moscow, Vishaja skola, 1987 (in russian)3. H-U Harten,. Physik fur Mediziner, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York Springer Verlag, 1977.4. Fizikas rokasgrāmata, E. Šiltera redakcijā, R. Zvaigzne, 1986.

OPTICAL METHODS FOR PATIENT TREATMENT

Author Prof. Nikolajs NikolajevsProgramme Master of physics (biomedical optics)Credits 4 Semester 9Assessment examPrerequisites Bachelor degree in natural sciences or engineering

CodeGroup B

Abstract Influence of electromagnetic radiation (mainly optical) on various organs and the possibilities to use it for patient treatment is regarded. Special attention is paid to laser therapy.

ContentBiophysical aspects of electromagnetic field. Photo-bioactivation and processes on cellular level. Basic principles of choosing optimal exposures and doses. Influence of the laser radiation and safety rules for accident prevention. Contemporary medical lasers, their power and modulation properties. Transmission of laser radiation in biological tissues. Biophysics of skin. Laser applications in neurology, dermatology, pulmonology, gastroenterology, stomatology, acupuncture, ophthalmology and other medical specialties. Low-, medium- and high-power laser radiation, methodologies of its use for non-invasive and invasive clinical manipulations; examples from clinical praxis. Combination of laser radiation and magnetic field in patient treatment.

Literature

1. Karu T. “Photobiology of low-power laser radiation”, London, 1989. Howard publishers. 187p. 2. Maturo L. “Manuele di laseroterapia”. Vicenza, Bayer. 1981. 168p.3. Ohshiro T., Calderhear R.G. “ Low Level Laser Therapy” Chichester/New York, 1988. 234p.4. Козлов З.И., и соавт. “Основы лазерной физио- и рефлексотерапии”, Здоров’я, Киев, 1993, 216 стр.5. Инюшин В.М., Чекуров П. Р. “Биостимуляция лучом лазера и биоплазма”, Алма-Ата, 1975, 180 с.

FUNDAMENTALS OF ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

Author Prof. Juris AivarsProgramme Master of physics (biomedical optics)Credits 4

Semester 9Assessment examPrerequisites Bachelor degree in natural sciences or engineering

CodeGroup B

Abstract

To provide knowledge on the anatomy of human body (especially of sensory and visceral structures) and on the functioning principles of physiological systems.

Content

1. General principles : homeostasis, regulation, autoregulation.2. Cell morphology and physiology. Cell organoids. Biological membranes: selective permeability,

ctive transport. Bioelectrogenesis. Energetics. Muscle structuren and functions. Neurons.3. Anatomy and physiology of the nerve system. Autonomic nervesystem. Somatic berve system

Physiology of central nerve system.4. Visceral functions. Cardio-vascular system. Respiratory system. Kidney. Gastrointestinal tract.

Reproductive system. Immunity.5. Sensory functions.6. Psychophysiology.

LiteratureA.C . Guyton , J.E. Hall. Human Physiology and mechanisms of disease, 6th Edit.,W.B.Saunders Comp.W.F.Ganong Review of Medical Physiology, 14th Edit. Lange Medical Publication.S.S.Mader Inquiry into life, 5th Edit. Wm C.Brown Publishers.

FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOMEDICAL OPTICS - 1

Author Prof. Jānis Spīgulis Programme Master of physics (biomedical optics)Credits 4 Semester 10Assessment examPrerequisites passed exams of the 1st semester

CodeGroup B

Abstract

Fundamentals of tissue optics and methods of optical diagnostics/monitoring, as well as bio-optic sensor devices are regarded.

Content

1. Tissue optics.Propagation of optical radiation in tissues: absorption, scattering, refraction, surface reflection, volume remission, anisotropy, fluorescence; experimental determination of corresponding parameters. Skin optics: composition of skin, absorption/remission properties at various spectral regions, skin pigments. Influence of ultraviolet radiation to skin, erithema, melanogenesis. Heliotherapy and sun-bed devices. Phototherapy of Hyperbilirubinemia and Psoriasis. Blood optics: composition of blood, absorption spectra of haemoglobin, principle of optical pulse oxymetry, spectral analysis of blood. Optics of hard tissue: propagation of radiation in teeth bones and nails, fluorescent diagnostics of tooth caries, photo-polymer teeth fillings. Eye optics: structure of eye, optical properties of various components, and reaction to ultraviolet, visible and infrared radiation, colour vision.

2. Optical sensors for diagnostics and monitoring.Basic classification of bio-optical sensors. Photoplethysmography and its applications. Optical pulse oxymeters. Laser-Doppler measurements of blood flow. Near-infrared monitors of cerebral oxygenation. Spectrometry of living tissues (determination of Glucose, Bilirubin, fat). Biosensors of physical and chemical parameters. Fluorescent diagnostics of tissues.

Literature1. A. J. Welsh, M.van Germet. Optical Thermal Response of Laser-Irradiated Tissue, Plenum Press, N-

Y, 1995.2. S. Jacques. Tissue Optics, SPIE Short Course Notes SC34, 1996.

FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOMEDICAL OPTICS - 2

Author Prof. Janis SpigulisProgramme Master of physics (biomedical optics)Credits 4 Semester 11Assessment examPrerequisites Passed exams of Part 1 and Laser course

CodeGroup B

Abstract The 2nd part of this course regards laser-induced effects on tissues and organs, and the corresponding (based on these effects) methods of laser diagnostics, therapy and surgery.

Content

Characterisation of medical lasers and laser delivery devices. Laser-tissue interaction: photochemical, photothermal and photodestructive effects. Penetration of laser radiation in tissues. Laser coagulation, tissue evaporation, carbonisation and ablation. Safety standards for medical lasers. Low-power laser therapy and biostimulation, laser acupuncture. Medium-power laser clinical applications: photodynamic therapy, cosmetic procedures (removal of port wine stains, tattoos). High-power lasers in medicine: laser surgery, angioplasty and dentistry. Laser tissue welding. Laser spark, bubble and shock wave creation in tissues. Erbium and holmium lasers in medicine.

Literature

M. H. Niemz, Laser-Tissue Interactions: Fundamentals and Applications, Springer, Berlin, 1996.

LASERS AND NON-COHERENT LIGHT SOURCES

Author Prof. Uldis TeibeProgramme Master of physics (biomedical optics)Credits 4 Semester 10Assessment examPrerequisites Course on Basic physics

CodeGroup B

Abstract Course contains 3 parts: lectures (solution of problems is included), reading of scientific papers and laboratory visits. Lectures cover two fields: non-coherent light sources and lasers. At “non-coherent light sources” a brief introduction in theory and history of electromagnetic waves is included. The properties and design of different lamps are given. At “lasers” the physical background of lasers is given, different types of lasers and their applications are described.

Students have to read scientific papers about laser application in their field of interest and everyone has to give one lecture for another students. The course includes visits of few scientific laboratories of University of Latvia where different types of lasers are used.

ContentLight SourcesElectromagnetic radiation (history, characteristics, physical background of light emission and absorption). Classification of light sources ( spectral characteristics and applications). Design of different light sources ( UV quartz lamps, halogen lamps, xenon arc lamps, electrode less discharge lamps).LasersIntroduction ( brief history and characteristics) Physical background of lasers (inverse population and Einstein coefficients, resonator and modes)..Non-linear optics (physical background, doubling crystals, Raman shift, four wave mixing, different setups for generation of short radiation). Different types of lasers their design and principles( Lasers with fixed frequency: ruby, YAG, nitrogen and carbon dioxide, He-Ne and Ar and Kr ion lasers. Lasers with wide frequency range: Dye lasers and diode lasers).Laser spectroscopy methods ( basic principles, Doppler limited methods, high resolution and time resolved laser spectroscopy).Laser applications (in combustion physics, environmental control, photo chemistry, biology, medicine etc).Safety regulations (Examples of few world scientific laboratories in safety regulation)..

Literature

S. Svanberg, Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy. B Demtreder, Laser Spectroscopy.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS FOR MEDICINE

Author Prof. Uldis TeibeProgramme Master of physics (biomedical optics)Credits 4 Semester 11Assessment examPrerequisites Course on Basic physics

CodeGroup B

Abstract

General properties of light (reflection, refraction, spectral composition) and medical instruments based on these properties – microscopes, polarimeters, spectrometers, etc. are regarded in this course. Eye as an optical instrument is considered, as well.

Content

The wave properties of light. The Hygens principle. Interference, dispersion, diffraction, absorption, scattering and polarisation. Geometrical optics: reflection from plane and spherical mirrors, refraction, total internal reflection. Principles of optical fibres, fibroendoscopes. Lenses, their variety; the lens formula. Fourier transforms, Abbe theory on image formation, optical resolution. Optical instruments; photo-camera and eye. Physiology of eye, colour perception. Microscope, its resolution. Special microscopes: ultraviolet, dark field, interference, phase contrast, polarisation and fluorescence microscopes. Video-microscopy. Three-dimensional confocal microscopes with laser beam scanning. Clinical and biological applications of microscopes. Spectrometers, polarimeters and other optical instruments in medical care. The Internet information.

Literature1. E. Hecht, A. Zajac, K. Guardino (Editor). Optics, 3rd edition, 1997, 694 pp.2. L. S. Pedrotti, S.J. L. Pedrotti. Optics and Vision, 1/e, Prentice Hall, 1998, 395 pp.3. P. M. Fishbane, S. G. Gasiorowicz, S. T. Thornton. Physics for Scientists and Engineers. Prentice

Hall, 1996, 1329 pp.4. J. R. Meyer-Arendt. Introduction to Classical and Modern Optics, 4/e Prentice Hall, 1995, 480 pp.5. G. Sluder, D. E. Wolf. Video Microscopy (Methods in cell biology, Vol. 56), 1998, 334 pp.6. H, J. Tanke, B. Herman. Fluorescence Microscopy (Microscopy Handbooks, Vol. 40)7. A.N. Remizov. Medical and Biological Physics. Moscow, 1987, 640 pp. (in Russian).8. G.S. Landsberg. Optics. Moscow, Nauka, 1976, 928 pp. (in Russian).9. O. Students. Optika. Rīga, Zvaigzne, 1971, 414 lpp.

MEDICAL LIGHTGUIDES

Author Prof. Janis SpigulisProgramme Master of physics (biomedical optics)Credits 4 Semester 11Assessment examPrerequisites Passed exams of Part 1 and Laser course

CodeGroup B Content1. Fundamentals of lightguide physics and technology1. Physical processes on the boundary of two dielectric materials. The total reflection conditions.2. Planar mirror lightguide, propagation of radiation. Modes and their formation mechanism.3. Planar dielectric lightguide: propagation of radiation and mode structure.4. Design and modifications of cyllindrical lightguides. General characterisation of radiation propagation in the step-profile and gradient-profile optical fibres.5. Basic parameters of optical fibres and their experimental determination.6. Characterisation of optical fibre materials and manufacturing methods.

2. Medical “cold light” illumination devices.1. Optical fibre bundles and their types; liquid lightguides. Requirements to lightguides applied for illumination.2. Special light sources for medical illumination, their characterisation.3. Specifications of the “cold light” delivery devices.3. Medical fibroendoscopes.1. Image transmissin via optical fibre bundles; objectives and occulars at the bundle ends, optical schemes for their connection.2. Illumination of the object zone in endoscopy.3. Design and typical sizes of technical and medical endoscopes. Mechanical parts and their features.4. Parallel image detection in endoscopy. Photographic and video techniques in endoscopy.5. Classifications of the medical fibroenoscopes.4. Medical laser radiation delivery devices.1. Spectral and mechanical requirements to the laser radiation delivery devices. Types of medical laser lightguides.2. Lightguide instruments for the intravenous irradiation of blood.3. Design of the laser therapy lightguides and their tips.4. Lightguide instruments for laser surgery, accupuncture, dermatology and cosmetology. Lightguides for laser radiation dosimetry.5. Medical lightguides for delivery of non-coherent radiation.1. Ultraviolet irradiation lightguides, their characterisation and application examples.2. “Biliblankets” for phototherapy of infant Bilirubinemia and their basic parameters.3. Application prospects of the side-glowing optical fibres in phototherapy.6. Lightguide devices for medical sensing and monitoring.1. Application of optical fibres for pulse oximetry: examples, optical schemes.2. Laser Doppler monitoring with fiberoptical probes: examples.3. Optical fibres for the fluorescent diagnostics and analytical spectrometry: examples.

Literature1. A. Katzir. Lasers and Optical Fibers in Medicine, Academic Press, N-Y, 1993.2. J. Spīgulis. Optiskās šķiedras, LVU, Rīga, 1987.

Physics and technology for sustainable development

GLOBAL CHANGE AND THE CONCEPT OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Author Dr.Phys. ARNOLDS ŪBELIS, e-mail: arnolds@latnet.lvProgram M. Sc. in PhysicsCourse size 2 Semester 9Control form testNecessary knowledge’s BSc. degree

Course codeCourse group mandatory

AbstractThe audience is introduced to features and scale of the global change and to main strategies of sustainable development considering the global and regional levels, exhausting and renewable resources, energy problems, and conflicts of the present development of civilisation. Separately the problems of the third world, the European Union, the new democratic countries, and the Baltic region are discussed. The students are given the knowledge of environmental problems in the global dimensions as the basis of sustainable development.The course includes practical seminar classes (4 hours) of student presentations.

Contents1. Introduction. The concept of sustainable development. The present needs and strategies of sustainable development. Global decisions on sustainable development. Sustainable development and democracy.2. The global and transnational changes of the world. The climate change. Energy consumption as a general problem. Renewable and nonrenewable resources of the planet. Environment of the Polar regions.3. Global change in the evolution of civilisation. Sustainable development, developed countries, and the third world. Dimensions of North-South and East-West. Sustainable development and the new democracies.4.The optimum price of sustainable development and its resources in the world, in Europe, in the Baltic region and Latvia. Indicators of sustainable development.5. Sustainable economic development. Traditional economies. Future requirements. Material flows. Responsibility for the product. Technologies and criteria of the future: business and ethical principles; environment and economy; environmental ethics. Economic and financial globalisation. 6. Sustainable development and European Union. Sustainable development in Nordic countries. Sustainable development and Latvia as a European country of the Baltic region. Sustainable development and international co-operation.7. Sustainable development – Latvia and the Baltic countries. Social, political, economic, and other circumstances. 8. Research of sustainable development. Relation between natural sciences, engineering, and social sciences. Information on sustainable development: monographs, research papers.

Requirements for credit1. Assessment score at least 4.2. Accepted presentation at the seminar.

Literature

1. WCDED. 1987. Our Common Future (The Brundtland Report). Oxford, World Commision on Environment and Development, Oxford University Press. 383 pp.

2. Earth Summit, Agenda 21, The United Nations Programme of Action from Rio, United Nation, New York,1993.

3. European Communities - Commission. Report on the European Communities to the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development - Rio de Janeiro, June 1992. Luxemborg: Office for Official Publications on the Europeans Communities. 1992, 150 pp.

4. Towards Sustainability. A European Community Programme of Policy and Action in Relation to the Enwironment and Sustainable Development. European Commisions 1992. Brussels. 98 pp.. Sustainable Europe - 95.Vol.2. Proposal for Resolution of the Council of European Communities. 1992, 7 pp.

5. COM(95) 624, 10/01/96. Final. Progress report from the Commission On implementation of the A European Community Programme of Policy and Action in Relation to the Enwironment and Sustainable Development. “Towards Sustainability” 152 pp.

6. Indicators for Sustainable Development. Strategies for Use of Indicators in National Reports to the Copmmission on Sustainable Development and in the EC Structural Funds Process. World Wild Foundation, The New Economics Foundation. Selected pages. March 1994, 14 pp.

7. W.Sachs, R.Loske, M.Linz. Greening the North. A Post-industrial Blueprint for Ecology and Equity. Zed Books Ltd. 1997.

8. Strategy for Sustainable Development - Summary of Proposals for a Swedish Programme. Swedish Environmental Protection Agency (SNV) 1994, Report 4234. pp.

9. European Commission, DG XII. Overview of Energy RD&D Options for a Sustainable Future. EUR 16829 EN, ed. K.Block, W.C.Turkenburg, W.Eichhammer, U.Farinelli, T.B.Johansson, June 1995.

GEOPHYSICS

Author docent Valdis Segliņš, Dr.geol.Program M. Sc. in PhysicsCourse size 3 Semester 9Control form examNecessary knowledge’s general physics and calculusCode:Course group mandatory

Abstract

Basic concepts of classical physical science of earth, atmosphere, and ocean. Hydrology. Physical structure and processes of the planet. Cosmic and geological history of Earth. Distribution of chemical elements. Methods of dating. Methods of meteorological observation. Baltic Sea. The course includes lectures, problem solving, and seminars.

Contents

The subject and branches of geophysics, specifics with regard to science.

The structure and processes of Earth. Modern concepts of the structure of Earth. The cosmic and geological evolution of Earth. Abundance of more significant elements in lithosphere hydrosphere, and atmosphere. Methods of determining the age of rocks.Tectonics and seismic activity. Objects and methods of geophysics. Atmospheric processes, meteorological observations and methods.Oceanography. Oceanographic measurements and parameters. Hydrodynamic and thermodynamic equations. Interaction of ocean and atmosphere. Waves in the ocean and in the atmosphere. The shelf. The littoral zone. Morphodynamics. Estuaries.Hydrology of underground waters. Regimes and processes of the Baltic Sea. Specifics of hydrometeorological cycles of Latvia.

Requirements for credit 75% attendance of classesSuccessful presentation at the seminar.Assessment score at least 4

ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

Author: Docent Andris Spricis Dr.Chem.Credits: 2 Semester: 9Assessment: examPrerequisites: BS in physics or equivalent Code:Group: mandatory

Abstract

Basics of chemical factors and processes in the environment. Theoretical background for evaluation of chemical impacts on the environment. Chemical elements on Earth. Chemical components and processes of the atmosphere. Global circulation of elements. Natural sources of the atmospheric components. Aerosols. Photochemical smog. Acid rains. Atmospheric ozone. Water resources. Wastewater. Soil chemistry. Solid waste. Chemical pollution.

Contents

Chemical elements in the Universe and on Earth.Physical and chemical processes in the atmosphere.

Chemical composition and structure of the atmosphere, pressure, radiation, and global circulation. Natural components and sources of air. Leakage of substances into atmosphere. The greenhouse effect. Atmospheric water. The global cycles of carbon, nitrogen, and sulphur. Physical and chemical processes in the hydrosphere.Water resources in the world and in Latvia. Characteristics of natural water, components and classification. Carbonates, equilibrium, complexes in natural waters. Chemical specifications of surface and underground water. Chemical reactions in natural waters. Sedimentation in natural waters. Production of drinking water. Wastewater treatment.Chemical processes in the lithosphere.Minerals, classification and properties. Magmatic, metamorphic and sediment rocks. Physical and chemical properties of soil.Waste problemsPrinciples of waste management. Environmental impacts of deposition and burning of waste. Chemical pollution caused by industry, agriculture, and transport; possible limitations

Requirements for credit: attendance of lectures and seminars.

References:1. S.E.Manahan. Environmental Chemistry. California.Brooks/Cile Publishing Company, 1994.2. M.Kļaviņš. Vides ķīmija. Rīga, LU, 1996.3. M.Kļaviņš, A.Zicmanis. Ūdeņu ķīmija. Rīga, LU, 1998.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF ENERGY CONSUMPTION

Authors: docent Jānis Āboliņš, Dr.phys.lecturer Laimdota Šnīdere, Dr.phys.lecturer Atis Skudra, Dr.phys.

Credits: 3 Semester: 9Assessment: testPrerequisites: courses of physics and calculus Code:Group: mandatory

TopicsGlobal sources of energy. Ecological impacts of energy consumption. Assessment of the efficiency of energy consumption. Technologies for energy saving.The course includes lectures, problem solving, and seminars on topics prepared by the students.

ContentsFlows of energy and matter in the global system. Energy flows in the biosphere and economic subsystem. Renewable and nonrenewable resources of energy. Transformation, accumulation, and dissipation of energy. Systems of energy transfer and energy supply. The global balance of energy. Environmental and socio-economic impacts of energy consumption. Strategies of energy for sustainable development.Assessment methods of energy consumption, necessary resources, and environmental impacts.

Requirements for credit: at least 75% attendance of classesSuccessful seminar presentation.Assessment score at least 4.

References1. John M. Fowler, Energy and the Environment. McGraw-Hill, 1975.2. Kenneth W. Hamblin, The Earth's Dynamic Systems, Macmillan, 1989.3. J.L.Monteith, and M.H.Unsworth, Principles of Environmental Physics. Edward Arnold, 1990.4. Leonard Soltzberg, The Dynamic Environment. University Science Books, 1996.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES AND DATA BASES

Author: Jānis Vjaters, Dr.Phys.Credits: 2 Semester 9Assessment: testPrerequisites: BS degree in natural sciences or engineering Code:Group: mandatory

Abstract

Employment of satellite technologies for navigation, surveys, and transfer of information. Comparison with conventional technologies. Systems of data transfer. The Global Positioning System. Measurement data processing. Communication systems.

ContentsSatellite technologies for data transfer; introduction to Inmarsat and Orbcom systems, trends and prospects.Structure of the global positioning system (GPS), its signals and information flows. Accuracy of differential correction and accuracy of the system. Review of the existing systems and development.Civil and military uses of the GPS system. Measurements of high accuracy in Earth studies, geodesy, and construction. Static and kinematic measurements, accuracy. Processing of measurements.Regular applications of GPS: fixing of time, GIS, navigation, logistics and security service.Technologies employing the GPS: direct use of the GPS receivers and use of additional communication lines: cellular phone network, radio modems / radio sets, satellite communication line.GPS navigation systems for sea and air transport, accuracy. Systems of autonavigation: databases, control, voce-controlled autonavigation systems.Review of well-known measurement processing and navigation software. Block diagrams and parameters of the system. PC Demo version of the autonavigation system.

Requirements for credit:Attendance of lecture classes and passing the test.

ReferencesGlobal Positioning System, Standard Positioning Service, Signal Specification, 2nd Edition, 2.06.1995,http://www.navcen.uscg.mil/policy/sigspec/SIGSPEC.HTMA Technical Report to the Secretary of Transportation on a NationalApproach to Augmented GPS Service, U.S. Department of Commerce, 12.1994, NTIA Special Publication 94-30,URL:www.navcen.uscg.mil/gps/reports/auggps.txt

BIOPHYSICS AND ECOLOGYBASICS OF BIOMEDICAL OPTICS

Authors: Prof. Jānis Spīgulis,Prof. Pēteris CimdiņšLecturer Juris Šinke

Credits: 2Semester: 10Assessment: examPrerequisites: general physics course

Code:Group mandatory

Topics Ecosystems and principles of ecosystem management. Experimental techniques and problems of biophysics. Structure and functions of biological polymers. Optical properties of organic tissues. Optical diagnostics of living tissue. Optical sensors for biomedical monitoring.

Contents

Ecosystems and ecosystem managementStructure, functions, hierarchies, and evolution of ecosystems. Ecosphere, ecological units, environment and levels of nature conservation.Biophysics, its methods and problemsBoundaries (molecular biophysics, biophysics of cell, biophysics of complex systems) and history. Spatial and energy structure of biomolecules. Manipulation of biological macromolecules.Tissue optics.Propagation of light in tissues: absorption, scattering, refraction, reflection, bulk reemission, anisotropy, fluorescence; experimental determining of relevant parameters. Skin optics: skin structure, absorption/reemission spectra, skin pigments. Effects of ultraviolet radiation, eritem, melanogenesis. Heliotherapy and solarium equipment. Phototherapy of hyperbilirubinemia and psoriasis. Blood optics: blood structure, absorption spectra of haemoglobin, principle of optical pulsoximetry, spectral analysis of blood. Optics of rigid tissues: propagation of radiation in teeth, bones, and nails; fluorescent diagnostics of caries, photopolymer fillings.Optical sensors for diagnostics and monitoring.General classification of bio-optical sensors. Photoplethismography and applications. Optical pulsoximetres. Laser Doppler measurements of blood flow. Near infrared monitors of cerebral oxygenation. Tissue spectrometry in vivo (detection of glucose, bilirubinium, and fats). Biosensors of physical and chemical parameters. Fluorescent diagnostics of tissues.

References3. R. E. Ricklefs. Ecology, 1990. 896 p.4. P. Cimdiņš. Saules celtā piramīda, 1988. 86lpp.5. A. J. Welsh, M.van Germet. Optical Thermal Response of Laser-Irradiated Tissue, Plenum Press, N-

Y, 1995.6. S. Jacques. Tissue Optics, SPIE Short Course Notes SC34, 1996.

PHOTOCHEMISTRY OF THE ATMOSPHERE AND INFLUENCE OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTION ON THE LIVING WORLD

Author: Arnolds Ūbelis, Dr.Phys.Credits: 2 Semester: 10Assessment: examPrerequisites: BS degree in natural sciences or engineering CodeGroup: mandatory

TopicsChemical composition, structure, and dynamics of the atmosphere. Elementary chemical and physical processes in the atmosphere. Global atmospheric pollution and impacts on the biosphere. Greenhouse effect. Ozone shield. The course includes lectures and seminar classes of student presentations.

Contents Introduction. Actuality of the topic. Definitions and units of measurements. The atmospheric

composition and its change. Factors affecting the atmosphere. Chemical, photochemical, photo-physical processes in the atmosphere. The structure and dynamics of

the atmosphere. Spectral parameters of basic and pollutant gases. Global pollution of the atmosphere. Greenhouse effect. The problem of ozone layer. Acid rains and

photochemical pollution of the troposphere. Introduction. Concepts of interaction between the atmosphere and biosphere and impacts of

atmospheric pollution . Cycles of elements in atmosphere and biosphere. The impact of aerosol particles.

Current problems of the studies of polluted atmosphere and interdisciplinary issues.

Requirements for credit:Assessment evaluation at least 6 Participation in seminars and positive evaluation of presentation

References1. R.P.Wayne. Chemistry of Atmosphere. An Introduction to the Chemistry of Earth, the Planets, and

their Satellites. Sec. ed.. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1991, 447.pp.2. Ohara, R.J., Stallings F.L., Feese D. Lead and cadmium Exposure Study, Report 1996 (Order No.

PB96 - 138151 GAR), 136 pp. Avail. NTIS. From Gov. Rep. Announce. Index (U.S) 1996, 96 (10),3. Aynes, Jon G. Health Effects of Air Pollution. Chem.Ind. (London) 1996, (21), 827-830 .4. Volume 6. Ðystein Hov (Ed.)Tropospheric Ozone Research. Tropospheric Ozone in the Regional and

Sub-regional context. Springer, 1997, 499 p.

MARKETING OF NEW TECHNOLOGIES

Authors: Arnolds Ūbelis, Dr.Phys. Prof. Jānis Spīgulis, Dr.hab.Phys.

Credits: 2 Semester: 10Assessment: test Prerequisites: BS degree in natural sciences or engineering Code:Group: mandatory

Topics

Sustainable development, technological innovation, and instruments of motivation. Technology transfer policies in the European Union. National programs for technological innovation. Intellectual capital and protection of intellectual property. Marketing of sustainable technologies.The course includes lectures and seminars of student presentations

Contents Introduction. Innovation in the context of economics and sustainable development. Innovation policies of the European Union and its implementation. The European Innovation Relay

Centre network and transfer of new technologies. The programs of technological development of the European Union and marketing of the results Examples of national policies. The Latvian innovation policy. Technology transfer to Latvia and publicity of the Latvian new

technologies in Europe and in the world. Intellectual capital and strategies of protection of the intellectual property.

Requirements for creditTest evaluation at least 5Participation in seminars and positive evaluation of the presentationUnderstanding of the technology innovation documents of the EU.

References

1. Tekes, the National Technology Agency, Finland - http://www.tekes.fi2. COM (95) 688. Green Paper on Innovation: Volume I , IIDate: 1995-12-203. COM (97) 736.Communication of the First Action Plan on Innovation in Europe - Innovation for

Growth and Employment. Date: 1998-01-14.4. The European guide to science, technology, and innovation studies. A report issued by the Commission

as an EUR report. 1999 Author(s): WOUTERS P;ANNERSTALDT J;LEYDESDORFF L (EDITORS) Bibliographic Reference: EUR 18350 EN (1999), 517pp.; ISBN EUR-OP Reference: CG-NA-18350-EN-C

5. Directory of innovation relay centres. 1998. Author(s): CEC CEC Luxembourg (LU) Bibliographic Reference: Report: EN (1998) 18pp., free of charge; ISBN 92-828-2927-8; CD-12-98-158-EN-C; EUR-OP Reference: CD-12-98-158-EN-C

6. European Commission. Research on the Socio-economic Aspects of Environmental Change Project reports. EUR 18453, 1998, 519.

ENVIRONMENT, BUSINESS, ETHICS

Author: Arnolds Ūbelis, Dr.Phys.Credits: 2 Semester: 10Assessment: testPrerequisites: BS degree in natural sciences or engineeringCode:Group: optional

Topics

Basics of macroeconomics and microeconomics. Relations to cultural and natural environment. Ethical principles. Economic systems of countries in the context of practical problems encountered by enterprises and companies. Analysis of the economic problems in Latvia. Material and cultural values of societies and civilisations.Practical seminar classes are important constituent of the course.

Requirements for credit

Assessment score at least 4.Successful presentation at the seminar.

References1. Georg Winter. Business and the Environment. A Handbook of Industrial Ecology. McGraw-

HillComp.GmbH. 1988.2. Environmental Ethics. Man’s Relationship with Nature Interactions with Science. Proceed. of Sixth

Economic Summit Conference on Bioethics. Ed. Ph.Bourdeau, P.M.Fasella, A.Teller., 1989.3. Snoeyenbos, Milton Business ethics: corporate values and society/ed. Milton Snoeyenbos, Robert

Almeder, James Humber. - Buffalo, N. Y. Prometheus Books, 1983. 502 s.4. Enderle, Georges. People in corporations: ethical responsibilities and corporate effectiveness. Edited

by Georges Enderle, Brenda Almond and Antonio Argandona Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic in cooperation with the European Business Ethics Network, c1990. - vii, 264 s. - (Issues in business ethics)

METHODS AND TECHNIQUES

Author: docent Jānis Āboliņš, Dr.phys.Credits: 3 Semester: 10Assessment testPrerequisites: general physics and calculus Code:

Group: optional

TopicsThe interdisciplinary nature of environmental problems. Physical methods in environmental research. Dynamic systems. Qualitative and quantitative analysis. Statistical methods. Modelling of biological systems. Population dynamics. Assessments in economics. Methodology of social research.

Requirements for creditAttendance of at least 75% of classesSuccessful presentation of course paper

References

1. Les Kirkup, Experimental Methods. Wiley&Sons, 1994.2. Stanley E. Manahan, Environmental Science and Technology. Lewis, 1997.3. J.L.Monteith, and M.H.Unsworth, Principles of Environmental Physics. Edward Arnold, 1990.4. Leonard Soltzberg, The Dynamic Environment. University Science Books, 1996.5. Simon Watts, and Lyndsay Halliwell, editors, Essential Environmental Science. Routledge, 1996.

QUALITY AND CONTROL OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Authors: Arnolds Ūbelis, Dr.Phys.Prof. Donāts Millers,Prof.G.Sermons Lekt.Uldis Gross

Credits: 4 Semester 11Assessment: exam Prerequisites: BS degree in natural sciences or engineering Code: Group: mandatory

TopicsBasic methods for environmental quality assessment for air, soil, surface, and underground water. Environmental monitoring instruments and techniques. Assessment of technologies. Observation of planetary surface from the space.The course includes lectures and seminars of student presentations.

Contents Introduction. Environmental quality and development of technologies of environmental monitoring The basic physical and chemical principles of the metrology of environmental quality assessment. Technologies for monitoring of the atmosphere and air quality assessment. Technologies for surface water monitoring and quality assessment. Technologies for underground water monitoring and quality assessment. Soil quality and monitoring. Space technologies for environmental quality assessment.

Requirements for creditAssessment evaluation at least 5Participation in seminars and positive evaluation of the presentationDemonstration of skills to work with information provided by companies

References1. Andrew Porteous. Dictionary of Environmental Science and Technology. John Willey&Sons, 1996, 635 pp.2. Gabriel BittonFormula Handbook for Environmental Engineers and Scientists, John Willey&Sons, 1997 , 290 pp.3. Biosensors for Environmental Monitoring: Technology Evaluation, ed. OÐullivan/Guilbaut/Alock/Turner, BIOSET Concerted Action, 1998, 85 pp.4. Markus W.Sigrist. Air Monitoring by Spectroscopic Technique. Willey&Sons, 19945. Environment Technology from Finland. Water Treatment & technology. Finish Foreign Trade Association, 268.pp.7. High Technology Finland, 1999. Finnish Academies of Tehnologies, 1999. 160.pp.8. EnviroFinland. Finnish Technological Solutions for a better Environment. Finish Foreign Trade Association, 268.pp. www.envirofi.com.

PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION AND MARKET ECONOMY

Author: Arnolds Ūbelis, Dr.Phys.Credits: 2 Semester: 11Assessment: testPrerequisites: BS degree in natural sciences or engineeringCode:Group: optional

TopicsInterrelation between business and environmental legislation. Instruments for regulation of a market economy. Development of legislation for environmental protection. Essentials of environmental legislation of the EU. Environmental legislation at the national and municipality levels in Latvia. Contribution of natural sciences and engineering to environmental legislation. Independent studies of the students and presentations at seminars are an important part of the course .

Requirements for creditAssessment score at least 4.Successful presentation at the seminar

References1. Documents of the EU concerning environment.2. National legislation.3. Implementing Community Environmental Law, Communication from the Commission, COM(96) 500, 22 October 1996

4. COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES. Brussels, 25.08.1997 SEC(97) 1608 COMMISSION STAFF WORKING PAPER GUIDE TO THE APPROXIMATION OF EUROPEAN UNION ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION

INTRODUCTION TO PATENTS AND PATENTING

Author: Atis Skudra, Dr.Phys.Credits: 2 Semester: 11Assessment: test

Code:Group: optional

Topics Patents and patenting. Technical, legitimate, and economic aspects of application for patent. Protection of industrial and intellectual property. Invention, patent, licence, trade mark, and design. Official patent newsletter of the Republic of Latvia. International patent classification The course includes practical training in the Patent library and Internet.

Requirements for creditCourse paper.

References1. G. Kazainis, Patents (in Latvian): 1992.2. V.N.Glazunov. Parametric solution of technological controversies.(in Russian): 1990. 3. G.S.Altshuler. Creativity as an exact science (in Russian): 1979. 4. Yu. Korn. Laboratory of technical innovation (in Russian): 1974.

Environmental Management Systems

Lecturer Dina Bērziņa, MSc Phys.Credits: 2Semester: 11Assessment: TestPrerequisites: Global Change and Sustainable Development;

Sustainable Technologies; Environmental English

Code :

Group: mandatory

Concise contentEnvironmental management. Standards and standardisation. Scientific committee. Environmental management system implementation in Europe. ISO 14001 Standard. The course includes lectures and practical introduction to interactive training seminars with five-title multimedia Reality Interactive CD ISO 14000 EMS Conformance Series.

Requirements for credit:Qualifying for a certificate by computer quiz.

References1. ISO 14001 Certification - Environmental Management Systems, W.Lee Kuhre, 1995, Prentice Hall

PTR;2. ISO 14000 Answer Book - Environmental Management for the World Market, Dennis R.Sasseville,

W.Gray Wilson, Robert W.Lawson, 1997, John Wiley & Sons;3. Reality InteractiveTM, 1997, CD:

a) Understanding ISO 14000;b) Policy and Planning: Getting Started with ISO 14000;c) Project Planning: Managing ISO 14000 Implementation;d) Documenting the EMS: Building and Implementing an EMS for ISO 14000;e) Auditor training: Internal Auditing and Management Review for ISO 14000.